Siemens HiPath 3000 V3.0 or later Gigaset M1 Professional Specifications

HiPath 3000 V6.0
HiPath 5000 V6.0
System Description
3000sbTOC.fm
For internal use only
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
0
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1 About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2 Overview of HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 V6.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1.3 New Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1.3.1 Automatic Time-Dependent Class-of-Service (COS) Changeover . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1.3.2 Caller-Specific Ringer Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1.3.3 Whisper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1.3.4 Privacy Release Key (MULAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1.3.5 Prerequisites for ProCenter Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1.3.6 CSTA Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1.3.7 IP Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1.3.8 IP Mobility Expansion (Emergency Number). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1.3.9 SIP Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1.3.9.1 SIP Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.3.9.2 SIP Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.3.10 Signaling Encryption/Payload Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
1.3.11 Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
1.3.12 Application and Networking Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1.3.12.1 HiPath 3000 standalone (TDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1.3.12.2 HiPath 3000 standalone (TDM and IP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1.3.12.3 HiPath 3000 Networked over IP with HiPath 5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
1.3.12.4 HiPath 3000 Networked over IP with HiPath 5000 (with VPN) . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
1.3.12.5 HiPath 3000 Networked over IP with HiPath 4000 and HiPath 5000 . . . . . 1-19
1.3.12.6 HiPath 3000 as a Branch on HiPath 4000 (Small Remote Site). . . . . . . . . 1-20
1.3.13 IP Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1.3.13.1 Teleworking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1.3.13.2 Desk Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1.4 Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1.4.1 HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1.4.2 HiPath 33x0 and 35X0 with EVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1.4.3 HiPath 37x0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1.4.4 HG 1500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1.4.5 Peripheral Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1.4.6 optiClient 130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1.4.7 optiPoint 400/410/600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1.4.8 optiClient Attendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1.4.9 CMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1.4.10 Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
1.4.11 Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
1.5 Sales-Oriented Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
0-1
3000sbTOC.fm
Table of Contents
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
For internal use only
Technical Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Privacy and Data Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feedback/Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copyright. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-27
1-28
1-29
1-29
2 HiPath 3000 System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1 System-Related Capacity Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.2 HiPath 3800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2.2.1 Hardware Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2.2.1.1 Board Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2.2.2 Distribution of PCM Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
2.2.3 Static Traffic Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
2.2.4 Central Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.2.4.1 CBSAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
2.2.4.2 LUNA2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
2.2.4.3 LIMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
2.2.5 Peripheral Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
2.2.5.1 Subscriber Line Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
2.2.5.2 Trunk Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
2.2.5.3 Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
2.2.5.4 Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
2.2.6 Additional System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
2.2.6.1 Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
2.2.6.2 Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply LUNA2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
2.3 HiPath 3750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
2.3.1 Hardware Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
2.3.1.1 Board Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
2.3.2 Distribution of PCM Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
2.3.3 Static Traffic Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
2.3.4 Central Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
2.3.4.1 CBCPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
2.3.4.2 UPSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
2.3.4.3 LIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
2.3.5 Peripheral Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
2.3.5.1 Subscriber Line Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
2.3.5.2 Trunk Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
2.3.5.3 Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
2.3.5.4 Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
2.3.6 Additional System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
2.3.6.1 Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
2.3.6.2 Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply UPSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
2.4 HiPath 3550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
2.4.1 Hardware Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
2.4.2 Static Traffic Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
2.4.3 Central Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
0-2
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sbTOC.fm
For internal use only
Table of Contents
2.4.3.1 CBCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.3.2 UPSC-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.3.3 LIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.4 Peripheral Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.4.1 Subscriber Line Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.4.2 Trunk Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.4.3 Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.4.4 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.5 Additional System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.5.1 Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.5.2 Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.6 Additional Power Supply from the EPSU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 HiPath 3350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.1 Hardware Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.2 Static Traffic Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3 Central Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3.1 CBCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3.2 PSUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3.3 UPSC-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3.4 LIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.4 Peripheral Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.4.1 Subscriber Line Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.4.2 Trunk Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.4.3 Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.4.4 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.5 Additional System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.5.1 Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.5.2 Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6 HiPath 3250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7 HiPath 3150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8 HiPath 3700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.1 Hardware Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.1.1 Board Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.2 Distribution of PCM Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.3 Static Traffic Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.4 Central Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.4.1 CBCPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.4.2 UPSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.4.3 LIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.5 Peripheral Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.5.1 Subscriber Line Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.5.2 Trunk Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.5.3 Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.5.4 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-46
2-47
2-48
2-49
2-49
2-50
2-52
2-53
2-54
2-54
2-54
2-55
2-57
2-57
2-58
2-59
2-59
2-60
2-60
2-61
2-62
2-62
2-63
2-63
2-64
2-66
2-66
2-66
2-67
2-67
2-68
2-68
2-69
2-70
2-73
2-74
2-74
2-75
2-79
2-80
2-80
2-81
2-82
2-83
0-3
3000sbTOC.fm
Table of Contents
For internal use only
2.8.6 Additional System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84
2.8.6.1 Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84
2.8.6.2 Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply UPSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-84
2.8.7 Expansion Cabinet Rack ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85
2.9 HiPath 3500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
2.9.1 Hardware Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
2.9.2 Static Traffic Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-87
2.9.3 Central Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-88
2.9.3.1 CBRC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-88
2.9.3.2 UPSC-DR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89
2.9.3.3 LIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-90
2.9.4 Peripheral Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-91
2.9.4.1 Subscriber Line Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-91
2.9.4.2 Trunk Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-92
2.9.4.3 Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-93
2.9.4.4 Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-93
2.9.5 Additional System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-94
2.9.5.1 Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-94
2.9.5.2 Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-94
2.9.6 Additional Power Supply from the EPSU2-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-95
2.9.7 Expansion Cabinet Rack ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-96
2.10 HiPath 3300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-97
2.10.1 Hardware Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-97
2.10.2 Static Traffic Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-98
2.10.3 Central Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-99
2.10.3.1 CBRC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-99
2.10.3.2 UPSC-DR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-100
2.10.3.3 LIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-101
2.10.4 Peripheral Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-102
2.10.4.1 Subscriber Line Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-102
2.10.4.2 Trunk Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-103
2.10.4.3 Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-103
2.10.4.4 Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-104
2.10.5 Additional System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-105
2.10.5.1 Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-105
2.10.5.2 Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-105
2.10.6 Expansion Cabinet Rack ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-106
2.11 Recommendations for CMA and CMS Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-107
2.12 HiPath Cordless Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-111
2.12.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-111
2.12.2 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-112
2.12.3 Multi-SLC and Cross-System Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-113
2.12.4 Planning HiPath 3000 System Networks with Network-Wide Roaming . . . . . . 2-115
2.12.5 Components of HiPath Cordless Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-117
0-4
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sbTOC.fm
For internal use only
Table of Contents
2.12.5.1 Mobile Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.12.5.2 Base stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.13 Technical Specifications HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.14 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.15 Interface-to-Interface Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.16 Numbering plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.17 Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.17.1 CE Compliance (not for U.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.17.2 Compliance with US and Canadian Standards (For U.S. and Canada Only)
2.17.3 SAFETY International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.18 Environmental Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.18.1 Electrical Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.18.2 Mechanical Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-117
2-117
2-119
2-120
2-122
2-123
2-124
2-124
2-124
2-124
2-125
2-125
2-125
3 HiPath 5000 System Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 Software Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
3.3 HiPath 5000 Server PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.3.1 Prerequisites for a Single-PC Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3.4 Server Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3.4.1 Features of IP Networking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3.4.2 IP Network and Application Server Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3.4.2.1 Adequate Connection Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3.4.2.2 Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3.4.2.3 Requirements of Delay Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3.4.2.4 Provision of QoS in Data Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3.4.2.5 Quality Assurance Procedures to be Supported. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3.4.2.6 Maximum Package Losses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3.4.2.7 Minimization of Broadcast/Multicast Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3.4.2.8 Requirements for Standalone Systems: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3.4.2.9 Adaptation of QoS Classes to Oscar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
4 HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1 Network Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1.1 Protocols (H.323, CorNet IP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.1.1.1 H.323 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.1.1.2 CorNetIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.2 QoS - Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4.2.1 Goals of QoS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4.2.2 QoS in the Router? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
4.3 HiPath’s Network Analysis Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4.4 LIM Board for LAN Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.5 HG 1500 V3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
4.5.1 Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
4.5.1.1 Protocols Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
0-5
3000sbTOC.fm
Table of Contents
For internal use only
4.5.2 Security/Firewall/Packet Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.3 IP Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.3.1 IP Networking with HiPath AllServe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.4 Voice over IP (VoIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.4.1 General Parameters for Voice over IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.4.2 Voice Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.4.3 DTMF Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.4.4 Voice Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.4.5 Environmental Requirements for VoIP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.5 Fax over IP with HG 1500 V3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.6 Fax over VCAPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.7 Modem via IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.8 HiPath Feature Access (HFA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9 Internet Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9.1 PPP, PPPoE and PPTP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9.2 Network Address Translation (NAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9.3 Access Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9.4 Multilink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9.5 Short-hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9.6 IP Control Protocol (IPCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9.7 Compression of IP Headers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9.8 Data Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9.9 IP Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9.10 VCAPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.9.11 Enhanced B Channels (HXGM3 with 2 × PDM1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.10 Virtual Private Networks (VPN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.10.1 Secure Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.10.2 Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.10.3 Security Associations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.10.4 Tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.10.5 Data Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.11 System Client and H.323 Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.12 Bandwidth Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.13 Displaying, Adding and Configuring PKI Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.14 Telematics Using the VCAPI Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.14.1 VCAPI and Smartset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.15 VCAPI and TAPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.15.1 VCAPI and Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.15.2 VCAPI and File Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.15.3 VCAPI and Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.16 Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.17 Call Charge Allocation and Callback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.18 Internet access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.18.1 HG 1500 V3.0 and Access to the Internet via a Network Provider . . . . . . .
0-6
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-24
4-25
4-25
4-26
4-26
4-27
4-30
4-32
4-33
4-33
4-34
4-35
4-36
4-36
4-37
4-37
4-37
4-37
4-37
4-38
4-39
4-40
4-41
4-42
4-43
4-44
4-44
4-45
4-46
4-47
4-47
4-48
4-48
4-49
4-50
4-51
4-51
4-52
4-53
4-54
4-55
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sbTOC.fm
For internal use only
Table of Contents
4.5.18.2 Internet Access via T-DSL (T-ISDN DSL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
4.5.18.3 IP Address Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
4.5.19 Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
4.5.19.1 Safety Mechanisms ("Security") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
4.5.19.2 Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
4.5.19.3 Alive Monitoring with Keep Alive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.5.20 Overview of Management Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
4.5.20.1 Multi-Gateway Administration (MGA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
4.5.21 Quality of Service in HG 1500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
4.6 IP Trunking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
4.6.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
4.6.2 Features of IP Networking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
4.6.3 Network-Wide Features with IP Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
4.6.4 Requirements of the IP Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
4.6.5 Special Features of Windows Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
4.6.5.1 Routing and Name Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
4.7 IP Payload Switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
4.8 Applications over IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
4.8.1 Call Detail Recording Central (CDRC) via IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
4.8.1.1 TFTP Client in HiPath 3000/5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
4.8.1.2 TCP Client in HiPath 3000/5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
4.8.1.3 TFTP Server in HiPath 3000/5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
4.8.2 CSTA via IP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
4.9 Administration & Fault Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
4.9.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
4.9.2 SNMP Functionality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
4.9.2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
4.9.2.2 Overview of SNMP Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
4.9.2.3 Using SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
4.9.3 Administering HiPath 3000/5000 via the LAN Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
4.9.4 Remote Administration of HiPath 3000/5000 via PPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
4.9.5 Remote Administration of Plus Products via PPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
4.10 Networking Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
4.10.1 Example 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
4.10.2 Example 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
4.10.3 Example 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
4.10.4 Example 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
4.10.5 Example 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
4.10.6 Example 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
4.10.7 Example 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
4.10.8 Example 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
5 Serviceability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.2 System Administration Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
0-7
3000sbTOC.fm
Table of Contents
For internal use only
5.2.1 System Administration from a System Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.2.2 System Administration using the Service PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.3 Options in the Service Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.3.1 Customer Database Backup (CDB Backup) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.3.1.1 Customer Data Backup Without HiPath Software Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.3.1.1.1 Automatic Customer Data Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.3.1.1.2 Manual Customer Data Backup with HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5.3.1.2 Customer Data Backup with HiPath Software Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5.3.2 Relocate/Transfer Application Processor Software (APS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5.3.2.1 APS Replacement/Transfer for HiPath 3000 Systems Without HiPath Software
Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5.3.2.1.1 Transferring an APS of HiPath 3000 by Replacing the MMC . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5.3.2.1.2 APS transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
5.3.2.2 APS Transfer for HiPath 3000 Systems With HiPath Software Manager . . . . 5-9
5.3.3 Determining System Information and Installed Software Components (HiPath Inventory Manager) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
5.3.4 Backing Up System Components (Backup Manager) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5.3.5 Diagnostics Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.3.5.1 Recording HiPath 3000 Board Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.3.5.1.1 Central Control Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.3.5.1.2 Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5.3.5.1.3 Peripheral Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5.3.5.2 Recording HiPath 3000 Trunk Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5.3.5.3 Recording Station Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
5.3.5.4 Recording the Status of the HiPath 3000 V.24 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
5.3.5.5 Trace Options for HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5.3.5.6 HiPath Manager PCM Trace Monitor for HiPath 5000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
5.3.5.7 Eventlog for HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5.3.5.8 Testing Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5.3.5.9 Event Viewer for HiPath 5000 (Eventlog) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
5.3.5.10 HiPath 5000State Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
5.3.5.11 HiPath Fault Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
5.3.5.12 Licensing Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5.3.5.12.1 Analysis Using Customer License Manager (CLM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5.3.5.12.2 Analysis Using Customer License Agent (CLA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
5.3.5.13 Analysis Using HiPath Software Manager and HiPath Inventory Manager 5-25
5.3.6 HiPath 3000 Error Messages (Entries in the Eventlog for HiPath 3000) . . . . . . . 5-26
5.3.7 HiPath 5000 Error Messages (Event Viewer Entries for HiPath 5000) . . . . . . . . 5-26
5.3.8 Error correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
5.3.8.1 Automatic Error Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
5.3.8.2 Manual Error Correction Without HiPath 3000 Manager E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
5.3.8.3 Manual Error Correction With HiPath 3000 Manager E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
5.3.9 Remote Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5.3.9.1 HiPath 3000 Connection Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
0-8
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sbTOC.fm
For internal use only
Table of Contents
5.3.9.2 HiPath 5000 Connection Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.9.3 Remote System Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.9.4 Remote Correction of System Software (APS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.9.5 Remote Error Signaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.9.6 Remote Administration and Access Using PPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.10 Access Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.10.1 Logon With User Name and Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.10.2 Pre-determined User Groups and Their Access Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.10.3 System Access Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.10.4 Customer Data Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.11 Automatic Logging of Administration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.11.1 Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.11.1.1 Format Identification and Command Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.11.2 Issuing and Saving Log Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-31
5-31
5-32
5-32
5-32
5-34
5-34
5-36
5-38
5-39
5-40
5-40
5-40
5-43
6 Middleware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1 HiPath TAPI 120 V2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1.1 HiPath TAPI 170 V2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1.2 Data Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.1.3 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
6.1.4 System Connection Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
6.1.5 Software and Hardware Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
6.1.6 Installation Medium and Order of Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
6.2 HiPath CAP 3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
6.3 HiPath CAP Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
6.3.1 HiPath CAP Client/Server Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
6.4 CAP TAPI Service Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
7 Workpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.1 optiClient 130 V5.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.1.1 optiClient S V2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
7.1.1.1 User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
7.2 optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
7.2.1 optiPoint 410 Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7.2.1.1 optiPoint 410 entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
7.2.1.2 optiPoint 410 economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
7.2.1.3 optiPoint 410 standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
7.2.1.4 optiPoint 410 advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
7.2.2 optiPoint 420 Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
7.2.2.1 optiPoint 420 economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
7.2.2.2 optiPoint 420 economy plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
7.2.2.3 optiPoint 420 standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
7.2.2.4 optiPoint 420 advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
7.2.3 optiPoint 410 advance S and optiPoint 420 advance S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
7.2.4 optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 Add-On Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
0-9
3000sbTOC.fm
Table of Contents
For internal use only
7.2.4.1 optiPoint SLK module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.4.2 optiPoint 410 display module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.4.3 Possible Configurations for the Add-On Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.4.4 Use of optiPoint 500 Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3 optiPoint 500 Product Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.1 optiPoint 500 Telephones without Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.2 optiPoint 500 Telephones with Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.3 Comparison of Features on all optiPoint 500 Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.4 optiPoint 500 Add-On Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.5 optiPoint 500 Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.6 Restrictions for Using optiPoint Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4 Accessories for optiPoint Telephone Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4.1 Local Power Supply for optiset E, optiPoint 500 and optiPoint 600 office . . . . . .
7.4.2 optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4.3 Headsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4.4 Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.5 optiset E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6 optiPoint 600 office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6.1 optiPoint 600 office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6.1.1 optiPoint 600 office as System Telephone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6.1.2 optiPoint 600 office as IP Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6.1.3 Advantages at a Glance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6.1.4 General Local Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6.1.5 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6.2 optiPoint 600 office S V2.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6.2.1 Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6.2.2 Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7 Telephones for HiPath cordless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.1 Gigaset 3000 Comfort Feature Handset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.2 Gigaset 3000 Micro Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.3 Gigaset 4000 Comfort Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.4 Gigaset 4000 Micro Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.5 Gigaset 3000L Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.6 Gigaset 3000L Micro Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.7 Gigaset S1 professional Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.7.1 Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.8 Gigaset S2 professional Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.8.1 Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.9 Gigaset S1 professional Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.9.1 Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.10 Gigaset M1 professional Handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7.10.1 Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.8 optiPoint WL2 professional/optiPoint WL2 professional S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.9 Attendant Consoles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0-10
7-26
7-27
7-28
7-28
7-29
7-31
7-32
7-35
7-36
7-39
7-43
7-45
7-45
7-45
7-45
7-48
7-49
7-49
7-50
7-51
7-51
7-52
7-53
7-54
7-55
7-56
7-59
7-61
7-61
7-63
7-65
7-67
7-69
7-69
7-70
7-71
7-72
7-73
7-75
7-76
7-77
7-79
7-80
7-86
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sbTOC.fm
For internal use only
Table of Contents
7.9.1 HiPath Attendant B Braille Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.9.2 optiClient Attendant (V7.0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.9.2.1 optiClient Attendant V7.0 as a Central Attendant Console . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.9.3 optiPoint Attendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-86
7-88
7-95
7-97
8 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.2 List of Approved Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
8.3 HiPath ProCenter E/S/A V5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
8.4 HiPath ProCenter Agile V6.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
8.5 HiPath ProCenter Agile Standard V6.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
8.6 HiPath ProCenter Office V1.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
8.7 HiPath ProCenter Compact V2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
8.8 HiPath ComResponse V1.0 (SMR 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
8.9 HiPath ComAssistant V1.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
8.10 HiPath Xpressions
(HiPath Xpressions V3.0/HiPath Xpressions V4.0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
8.10.1 HiPath Xpressions Compact V2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23
8.11 Phone Mail LDN (Long Distance Network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
8.12 HiPath SimplyPhone for Outlook V3.1 and HiPath SimplyPhone for Notes V3.1 and V4.0
8-25
8.13 Smartset 2000 V3.0 (Level 1/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
8.14 Smartset BLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28
8.15 HiPath Hospitality Service Center Compact V2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
8.16 HiPath Hospitality Service Center Business V2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
8.17 HiPath Hotel Standard V4.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29
8.18 HiPath Hotel Advanced V4.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30
8.19 HiPath Accounting Management V2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
8.20 HiPath User Management V1.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33
8.21 HiPath Fault Management V3.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34
8.22 TeleData Office V3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36
9 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
9.1 Overview of Additional Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
A Identifying System Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1
A.1 HiPath 3800 Boards Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2
A.2 HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 Boards Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4
A.3 HiPath 3550 Boards Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-6
A.4 HiPath 3350 Boards Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-8
A.5 HiPath 3500 Boards Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-10
A.6 HiPath 3300 Boards Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-11
A.7 Workpoint Clients, Key Modules and Adapter Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . D-12
A.8 Check Whether the Output of a Power Supply Unit is Sufficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-14
A.9 Identifying the Primary System Power Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-17
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Z-1
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
0-11
For internal use only
1
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
About This Manual
Introduction
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 07/05
1.1
About This Manual
This manual describes the features and hardware of HiPath 3000/5000 , which consists of the
following systems:
●
●
HiPath 3000
–
HiPath 3350/3300
–
HiPath 3550/3500
–
HiPath 3750/3700 (for existing customers)
–
HiPath 3800
HiPath 5000
>
Country-specific features and released applications may vary.
The Sales Information is therefore the only document that contains a binding description of the available features and the hardware scope for your country.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-1
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
Overview of HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 V6.0
1.2
For internal use only
Overview of HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 V6.0
The systems included in V6.0 can be used in the following cases:
●
HiPath 3000,
whose communication systems can be used as standalone systems or as networked systems. Central administration of networks consisting of HiPath 3000 systems is not possible.
●
HiPath 5000,
HiPath 5000 is used as a central administration unit in the IP networking of HiPath 3000
systems (= multinode system, see Figure 1-2). By creating a "Single System Image", all
relevant nodes can be centrally administered. HiPath 5000 is the platform for the central
provision of applications, and facilitates the use of these applications by all IP networking
stations. With the HiPath ComScendo service, there is also the option of using an integrated gatekeeper and HiPath ComScendo features for IP workpoint clients. Up to 1000 registered IP workpoint clients and up to 250 CorNet-IP trunks (CorNet-NQ protocol tunnelled
in H.323 via annex M1) are also supported here.
optiClient 130
optiPoint
4xx ...
optiPoint
600 office
optiClient
Attendant
HiPath 3000
HiPath Cordless
Office
HiPath 3000
IP Network
HiPath 3000
PSTN
optiPoint 500 ...
optiset E ...
HiPath 3000
Figure 1-1
1-2
HiPath 3000 as Networked Systems
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
Overview of HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 V6.0
For internal use only
HiPath ComScendo service with integrated
gatekeeper and HiPath
ComScendo features
Central resourcing of applications
(possibly installed on separate
servers), such as:
●
HiPath Xpressions
●
HiPath ProCenter Office
●
Personal Call Manager PCM
●
HiPath Fault Management
●
...
Central administration unit with:
●
Feature server
●
Presence Manager
●
HiPath Software Manager
●
HiPath 3000 Manager E
●
Inventory Manager
●
...
HiPath 5000
HiPath 3500
optiPoint 410 ...
optiPoint 600 office
HiPath Cordless
Office
IP Network
optiClient 130
optiClient
Attendant
optiPoint 500 ...
optiset E ...
PSTN
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3750
Figure 1-2
HiPath 5000 Multinode IP System
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-3
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
1.3
For internal use only
New Products
Highlights of the new version
●
Automatic time-dependent class-of-service (COS) changeover
●
Caller-specific ringer signaling
●
Whisper
●
MULAP Privacy Release
●
Prerequisites for ProCenter applications
●
CSTA interface enhancements: I/O services
●
IP mobility
–
●
IP mobility expansions (emergency number)
SIP network
–
Station
–
Features
●
HiPath 3000/5000 signaling encryption
●
HiPath 8000 survivable media gateway (SIP Q with HiPath 8000 V2.0 or later) ?????
●
New SIP telephones
●
–
optiPoint 400 standard S
–
optiPoint 410 S (see Section 7.2.3)
–
optiPoint 420 S (see Section 7.2.3)
–
optiPoint 600 S (see Section 7.6.2)
–
optiClient 130 S V2.0 (see Section 7.1.1)
–
OptiPocket S
optiPoint WL2 professional (see Section 7.8)
–
1-4
optiPoint WL2 professional S (see Section 7.8)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
For internal use only
1.3.1
Introduction
New Products
Automatic Time-Dependent Class-of-Service (COS) Changeover
In the past, class-of-service changeover was only capable of distinguishing between day service and night answer. This type of changeover applied to all stations.
The new automatic class-of-service changeover feature combines stations in so-called profiles
(for example, Management, Sales). A schedule can be configured for each profile to define
which COS should be used for which time period in the week.
Relationship between automatic COS and automatic night answer
The COS feature is related to the automatic/manual day service/night answer. The following
restrictions apply:
●
Reaching the call destination via Call Management
This takes place via Call Management and does not depend on automatic class-of-service
changeover. There are different call lists for day and night.
●
Intercept destinations
The intercept destination is only defined by the automatic/manual day service/night answer.
●
COS group:
During the night, the COS group is in a fixed (configured) relationship with the station (automatic class-of-service changeover has no impact on this).
During the day, the COS group can either change between day times (if "Automatic COS"
is set for the entire system) or be in a fixed (configured) relationship with the station (if "Automatic COS" is not set).
Figure 1-3
Sample Schedule
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-5
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
1.3.2
For internal use only
Caller-Specific Ringer Signaling
Different types of caller-specific ringing signals are available in V.6.0 or later.
In addition to external ringer signaling, internal ringer signaling can then be configured for every
station. Every internal call set up by this station (calling station) is signaled by a specific ring
type at station B (called station). The ring frequency at the destination is based on the caller’s
ring frequency. A station is assigned a specific ring frequency for this with Manager E. As in the
existing field for external calls ("ringer signaling"), the new ring frequencies for the internal ring
frequency are controlled via Manager E (not via Manager C).
The various ring frequencies are implemented at the station called if this is a HFA station (Up0E
or IP). Analog stations are always called with frequency 1.
CMI handsets
Only handsets with ringer melodies are supported. The calling number ID is sent to the Gigaset
so that the melody selection function in the internal phonebook (VIP) is supported; this depends
on whether this feature is supported by the relevant caller.
The various internal ring frequencies only operate between endpoints that are registered in the
same system or node.
Seven additional ring frequencies are added to the existing ring frequency. These frequencies
have different default values and every station is displayed by default with frequency 1.
1-6
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
For internal use only
1.3.3
Whisper
The "Whisper" feature allows a station (station C in the diagram) to monitor an ongoing connection between two stations (stations A and B in the diagram) and to communicate with one
of these two stations. In other words, the connection is set up in such a way that station C can
only be heard by station A and station B can only hear station A.
>
Although there is no connection between station B and station C, station B may be
able to overhear what station C says as a result of feedback from station A’s telephone.
Station A:
talks to B (and C)
listen to A and B
Station B:
talks toA
listen to A
Station C:
talks to A
listen to A and B
Station C activates the feature by dialing a code. The telephone features a part-programmed
key (only the code is programmed on the key, the station number must be suffix-dialed). The
Service menu features a new menu item for this. The Idle/Call menu, on the other hand, has
not been changed.
>
The option for activating the feature is linked to a new user-specific class of service.
Station A can block the Whisper feature with a second class of service.
Restrictions
●
If at least one of the participants in the original call (station A or B) is not a TDM station,
the HiPath switching network is not involved at the time of activation and changeover is
impossible without briefly interrupting the connection between A and B.
●
Stations A and C must be in the same node.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-7
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
For internal use only
●
Station C can only activate this feature in Idle/Standby status.
●
Destination terminals for the Whisper feature (station A) can only be terminals with displays
controlled by the system (Optiset, OptiPoint, OptiClient).
As in HiPath 4000, CMI is not supported.
1.3.4
Privacy Release Key (MULAP)
Version 6.0 and later incorporates a new status called "Privacy Release". A new key was created in the database for this. This key is supported by the following workpoint clients:
●
optiset E
●
optiPoint 400
●
optiPoint 500
●
optiPoint 600
●
optiClient 130
If Privacy Release is activated, no other stations can perform override (no conference, no consultation hold, etc.). All stations in a MULAP group can program a key for Privacy Release.
When Privacy Release is activated it is signaled to all stations in a MULAP group by an appropriate LED. Privacy Release also works if a station is involved in a conference or even initiated
it.
1-8
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
For internal use only
1.3.5
Introduction
New Products
Prerequisites for ProCenter Applications
You can use a "multiple pilot station number" to access the same UCD group with different station numbers. This function is implemented by configuring a virtual station in Call Management.
The "multiple pilot station number" is treated like a "call forwarding" number; information about
the "multiple pilot station number" is "delivered" by the last call forwarding destination and
"queued" in the relevant UCD group. There are no events on the telephone that represent "multiple pilot station number".
1.3.6
CSTA Interface
The station can address the associated CSTA application (if this was previously registered at
the HiPath system) by selecting an application ID. A registered application can address a station directly (for example, to confirm an action on the display).
You can start an I/O session with a feature code or function key. You can use the function to
start, resume, and stop an I/O session; the function key LED indicates the status of the I/O session (standby, active, suspended).
During an I/O session, a subscriber can operate the application using navigation keys, the keypad, the plus/minus keys, the alphanumeric keypad (optiset Memory), the programmable keys,
and the softkeys (CMI).
Up to ten applications can be simultaneously logged on to a system.
A single I/O session can only be used by one station at a time. If a session is interrupted ("suspended" status), a second I/O session can be started; the interrupted session must first be ended.
1.3.7
IP Mobility
Teleworking
●
The subscriber uses the same login code and the same password at both home and office
workstations.
●
If the subscriber logs on at home, the IP telephone in the office registers a "non-mobile
number" and can be fully used by other users.
●
Only optiClients are released for use in conjunction with the home workstation (ISDN/
DSL).
●
Emergency concept: If the system recognizes that an IP workpoint is out of service, it can
automatically forward a caller to a CFSS destination (Call Forwarding Station out of Service) configured in the system (for example, fixed-network telephone or cell phone).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-9
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
For internal use only
Desk Sharing
●
With DeskSharing, subscribers no longer have a permanent office telephone.
●
This feature permits multiple users to share a workstation. A user can access his or her
personal settings by logging on to a telephone. Neutral status reappears after logoff.
1.3.8
IP Mobility Expansion (Emergency Number)
In an IP network, a mobile subscriber can be logged on either at home or at any other remote
network node. In the case of an emergency call from an HFA-IP telephone that is logged on to
a remote network node, the remote network node’s emergency destination may not be called
but rather the emergency destination of the HiPath 3000 node where the IP telephone is physically installed.
The emergency number for the IP telephone must be a destination within the HiPath
network. The emergency destination can be connected to the HiPath 3000 network node either
as a default telephone or as a virtual device where the feature FWD to an emergency destination (for example, the CO) is active.
>
A direct call cannot be made to an emergency destination in the public network, for
example, because this is not supported by Deutsche Telekom.
An emergency prefix must be saved on the HFA-IP telephone. This number can be used to
reach an emergency destination from any location in the network. The station dials the emergency numbers 112 or 110 and inserts the prefix.
This function is already supported by the telephones and optiClient terminals.
>
1-10
The emergency numbers must be configured both in the home system and in the
destination system. Emergency numbers vary in different countries (for example, the
emergency number is 911 in the U.S. and 112 in Germany). In this case, the emergency number for the relevant country must also be configured in the destination
country’s system.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
For internal use only
1.3.9
Introduction
New Products
SIP Networking
SIP networking, that is, networking based on the SIP protocol (Session Interaction Protocol) is
now supported by HiPath 2000, HiPath 3000/5000, and HiPath 4000 and is finally available in
version 6.0.
SIP networking offers systems:
●
a gateway for PSTN for HiPath 8000 and HiPath 5000 SIP users
●
a gateway for PSTN for directly connected SIP telephones
●
a survivable media gateway for HiPath 8000 SIP stations
●
standalone TDM gateways for OpenScape
●
standalone TDM gateways for other SIP systems
(for example, Vovida and/or Cisco)
In addition, SIP offers the following for HiPath 2000, 3000/5000 systems
●
support for SIP station interfaces
(basic call and basic features)
●
SIP connection to VoIP providers
●
advanced security provisions including signaling and payload encryption, even for SIP
calls
The provision of a TDM-SIP gateway means that the HiPath 3000/4000 system can also operate as a SIP <-> TDM gateway. This in turn means that if HiPath 3000/4000 TDM telephones
are connected to the PSTN, SIP telephones connected can be routed over the HiPath 3000/
4000.
There are two types of support for SIP networking:
●
Firstly, support for SIP-Q , for connections to SIP-Q-compliant systems and COs
●
Secondly, support for a SIP network linking VOIP COs and other SIP-compliant systems
that build on the original SIP protocol (for example, OpenScape that is based on the Microsoft LiveCommunication server and Vovida and/or Cisco).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-11
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
1.3.9.1
For internal use only
SIP Stations
The SIP protocol (Session Initiation Protocol) is an ASCII-based signaling protocol used to configure sessions in an IP network.
The following telephones are supported:
●
●
●
●
●
●
optiPoint 400 standard S
optiPoint 410 S
optiPoint 420 S
optiPoint 600 S
optiClient 130 S
OptiPocket S
1.3.9.2
SIP Features
The following features are available:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Hold
Consultation hold
Toggle
Call forwarding
Call waiting
Call rejection
Call forwarding
Screened and unscreened transfer
Do not disturb
Local three-party conference
Mute
Music on hold
Missed calls list
Number redial
Speed dialing (10 entries)
Name-based dialing
Hotline
Call waiting display
1.3.10
Signaling Encryption/Payload Encryption
The signaling stream and the data stream are encrypted to guarantee the highest level of privacy protection. Software encryption forms based on international standards are basically used
for this.
The encryption of signals is known as signaling encryption. In this case, the necessary signaling data stream is encrypted on the basis of the standard AES CM with 128 bits.
1-12
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
For internal use only
Introduction
New Products
Payload encryption is when the data stream is encrypted. Encryption is performed with the
standard SRTP/SRTCP. As described in this standard, the algorithm AES CM with 128 bits is
used for symmetrical data stream encryption.
The DLS (Deployment and License Service) uses a pseudo random function to create the PSS
(PreSharedSecret) with a key length of 128 bits. The PSS is distributed to the entities by DLS
over https (AES CM with 128 bits).
The secrets needed for signaling encryption and payload encryption are derived by the entities
from the PSS already distributed. The standard SHA-1 is used for this.
Standard SRTP
The protection of mobile data communication is only one side of the coin. To work with convergence solutions, mobile workers are also increasingly using Voice over IP and, for lack of any
better alternatives, public hotspots mostly accessible over WLAN. As this involves data communication, VoIP can be processed in the same way over an IPsec-based VPN. However, the
Secure Real Time Protocol (SRTP) which is based on the standard RFC 3711 now offers a simpler alternative in which both signaling data and user data is encrypted with AES, without affecting the voice transmission quality. As an end-to-end protocol, SRTP is also independent of
the underlying infrastructure which means it can be used in public environments. SRTP can
also be used on the company campus to protect internal calls conducted over WLANs. As
SRTP is a very new protocol, it does not yet enjoy widespread vendor support; Siemens, however, supports a complete solution based on the HiPath platform that also supports roaming
between multiple hotspots.
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0 and HiPath 4000 V3.0 combined networks
The basic requirement for end-to-end security encryption is HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0 or later and
HiPath 4000 V3.0 or later. The system upgrade is software-based. The hardware can continue
to be used depending on the version. A ComScendo security license is available for security.
The licenses are for IP stations and B channels for the IP network.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-13
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
1.3.11
For internal use only
Licensing
Versions 5.0 and later of HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 use a new, centralized licensing procedure known as the License Management System. The procedure is used in all HiPath products,
for example communication systems, workpoint clients, and applications.
To license a product you must first establish a connection with the Central License Server
(CLS) via the Customer License Manager (CLM). The customer-specific data entered is used
to uniquely identify the product configuration for which the relevant license file is to be supplied
in encrypted format. The license file contains the licenses for all licensed products.
The CLM is responsible for activating the license file and allocating it to the Customer License
Agent (CLA). This is where the license data is validated. Distribution of the licenses to the individual products using HiPath 3000 Manager E can then begin.
All licenses that can be ordered for HiPath 3000 V6.0 are handled by the HiPath License Management.
The following licenses are available for HiPath 3000 V6.0:
●
optiClient Attendant V7.0/Upgrade optiClient Attendant to V7.0
●
ComScendo license for IP workpoints
●
S2M License for releasing B channels
●
HG 1500 V3.0 B channels
●
HG 1500 V3.0 VPN (Virtual Private Network)
●
HG 1500 IPSec
●
HG 1500 LWCA (Light Weight Certification Authority)
●
BS4 License for releasing traffic channels
●
License for an Xpressions Compact-based announcement
●
HiPath TAPI 120 V2.0, HiPath TAPI 170 V2.0
Please refer to the relevant sales information for information on licenses for applications and
IP clients that can be connected.
1-14
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
For internal use only
1. License file is requested
using customer-specific
data
License Management System
Central License Server CLS
https://www.central-license-server.com/
2. License file (*.xml) is
downloaded using CLM
Customer License
Manager (CLM)
2. License file (*.xml) is
downloaded without
CLM (license file is
stored manually in the
import directory)
or
3. License file is activated
Customer License
Agent CLA
Customer License Client
(CLC)
4. License file is validated
Example: HiPath 3000
Manager E
6. Individual licenses are
distributed to the licensed
products
5. License file is analyzed
Figure 1-4
Licensing Process with Central License Server (CLS)
System licensing?????
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-15
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
For internal use only
1.3.12
Application and Networking Scenarios
1.3.12.1
HiPath 3000 standalone (TDM)
HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0
Xpressions Compact
HiPath cordless
optiClient Attendant
TDM Workpoints
In this scenario, HiPath 3000 is implemented as a standalone system in the traditional telephone infrastructure environment.
1.3.12.2
HiPath 3000 standalone (TDM and IP)
HiPath 3000/5000
V5.0
Xpressions
Compact
PSTN
IP Corporate Network
AP 1120
and Fax
TDM Workpoints
IP Workpoints
1-16
Teleworker
optiClient 130
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
For internal use only
In this scenario, HiPath 3000 is implemented as a standalone system in the traditional and IPbased telephone infrastructure environment. The customer’s existing IP network (corporate
network) is used to exclude IP workpoints. Existing fax devices are connected to the IP network
via HiPath AP 1120.
This scenario is suitable for customers who want to protect their existing investments in the traditional telephone infrastructure, but would like to migrate gradually to an IP-based environment.
1.3.12.3
HiPath 3000 Networked over IP with HiPath 5000
HiPath 5000
ComScendo
Gatekeeper
HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0
Xpressions Compact
PSTN
IP Corporate Networks
AP 1120 and Fax
Teleworker
optiClient 130
IP Workpoints
In this scenario, HiPath 3000 is used as a gateway to the carrier’s traditional telephone infrastructure (PSTN). On the station side however, the IP-based telephone infrastructure is used.
The scope of features is defined by HiPath ComScendo.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-17
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
1.3.12.4
For internal use only
HiPath 3000 Networked over IP with HiPath 5000 (with VPN)
Call Center
for example,
HiPath
optiClient Attendant IP
HiPath 5000
ComScendo
Gatekeeper
IP
Agents, Supervisor
VPN
IP Workpoints
HiPath 3000 V5.0
PSTN
VPN
VPN
VPN
IP Workpoints
1-18
IP Workpoints
IP Workpoints
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
For internal use only
1.3.12.5
HiPath 3000 Networked over IP with HiPath 4000 and HiPath 5000
PSTN
HiPath 5000 RSM
PC-based ComServer
PSTN
PSTN
CorNet IP
IP
PSTN
HiPath 4000 V2.0
PSTN
HiPath 3000 V5.0
IP Workpoints
In this scenario HiPath 3000, HiPath 4000 and HiPath 5000 systems are networked with one
another by means of the CorNet IP protocol (IP trunking). The scope of features is determined
by this protocol because not all features can be transferred between the systems.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-19
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
1.3.12.6
Figure 1-5
For internal use only
HiPath 3000 as a Branch on HiPath 4000 (Small Remote Site)
Small Remote Site: Normal State
This scenario is a special variant of the networking with HiPath 4000 systems. This configuration enhances the failure tolerance of the IP stations.
In the normal state, the IP stations in the branch locations (small remote site) are logged on
and registered at the HiPath 4000 system.
Station 4711 at location 2 can be contacted using the number 089/722 4711 via the HiPath
4000 system at location 1.
Station 4711 at location 2 can be contacted using the number 040/123 10 via the HiPath 3000
system at location 2 (principle: call forwarding to station 4711 in HiPath 4000 on dialing the IP
station 10 in HiPath 3000).
Fax station 20 can be contacted using the number 040/123 20 via the HiPath 3000 system at
location 2.
Depending on HiPath 4000 administration, external outgoing calls from station 4711 are conducted either in HiPath 4000 or in the assigned HiPath 3000 gateway.
Boundary conditions for the small remote site:
With the exception of fax stations there must not be any TDM stations in the HiPath 3000 system on the station side.
1-20
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
For internal use only
Introduction
New Products
The number of IP stations at the individual locations is defined by the limitations of the HiPath
4000 system and the IP infrastructure, in particular by the available bandwidths.
Bandwidth management performed by the HiPath 4000 resource manager for IP trunking and
IP stations must be taken into account here.
This networking scenario is not approved for use at the moment in networks with only HiPath
3000/5000 systems.
HiPath 5000 RSM is not approved for use.
HiPath 5000 PCS is not approved for use.
Figure 1-6
Small Remote Site: Failure of the IP network
In emergency mode (for example, failure of the IP network), the IP stations lose the connection
to the HiPath 4000 gateway. The "Small Site Redundancy" function causes the call number and
the gateway to be switched automatically.
Station 4711 at location 2 registers automatically on the HiPath 3000 system at location 2 and
is assigned the extension number 10.
An external call to extension 10 in HiPath 3000 reaches extension 10 directly in this case.
An external call to extension 4711 over HiPath 4000 can be routed via trunks within HiPath
4000 to HiPath 3000.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-21
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
New Products
1.3.13
For internal use only
IP Mobility
The mobility option integrates mobile terminals in the enterprise’s communication processes
and offers users the following basic functions:
●
The One Number Service offers availability under a single call number regardless of location and irrespective of the mobile unit used.
●
Mobile staff have access to their familiar telephone features and communication platform
regardless of their location and the terminal used.
New features in HiPath 3000/5000 support teleworking and desk sharing concepts.
1.3.13.1
Teleworking
The Teleworking option is the solution for staff who have a permanent workplace off the company campus. The Teleworking option offers both the One Number Service, and access to HiPath telephony features on a fixed telephone in the home office. As well as any analog telephones, system telephones from the optiPoint or optiset E series can also be used at the home
workplace.
1.3.13.2
Desk Sharing
The DeskSharing option is the hoteling solution and provides desks for employees whose jobs
require them to change locations within the company campus. DeskSharing desks can be used
by several employees, ensuring that the best possible use is made of the available desks.
DeskSharing offers the following basic function:
Employees who do not have a fixed desk can reserve a desk and telephone for a specific period. This reservation is made by means of a Web user interface from any PC or by means of
a check-in station in the foyer of a DeskSharing area. Employees can book themselves in at
their temporarily reserved desk. Check-in takes place either at the check-in station in the foyer
of a DeskSharing area or using the Check-In by Phone feature at any phone in the DeskSharing area. When employees check in, the properties and features of their home telephone are
automatically transferred to the reserved station
1-22
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
For internal use only
1.4
Migration
1.4.1
HiPath 3000
Introduction
Migration
HiPath 3000 V6.0 and future successor versions will offer new features, such as, "Extended
Number of CDR Entries". These new features require additional memory which is provided by
the new 64-MB MMC card. New control boards are essential to guarantee the function of the
64-MB MMC card.
The new control boards, including the 64-MB MMC card, will be included with the upgrade
items for HiPath 3000 V6.0 (HiPath 3300, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500, HiPath 3550, HiPath
3700, HiPath 3750). The control boards for HiPath 37x0/35x0 also feature the new Entry Voice
Mail (EVM).
>
1.4.2
Provisions have not been made for a straightforward software update from an older
version to V6.0. Updates of this kind are impossible.
The old control boards with 16-MB MMC card are now only supported to V4.0.
HiPath 33x0 and 35X0 with EVM
In version 5.0 or later the 33x0 and 35x0 systems are supplied with mainboards on which the
entry voicemail module EVM has been plugged in. Xpressions Compact should be marketed
for requirements above and beyond this.
Xpressions Compact only is marketed for existing customers.
With version V5.0, new S2m boards requiring a license are provided for the 35x0 model. These
require the marketing of B channel licenses and release over the license server. Existing customers can continue to use the existing S2m boards that do not require a license by upgrading
to version 5.0 (a license is not required for version V5.0). Mixed mode in a single system is possible.
1.4.3
HiPath 37x0
The hardware migration steps that apply to version 4.0 also apply to existing customers.
Systems with seven-slot hardware are supported by version V6.0. Upgrades are still only permitted for service purposes.
1.4.4
HG 1500
HG 1500 V2.0 hardware is no longer supported with V6.0. This has to be replaced with
HG 1500 V3.0 hardware (HXGS3 or HXGM3).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-23
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
Migration
1.4.5
For internal use only
Peripheral Boards
The following peripheral boards are no longer supported with V6.0
●
SLA16 only in HiPath 37x0 systems
●
TMS2M
●
TMOM
1.4.6
optiClient 130
With version 6.0, the optiClient 130 S V2.0 has to be marketed as a new product.
1.4.7
optiPoint 400/410/600
A software update will be required for the upgrade.
1.4.8
optiClient Attendant
●
optiClient Attendant V5.0 and earlier Attendant P systems:
New product optiClient Attendant V7.0.
●
optiClient Attendant V6.0:
optiClient Attendant V7.0 upgrade item.
Compatibility of the optiClient Attendant with HiPath 3000:
HiPath 3000/ HiPath 3000
5000 V5.0
V4.0
HiPath 3000
V3.0
HiPath 3000
V1.2
optiClient Attendant V7.0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
optiClient Attendant V6.0
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
optiClient Attendant V5.0
No
No
Yes
Yes
1.4.9
CMI
New BS4 base stations that require a license are supplied with version V5.0. These require the
marketing of CMI licenses and release via the license server. Existing customers can continue
to use the existing BS3 base stations that do not require a license by upgrading to version V5.0.
BS3x base stations continue to be supported with version V5.0. Mixed mode in a single system
is possible.
The base station BS4 operates at HiPath 3000 V5.0 or later with SLC16N, SLCN, and direct
connection (not with SLC16).
1-24
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
For internal use only
Introduction
Migration
Cordless telephones Gigaset 3000 Comfort and Micro, Gigaset 4000 Comfort and Micro are
supported.
1.4.10
Licenses
The following HiPath 3000 licenses can be migrated via HiPath License Management to the
V5.0 license structure:
●
optiClient Attendant V6.0: Free upgrade to V7.0 (order item)
●
HG 1500 (free upgrade)
IP user licenses for workpoints in accordance with ComScendo license for IP workpoints
B Channels
IPSec
LWCA (Light Weight Certification Authority)
1.4.11
Networking
With HiPath 4000:
When migrating from TDM-based networks, it is possible to set the CorNet N or CorNet NQ
protocol. This makes mixed mode of Hicom 300/HiPath 4000 with HiPath 3000 V3.0/V4.0/V5.0
possible.
Only the CorNet IP protocol is used for IP interworking using HiPath 4000 V2.0. Each HiPath
3000 node has to be migrated to version V5.0.
With HiPath 3000 V3.0/V4.0:
The CorNet N protocol can be used in TDM-based networks. This makes mixed mode of HiPath 3000 V3.0/V4.0/V5.0 possible.
Only the CorNet IP protocol is used for IP interworking. Each node has to be migrated to version V5.0.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-25
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
Sales-Oriented Documentation
1.5
●
For internal use only
Sales-Oriented Documentation
Store and ordering procedure for the following items:
German and English at the Fürth delivery center (LZF)
Fax: +49 911 654 4271
Mail: lzf@znnbg.siemens.de
Intranet: http://c4bs.spls.de/
–
●
Fürth delivery center (LZF)
http://www.click4business-supplies.de
Other languages and addresses
see list of stores at the following intranet address:
http://intranet.icn.siemens.de/vz_dc_2/lagerort.htm
Documentation
Languages
Data sheets
Data sheets can be accessed on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.de/hipath (–> Downloads)
HiPath 3000/5000
HiPath 3750/HiPath 3550/
HiPath 3700/HiPath 3500
Brazilian, German, English, Portuguese, Slovakian, Spanish
HiPath 3000/5000
HiPath 3350/HiPath 3250/
HiPath 3150/HiPath 3300
German, English, Portuguese, Spanish
optiClient Attendant
Danish, German, English, Portuguese, Swedish
HiPath cordless
German, English
HiPath optiClient 130
German, English
HiPath optiPoint 600 office
German, English
HiPath optiPoint 400 standard 4.0
German, English
HG 1500
German, English
optiPoint 500 phones
German, English, Spanish
HiPath 3000 Manager C
German, English
Brochures and promotional gifts
Please contact ICN EN Product Promotion.
1-26
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
For internal use only
1.6
Introduction
Technical Documentation
Technical Documentation
You can select and download the following documents (HTML and PDF):
●
User documentation
●
Administrator documentation
●
Service documentation
●
Sales documentation
from the following website:
https://netinfo2.icn.siemens.de/edoku3/search_de.htm
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-27
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
Privacy and Data Security
1.7
For internal use only
Privacy and Data Security
Handling personal data
This telephone system uses and processes personal data (as in call detail recording, telephone displays and customer data records).
In Germany, the processing and use of such data is subject to various regulations, including
those of the Federal Data Protection Law (Bundesdatenschutzgesetz, BDSG). Observe all applicable laws in other countries.
The objective of privacy legislation is to prevent infringements of an individual’s right to privacy
based on the use or misuse of personal data.
By protecting data against misuse during all stages of processing, privacy legislation also protects the material interests of the individual and of third parties.
Guidelines applicable to Siemens AG employees
Employees of Siemens AG are bound to safeguard trade secrets and personal data under the
terms of the company’s work rules.
It is imperative to observe the following rules to ensure that the statutory provisions relating to
service (on-site or remote) are strictly followed. This safeguards the interests of the customer
and offers added personal protection.
Guidelines governing the handling of data
A conscientious and responsible approach helps protect data and ensure privacy:
●
Ensure that only authorized persons have access to customer data.
●
Use the password features of the system with no exceptions. Never give passwords to an
unauthorized person orally or in writing.
●
Ensure that no unauthorized person can ever process (store, modify, transmit, disable or
delete) or use customer data.
●
Prevent unauthorized persons from gaining access to data media such as backup copies
or log printouts. This applies to service calls as well as storage and transport.
●
Ensure that data media that are no longer needed are completely destroyed and that documents are not stored or left in places which are accessible to the public.
●
Work closely with your customer contact; this promotes trust and reduces your workload.
1-28
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb1.fm
For internal use only
1.8
Introduction
Feedback/Comments
Feedback/Comments
To continually improve this system description, the editorial team welcomes your comments.
We would particularly like to know your views on the following:
●
Areas that require more detail. Areas that are too detailed.
●
Areas that need more graphics to aid understanding.
●
Areas that are difficult to understand.
●
Issues you would like to include.
Outside of the U.S., please send your comments to:
Siemens AG
Fachredaktion
Com ESY HD 243
Hofmannstr. 51
D-81359 Munich GERMANY
Fax.: + 49 89 722 33959
Also include your address, telephone and fax number so we can contact you if necessary. In
the U.S., please refer to the reader comment form at the back of this document for information
on how to submit comments about this manual.
1.9
Copyright
Copyright 2004, Siemens AG. This publication and all of its parts are protected by copyright
laws. Any use of this publication outside of the strict terms defined in the copyright laws is not
permitted without the prior consent of the publisher and is liable to prosecution. This applies in
particular to the reproduction, translation, microfilming or editing of this publication in any form,
as well as to saving and processing in electronic systems.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
1-29
3000sb1.fm
Introduction
Copyright
1-30
For internal use only
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
For internal use only
2
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Electrical environment
HiPath 3000 is intended for use in dwellings, businesses, and industry. When the system is operated in an industrial environment, additional measures may be necessary for ensuring immunity from electromagnetic radiation (refer to Section 2.18).
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3800
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3500
optiPoint key module
HiPath 3300
optiPoint 400
optiPoint 410
optiPoint 420
optiPoint BLF
optiPoint 500
optiPoint 600
optiPoint
●
acoustic adapter
●
analog adapter
●
recorder adapter
●
ISDN adapter
●
phone adapter
optiPoint 410
display module
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-1
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
For internal use only
System families and accompanying models
The individual housing designs and the variable connecting capabilities allow the following HiPath 3000 systems to cover a wide customer range.
This system description contains information on all systems. Information on marketing individual models in different countries can be obtained at the responsible locations.
>
●
System for free-standing installation and installation in 19" cabinets:
–
●
●
Starting with Version 3.0, all models in the HiPath 3000 system family (not HiPath
3250 and HiPath 3150) can be operated either as conventional telecommunications
systems (TC systems) or as IP systems only. In this case, the IP stations connect
directly via the HG 1500 boards.
HiPath 3800
Systems for free-standing installation (HiPath 3750 only) and wall mounting
–
HiPath 3750
–
HiPath 3550
–
HiPath 3350
Systems for installation in 19" cabinets
–
HiPath 3700
–
HiPath 3500
–
HiPath 3300
Refer to Table 2-1 for information on the capacity limits of the different HiPath 3000 systems.
2-2
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
System-Related Capacity Limits
For internal use only
2.1
System-Related Capacity Limits
The following assumptions are used as a basis for calculating the maximum capacity limits:
●
HiPath 3800: two board slots are reserved for trunks.
●
HiPath 3750, HiPath 3700: three board slots are reserved for trunks.
●
HiPath 3550, HiPath 3500: two S0 interfaces on the central board + one board slot are reserved for trunks.
●
HiPath 3350, HiPath 3300: two S0 interfaces on the central board are reserved for trunks.
●
Traffic capacity: 0.15 erlangs
Deviating capacity limits can be determined for sales purposes. ^
Section 9.1 contains the system-specific maximum limits for UP0/E workpoint clients and the associated key modules and adapters.
Table 2-1
HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 - System-Related Capacity Limits (Maximum Numbers)
HiPath
38001
HiPath
3750
HiPath
3700
HiPath
3550
500
250/5003
1924
1925
966
967
–
IP stations (system clients, H.323
clients)
500
250/5003
1928
1928
968 9
968 10
1000
Total TDM stations2
384
250/3843
9611
7711 12
5713
4114
–
384
250/38415
962
4416
3617
2018
–
384
3
250/384
19
20
21
22
Additional stations via adapter
(phone adapter/analog adapter/ISDN adapter)
116
3 23
Cordless stations
250
Total TDM + IP Stations2
Analog stations
TDM stations
Stations/workpoint clients
System
UP0/E stations
Base stations for HiPath Cordless Office
Trunks
Total for all Trunks
Total analog CO and network trunks
24
24
–
2911
2424
2424
–
250
64/3225 26
32
16
16
–
64
64
16/7
7
3
3
–
250
90/2503
60
60
16
16
–
120
3
60
60
16
8
–
3
90/120
48
HiPath
ComScendo
Service
4811
116
72
HiPath HiPath HiPath
3500
3350
3300
Total number of digital trunk B
channels and digital network line B
channels (S0, S2M)
180
90/180
60
60
16
16
–
CorNet-IP network trunks
128
90/1283
60
60
16
16
250
(227
HG 1500 boards
Gateway channels to the system
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8
8
3
3
128
128
48
48
1
16
28
) 1 (2 )
16
–
–
2-3
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
System-Related Capacity Limits
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
For internal use only
Testing is not required on stations and lines up to the maximum configuration. Configurations that contain UCD/ACD or
more than one SLCN or groups with more than ten stations should always be checked with the help of the project planning
tool (intranet: http://intranet.mch4.siemens.de/syseng/perfeng/tools/hpt/index.htm).
Only configurations that do not exceed these limits are supported.
Depending on system configuration and performance, the specified capacity limits may not always be reached. To ensure
that the dynamic capacity limit of HiPath 3750 or HiPath 3700 is not exceeded, the configuration can be tested using the
project planning tool (intranet: http://intranet.mch4.siemens.de/syseng/perfeng/tools/hpt/index.htm). Configurations with
under 250 stations and 90 trunks do not have to be checked. Testing using the project planning tool is mandatory for configurations which include UCD/ACD, more than one SLC16/SLC16N, or groups of more than 10 stations.
Up to 96 of the 192 stations can be TDM stations.
Up to 61 of the 192 stations can be TDM stations (4xanalog T/R + 1xUP0/E + 7xBS/32xHiPath Cordless Office stations at
the central board + 3xSLU8R or 3x8SLAR).
Up to 41 of the 96 stations can be TDM stations (4xanalog T/R + 5xUP0/E + 3xBS/16xHiPath Cordless Office stations at
the central board + 1x16SLA).
Up to 33 of the 96 stations can be TDM stations (4xanalog T/R + 5xUP0/E + 3xBS/16xHiPath Cordless Office stations at
the central board + 1xSLU8R or 1x8SLAR).
These are administrative capacity limits.
Due to the power consumption of HG 1500, a UPSC-D must be used.
Due to the power consumption of HG 1500, a UPSC-DR must be used.
An EPSU2 external power supply must be used if the total number of UP0/E stations, analog stations, and stations connected using adapters is greater than 72.
4xanalog T/R + 1xUP0/E + 7xBS/32xHiPath Cordless Office stations at the central board + 5xSLU8R or 5x8SLAR.
4xanalog T/R + 5xUP0/E + 3xBS/16xHiPath Cordless Office stations at the central board + 2x16SLA.
4xanalog T/R + 5xUP0/E + 3xBS/16xHiPath Cordless Office stations at the central board + 2xSLU8R or 2x8SLAR.
Configurations with under 384 analog stations, no other stations, and 90 trunks do not have to be checked with the project
planning tool. Configurations that contain UCD/ACD or more than one SLC16/SLC16N or groups with more than ten stations should always be checked with the help of the project planning tool (intranet: http://intranet.mch4.siemens.de/syseng/
perfeng/tools/hpt/index.htm).
4xanalog T/R at the central board + 5x8SLAR.
4xanalog T/R at the central board + 2x16SLA.
4xanalog T/R at the central board + 2x8SLAR.
8xUP0/E at the central board + 5xSLU8 + 1xSLMO24.
8xUP0/E at the central board + 5xSLU8R.
8xUP0/E at the central board + 2xSLU8.
8xUP0/E at the central board + 2xSLU8R.
The total number of UP0/E stations and stations connected using adapters is limited to 384.
A UPSC-D/UPSC-DR must be used if the total number of UP0/E stations and stations connected using adapters is greater
than 24.
Due to the 5-V power supply unit, one SLC16/SLC16N and a maximum of two HG 1500 V3.0 boards can be used.
64 HiPath Cordless Office stations on SLC16/SLC16N or 32 HiPath Cordless Office stations on the central board.
The system may be configured with two HG 1500 boards if PDM1 is not used.
The system may be configured with two HG 1500 boards if PDM1 is not used.
2-4
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.2
HiPath 3800
2.2.1
Hardware Overview
>
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
HiPath 3800 is the new hardware platform and replaces the HiPath 3700 and HiPath
3750 models.
HiPath 3800 is supported from HiPath 3000 V5.0 onwards. It offers the full range of
functions of Version 5.0 with all of the features and telephones.
HiPath 3800 systems can be fully integrated into HiPath 3000 V5.0/HiPath 5000
V5.0 networks and together with HP33x0/35x0/37x0 models can run to full capacity.
The HiPath 3800 system is a modular configuration. Depending requirements, it can be used
as a:
●
Single-cabinet system (basic cabinet BC)
●
Two-cabinet system (BC + expansion cabinet EC)
There are 9 slots in the basic cabinet (BC) and 13 slots for peripheral boards in the expansion
cabinet (EC). A fixed slot has CBSAP central control (slot 6, only in the BC).
If necessary, the LUNA2 power supply can be used up to three times in the basic cabinet (BC)
and up to four times in the expansion cabinet (EC).
HiPath 3800 provides various connection options for connecting the peripheral board:
●
SIVAPAC connectors on the backplane for connecting the external main distributor MDFUE via cabling units (factory-made) or for connecting external patch panels.
●
Connection panel with RJ45 jacks for direct peripheral board connection. The connection
panels are connected to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane.
●
For U.S. only: Connection panel with CHAMP connector for direct peripheral board connection. The connection panels are connected to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane.
●
Connection panels with SIPAC 1 SU connectors for connecting the external MDFU-E main
distributor or external patch panel via cabling units. The connection panels are connected
to the SIVAPAC connector on the backplane.
HiPath 3800 is suitable for both free-standing installation as well as installation in 19" cabinets.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-5
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
For internal use only
approx. 440 mm
approx. 980 mm
Slot
Figure 2-1
2-6
BC
approx. 430 mm
HiPath 3800 with Basic and Expansion Cabinet
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.2.1.1
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
Board Slots
There are 9 slots in the basic cabinet (BC) and 13 slots for peripheral boards in the expansion
cabinet (EC).
A fixed slot has CBSAP central control (slot 6, only in the BC).
If necessary, the LUNA2 power supply can be used up to three times in the basic cabinet (BC)
and up to four times in the expansion cabinet (EC).
Figure 2-2
HiPath 3800 - Slots in the Basic Cabinet
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-7
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
Not used
For internal use only
Figure 2-3
2-8
HiPath 3800 - Slots in the Expansion Cabinet
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.2.2
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
Distribution of PCM Segments
HiPath 3800 provides PCM highway trunk groups, each with 2 x 4 PCM highways for the peripheral board slots. There are approximately 32 time-division multiplex channels available for
each PCM highway. Blockages occur when these channels are busy. This prevents the system
from performing any more call jobs.
To guarantee that the system operates without blocking, make sure when performing configuration that the boards on a PCM segment do not require more than the number of time-division
multiplex channels available. The following figures show the PCM highways for both system
cabinets of the HiPath 3800.
Basic cabinet: PCM highways
Trunk group A’s PCM highway
with 2 x 4 PCM highways
Trunk group F’s PCM highway
with 2 x 4 PCM highways
HDLC
Figure 2-4
HiPath 3800 - Basic Cabinet PCM Highways
The basic cabinet provides two PCM highway trunk groups, each with 2 x 4 PCM highways.
There are approximately 32 time-division multiplex channels available for each PCM highway.
The basic cabinet’s PCM highway trunk groups are used by peripheral boards according to the
following rules:
●
Single-cabinet system (basic cabinet only)
Apart from the DIUN2, DIU2U (U.S. only), and STMI2 boards, the peripheral boards only
use the PCM highways of trunk group A:
–
PCM segment for the board slots 1 – 5 = 128 time-division multiplex channels (4 PCM
highways)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-9
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
–
For internal use only
PCM segment for the board slots 7 – 10 = 128 time-division multiplex channels (4 PCM
highways)
DIUN2, DIU2U (U.S. only), and STMI2 use the PCM highways of trunk group F. As a result,
an additional 128 time-division multiplex channels for slots 1 – 5 and slots 7 – 10 are provided for these boards.
If the installation of these boards necessitates a greater number of time-division multiplex
channels than the 2 x 128 available with trunk group F, the system automatically uses the
time-division multiplex channels available with trunk group A. However, only complete
boards are activated on the other trunk group. The remaining time-division multiplex channels remain free.
●
Two-cabinet system (basic cabinet + expansion cabinet)
All peripheral boards use only the PCM highways of trunk group A.
Expansion cabinet: PCM highways
Trunk group A’s PCM highway
with 2 x 4 PCM highways
Connection to PCM highway
of trunk group F in the basic cabinet
Trunk group F’s PCM highway
(not in use)
HDLC connection to basic cabinet
HDLC
Figure 2-5
HiPath 3800 - Expansion Cabinet PCM Highways
The expansion cabinet provides a PCM highway trunk group with 2 x 4 PCM highways. There
are approximately 32 time-division multiplex channels available for each PCM highway.
●
PCM segment for the board slots 1 – 6 = 128 time-division multiplex channels (4 PCM highways)
●
PCM segment for the board slots 8 – 14 = 128 time-division multiplex channels (4 PCM
highways)
2-10
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
For internal use only
Trunk group F’s PCM highway is not used.
Time-division multiplex channels for peripheral boards
The following table lists the maximum number of time-division multiplex channels required by
the different peripheral boards. A distinction is made here between:
●
static time-division multiplex channels
Time-division multiplex channels are subject to static assignment in trunk boards. This ensures that all incoming calls can be processed.
●
dynamic time-division multiplex channels
Time-division multiplex channels are subject to dynamic assignment in subscriber line
modules. Channels are seized for each call and released afterwards. This means the current number of time-division multiplex channels necessary depends on the number of active stations.
Restrictions for using the TMDID board
The TMDID board only uses the first half of a PCM segment. Consequently, a maximum of 64 channels is available on each PCM segment for TMDID-specific static
time-division multiplex channels.
To guarantee that the system operates without blocking when using the TMDID, the
boards on a PCM segment must not require more than the 64 static time-division
multiplex channels.
Examples for a PCM segment:
●
2 x TMDID + 1 x DIU2U = 64 static time-division multiplex channels = approved
equipment
●
1 x TMDID + 1 x TMC16 + 1 x DIU2U = 72 static time-division multiplex channels
= unapproved equipment
●
1 x TMDID + 2 x SLMO2 = 8 static and 96 dynamic time-division multiplex channels = approved equipment
7
Tabelle 2-2
Board
Maximum Number of Time-Division Multiplex Channels Required per Board
Maximum Number of Time-Division
Multiplex Channels Required
Time-Division Multiplex
Channel Assignment
DIU2U
48
static
DIUN2
60
static
IVMN8
8
dynamic
IVMNL
24
dynamic
SLCN
1281
dynamic
SLMA
24
dynamic
SLMA8
8
dynamic
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-11
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
Tabelle 2-2
For internal use only
Maximum Number of Time-Division Multiplex Channels Required per Board
Board
Maximum Number of Time-Division
Multiplex Channels Required
Time-Division Multiplex
Channel Assignment
SLMO2
482
dynamic
SLMO8
162
dynamic
STMD3
16
static/dynamic3
32
dynamic
STMI2 + PDMX
64
dynamic
TM2LP
8
static
TMC16
16
static
TMDID
8
static
TMEW2
4
static
STMI2
4
1
2
3
4
A time-division multiplex channel is required if a call is conducted via the "Home SLCN board" of a mobile telephone. If a
call is conducted via a "Location-dependent SLCN board", additional time-division multiplex channels are necessary.
The maximum possible number of masters and slaves is taken into account.
Static time-division multiplex channel assignment for operation as a trunk board, dynamic assignment for operation as a
subscriber line module.
PDMX is not currently released.
2-12
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
For internal use only
2.2.3
Static Traffic Capacity
The static traffic capacity of the HiPath 3800 system can be determined as follows.
Table 2-3
HiPath 3800 - Static Traffic Capacity
HiPath 3800
Single-cabinet system
(see Page 2-9)
Two-cabinet system
(see Page 2-10)
1
Slots per PCM segment
Static traffic capac- Total static traffic
ity per PCM segcapacity of the
ment
system
1–5
128 erlangs +
(128 erlangs1)
7 – 10
128 erlangs +
(128 erlangs1)
1–5
128 erlangs
7 – 10
128 erlangs
11 – 16
128 erlangs
18 – 24
128 erlangs
512 erlangs
512 erlangs
The basic cabinet provides two PCM highway trunk groups, each with 2 x 4 PCM highways. DIUN2, DIU2U (U.S.
only), IVMNL, IVMN8 and STMI2 use the PCM highways of trunk group F. As a result, an additional 128 time-division multiplex channels for slots 1 – 5 and slots 7 – 10 in the basic cabinet are provided for these boards. If HiPath
3800 is used as a two-cabinet system, the PCM highway for trunk group F cannot be used.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-13
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
2.2.4
Central Components
2.2.4.1
CBSAP
For internal use only
Introduction
The (Central Board Synergy Access Platform) board performs all central control and switching
functions for HiPath 3800.
Subboards
The following subboards can be used depending on the application:
●
CMS clock module (optional)
●
MMC multimedia card
●
IMODN integrated modem card new (optional)
●
LIMS LAN interface module (optional)
Includes 2 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) LAN connections (8-pin RJ45 jacks):
●
–
LAN1 (administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and CTI functions)
–
LAN2 (not assigned)
MPPI music on hold (optional)
V.24 interfaces (9-pin SUB-D connectors)
●
Service (X50) = for connecting the service PC
●
Application (X51) = for connecting a printer or application
2-14
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.2.4.2
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
LUNA2
Introduction
LUNA2 (Line-powered Unit for Network-based Architecture No. 2) is used as the central power
supply in HiPath 3800. Depending on the system configuration, up to three LUNA2 boards can
be used in the basic cabinet and up to four in the expansion cabinet.
When configuring the HiPath 3800 as a two-cabinet system, two LUNA2 boards in the basic
cabinet and three in the expansion cabinet are sufficient to provide the specified maximum configuration limits. For information on how to calculate the number of LUNA2 modules required,
see Page 2-18.
You can use a third LUNA2 in the basic cabinet and a fourth in the expansion cabinet to
●
ensure error-free operation if one LUNA2 module fails (redundant LUNA2).
●
load a connected battery pack or battery cabinet.
LUNA2 combines power supply and battery management functions. No other components are
required if it is operated as a power supply. To maintain short-term battery emergency operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible power supply functions, you must also
connect a battery pack for each system cabinet or a BSG 48/38 battery cabinet (including battery charger).
LUNA2 is used in models for all countries.
Permitted batteries
S30122-K5950-Y200: Battery pack 4 x 12 V/7 Ah
This is the only battery pack approved for operation with LUNA2.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-15
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
For internal use only
Part numbers
●
LUNA2: S30122-K7686-L1, S30122-K7686-M1
For production-related reasons, two different LUNA2 modules with the same functionality
are used. Technically identical, the two models have minor mechanical differences and are
fully compatible with each other.
●
Battery pack 4 x 12 V/7 Ah: S30122-K5950-Y200
(The connecting cable for the LUNA2 is integrated with the battery pack.)
●
BSG upright battery housing 48/38: S30122-K5950-F300 (Page 2-17)
–
Battery cable for BSG 48/38: S39195-A7985-B10
(One battery cable is required for each system cabinet to be connected.)
–
Battery 12 V/38 Ah: S30122-X5950-F320
(Four batteries necessary for each BSG 48/38.)
Technical specifications
●
Nominal voltage range: 110 Vac - 240 Vac
●
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz
●
Output voltage (battery charging voltage, if a LUNA2 is used as a battery charger): –
54.7 VDC; –53.5 VDC (for gell cell batteries, currently not released)
●
Output current (battery charge current, if a LUNA2 is used as a battery charger): max. 2 A
2-16
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
For internal use only
●
Bridging times
The following table lists the maximum bridging times (battery operation in case of power
failure) available with the battery pack S30122-K5950-Y200 (48 V/7 Ah) and battery housing BSG 48/38 (S30122-K5950-F300).
Table 2-4
LUNA2 - Bridging Times with Battery Pack 48 V/7 Ah and Upright Battery
Housing BSG 48/38
System
Power supply unit
Load levels
Maximum bridging time
HiPath 3800 2 x LUNA2 per system cabinet as 60% nominal
PSU
load
1 x LUNA2 per system cabinet as
battery charger
1 x battery pack 48 V/7 Ah per system cabinet
25 min
HiPath 3800 5 x LUNA2 boards per system
60% nominal
1 x BSG upright battery housing 48/ load
38 per system
(LUNA2 is not required as a battery
charger as the BSG 48/38 battery
cabinet features a built-in charger.)
1 h 30 min
Measurement conditions:
●
All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 22 °C
(71.6 °F).
●
The batteries were new and fully charged when measurement started.
BSG 48/38
You can use a BSG 48/38 battery cabinet in an upright housing instead of the battery pack to
extend the bridging time in the event of a power failure. The BSG 48/38 battery cabinet
(S30122-K5950-F300) consists of
●
an upright housing
●
a charging rectifier
●
a battery set (38 Ah/48 V)
The battery cabinet is designed for direct connection to the HiPath 3800 communication system.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-17
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
For internal use only
Calculating the number of LUNA2 modules required
Depending on the number and type of peripheral boards installed, the number of LUNA2
boards required can be calculated using the following table.
Table 2-5
Determining the Number of LUNA2 Boards Required per Cabinet
Basic cabinet
Expansion cabinet
Number of peripheral
boards per cabinet
STMI2, SLMA and/or
SLCN available
Number of
LUNA2s required
per cabinet
<5
No
1
<5
Yes
2
5
No
2
5
Yes
2
<5
No
1
<5
Yes
2
5
No
2
5
Yes
3
10
No
3
10
Yes
3
Examples for a single-cabinet system:
a) Basic cabinet with CBSAP and peripheral boards (no STMI2, SLMA or SLCN)
●
A single LUNA2 can feed one CBSAP and up to four peripheral boards.
●
A second LUNA2 is required for five or more peripheral boards.
●
A third LUNA2 can be used as a battery charger or as a redundant LUNA2.
b) Basic cabinet with CBSAP and peripheral boards (with STMI2, SLMA and/or SLCN)
2-18
●
Two LUNA2s are always required to supply a CBSAP, peripheral boards and
STMI2, SLMA and/or SLCN.
●
A third LUNA2 can be used as a battery charger or as a redundant LUNA2.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.2.4.3
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
LIMS
The LAN Interface Module for SAPP LIMS (S30807-Q6721-X) is an optional plug-in card for
the CBSAP central control board in HiPath 3800.
The board provides two Ethernet (10/100BaseT) LAN connections via two 8-pin RJ45 jacks:
●
LAN1 (administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and CTI functions)
●
LAN2 (not assigned)
The LIMS module can be used for administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and for CTI functions (TAPI 120 V2.0). However, bear in mind that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call Attempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a maximum of six TAPI ports. The use of "power dialers" is not approved.
You cannot operate the LIMS module and an STMI2 board simultaneously in a HiPath 3800.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-19
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
For internal use only
2.2.5
Peripheral Components
2.2.5.1
Subscriber Line Modules
Table 2-6
Subscriber Line Modules for HiPath 3800
Type/Description
8
8
1
1
x
IVMNL
24 24
1
1
x
SLMA
24
x
x Up to 24 analog telephones can be connected to the
system via the SLMA. In addition to telephones, fax
machines, modems, radio paging equipment, equipment for external music on hold, and voicemail systems can be connected.
For Australia only: The T/R interfaces supply a ring
voltage of 35 Veff. Depending on the terminals connected, we cannot exclude the possibility of errors occurring during ringing state.
SLMA8
8
x
x Board with eight analog interfaces
For Australia only: The T/R interfaces supply a ring
voltage of 35 Veff. Depending on the terminals connected, we cannot exclude the possibility of errors occurring during ringing state.
SLCN
16 64
SLMO2
24 48
SLMO8
8
2-20
16
4
4
ROW
U.S.
IVMN8
Max. number of
boards per system
Boards per cabinet
Cou
ntry
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
x
x These boards are for the integrated voicemail funcx tions of HiPath Xpressions Compact.
SLCN board for connecting base stations to the system.
x
x Board for connecting optiPoint 500 and optiset E telex x phones. The SLMO board comes in 8- and 24-port
versions.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
For internal use only
Table 2-6
Subscriber Line Modules for HiPath 3800
Type/Description
8
16
6
8
x
x ISDN basic rate interface (BRI) board for configuring
ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers on the same
board.
There are two versions of this board:
●
S0 interfaces without power supply
●
S0 interfaces with power supply
STMI2
2
32
4
8
x
x HG 1500 board for the direct connection of IP workpoint clients.
Plugging in the PDMX module provides an additional
32 B channels (not currently released).
ROW
U.S.
STMD3
Max. number of
boards per system
Boards per cabinet
Cou
ntry
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-21
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
Trunk Boards
Trunk Boards for HiPath 3800
Type/Description
U.S.
Cou
ntry
Max. number of
boards per system
Boards per cabinet
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
ROW
Table 2-7
B channels per board
2.2.5.2
For internal use only
DIUN2
60 60
3
x x Basic rate interface (BRI) board; can also be used for
tie trunk traffic.
In HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 V5.0 and later, the B
channels in the DIUN2 board must be licensed.
DIU2U
48 48
4
-
x ISDN interface board
STMD3
8
x
- ISDN basic rate interface (BRI) board for configuring
ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers on the same
board.
There are two versions of this board:
●
S0 interfaces without power supply
●
S0 interfaces with power supply
TMDID
8
-
x Analog trunk board for direct inward dialing
TMC16
16
-
x Analog trunk board (ground/loop start)
TM2LP
8
x x Board with eight ports for connecting MSI trunks, enabling CAS trunk connections
2-22
16
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
For internal use only
Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic
Tie Trunk Traffic Boards for HiPath 3800
DIUN2
60 60
TMEW2
4
STMD3
8
16
STMI2
2
32
Cou
ntry
Max. number of
boards per system
Boards per cabinet
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
3
Type/Description
ROW
U.S.
Table 2-8
B channels per board
2.2.5.3
x
Board for primary rate access.
In HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 V5.0 and later, the B channels in the DIUN2 board must be licensed.
x x Board for providing four two-way analog tie trunk circuits with E&M signaling.
x x ISDN basic rate interface (BRI) board for configuring
ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers on the same
board.
There are two versions of this board:
●
S0 interfaces without power supply
●
S0 interfaces with power supply
4
8
x x HG 1500 board for connecting the HiPath 3800 system
directly to a local IP network (Ethernet).
Plugging in the PDMX module provides an additional
32 B channels (not currently released).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-23
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
Table 2-9
Optional Boards for HiPath 3800
Capacity
Cou
ntry
ROW
Board
Name
Options
Type/Description
U.S.
2.2.5.4
For internal use only
TMEW2
Ports per
board
4
x
x In addition to its tie trunk circuit function, this board can
also be used for connecting announcement equipment
(with start/stop signaling for announcement before answering).
REALS
Relay connections
4
x
Trunk failure transfers
1
x The REALS board is located on the basic cabinet’s backplane. It can be used for relay switching (door opener)
and trunk failure transfer (ALUM).
PFT1
Trunk failure transfers
1
x
PFT4
Trunk failure transfers
4
x
- PFT1 and PFT4 boards can be connected to the main
distribution unit (MDFU-E).
They transfer calls from analog trunks to a telephone in
a
power failure (note the signaling method used).
-
x
x Ethernet (10BaseT) interface
LIMS
2-24
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.2.6
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3800
Additional System Data
Information not available.
2.2.6.1
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption
Information not available.
2.2.6.2
Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply LUNA2
Refer to Section 2.2.4.2 for details on LUNA2.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-25
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
2.3
HiPath 3750
2.3.1
Hardware Overview
For internal use only
The HiPath 3750 system has a modular structure and can be extended by adding new boards
or cabinets to accommodate growing customer requirements. An additional cabinet is referred
to as an expansion cabinet. A HiPath 3750 system can have a maximum of three cabinets. The
figure below shows a HiPath 3750 system with a basic cabinet, expansion cabinets, and a main
distribution frame (MDFU-E).
The basic cabinet has 7 slots for peripheral boards. Expansion cabinets with 8 slots each for
peripheral boards are implemented for expansions. As a result, when 2 expansion cabinets are
implemented, a total of 23 slots are available for boards; with the exception of slot 08 in the
basic cabinet, which has an installation width of 45 mm, all slots have an installation width of
30 mm.
Dimensions
approx. 410 mm
Cabinet depth:
- MDFU-E: 126 mm
- System cabinet: 390 mm
approx. 670 mm
BC: Basic cabinet
Figure 2-6
2-26
EC1
EC: Expansion cabinet
MDFU-E
EC2
BC
approx. 980 mm
approx. 328 mm
Dimensions of HiPath 3750 and the Main Distribution Frame (MDFU-E)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
For internal use only
2.3.1.1
Board Slots
Nine board slots are available in each cabinet. The following boards are assigned permanent
slots:
●
CBCPR central control board -> slot 01 in the BC
●
UPSM power supply unit -> slot 09 in the BC, slot 18 in EC1, slot 27 in EC2.
Depending on their width, peripheral boards can be inserted in slots 02 to 08 in the BC, 10 to
17 in EC1 and 19 to 26 in EC2 (the adhesive label beneath each slot identifies the slot).
Slots in Basic and Expansion Cabinets
Slot
no.:
BC:
CBCPR
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
UPSM
EC1:
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
UPSM
EC2:
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
UPSM
45/30
30
30
30
30
30
30
45/30
90
X10
X20
X30
X40
X50
X60
X70
X80
X90
Width in
mm:
Figure 2-7
Board Slots in “8-Slot” Basic and Expansion Cabinets
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-27
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
2.3.2
For internal use only
Distribution of PCM Segments
There are approximately 64 time-division multiplex channels available for each PCM segment.
Blockages occur when these channels are busy. This prevents the system from performing any
more call jobs.
To guarantee that the system operates without blocking, ensure during configuration that the
boards on a PCM segment do not require more than the maximum 64 time-division multiplex
channels. The following table lists the number of time-division multiplex channels that the different boards require.
Table 2-10
HiPath 3750 - Number of Time-Division Multiplex Channels Required per
Board
Board
Number of time-division multiplex channels required
CR8N
8
HXGM3
16
IVML8
8
IVML24
24
SLA8N, SLA16N, SLA24N Depends on the number of stations
SLC16, SLC16N
Depends on the number of mobile telephones logged on
SLMO8, SLMO24
Depends on the number of stations (hosts (master) and clients
(slaves))
STMD8
16
TIEL
4
TMDID8
8
TML8W
8
TMOM
1
TMS2
30
TMST1
24
>
2-28
A tool is available at the following intranet address to illustrate PCM segments in HiPath 3750 systems:
https://netinfo4.wit.siemens.de/icnenho/vulcan_v10/product/vf_doku/tool
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
For internal use only
7
Caution
To guarantee that the system operates without faults or blocking, it is necessary that
you observe the following rules for the configuration of boards:
●
SLC16, SLC16N
– A maximum of one SLC16 or SLC16N per PCM section. If possible, the
SLC16 or SLC16N should remain alone on the PCM segment.
– For more information on multi-SLCs, see Multi-SLC and Cross-System Networking.
●
IVML8, IVML24
– A maximum of one IVML8 or IVML24 per system.
– This board may only be inserted into the slot beside the power supply in the
basic cabinet or in the expansion cabinets.
– You may not insert an SLC16 or SLC16N on the PCM segment of the
IVML8 or IVML24.
– You may not insert an SLMO24 on the PCM segment of the IVML24.
– If there is a TMS2 on the PCM segment of the IVML24, only one board with
up to eight ports is allowed on the free slot.
●
SLMO24
A maximum of two SLMO24s per PCM segment; the number of connected stations (hosts (master) and clients (slaves)) may not be more than 64.
The illustrations below show the PCM segments (64 time-division multiplex channels each) between the different HiPath 3750 system configurations.
Single-cabinet system: PCM segments
"8-slot" cabinets
C 000000 0
B 234567 8
C
P
R
U
P
S
M
BC
Figure 2-8
PCM Segments for a Single-Cabinet System
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-29
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
For internal use only
Two-cabinet system: PCM segments
"8-slot" cabinets
C 000000 0
B 234567 8
C
P
R
U
P
S
M
U
P
S
M
EC1
BC
Figure 2-9
1 111111 1
0 123456 7
PCM Segments for a Two-Cabinet System
Three-cabinet system: PCM segments
"8-slot" cabinets
1 111111 1
0 123456 7
U
P
S
M
EC1
C 000000 0
B 234567 8
C
P
R
BC
Figure 2-10
2-30
U
P
S
M
1 222222 2
9 012345 6
U
P
S
M
EC2
PCM Segments for a Three-Cabinet System
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
For internal use only
2.3.3
Static Traffic Capacity
The static traffic capacity of the HiPath 3750 can be determined as follows.
Table 2-11
HiPath 3750 - Static Traffic Capacity
HiPath 3750
Slots per PCM segment
Single-cabinet system
(see Figure 2-8)
02 + 03
64 erlangs
04 + 05
64 erlangs
06 + 07 + 08
64 erlangs
02 + 03
64 erlangs
04 + 05
64 erlangs
06 + 07 + 08
64 erlangs
10 + 11
64 erlangs
12 + 13
64 erlangs
14 + 15
64 erlangs
16 + 17
64 erlangs
02 + 03
64 erlangs
04 + 05
64 erlangs
06 + 07 + 08
64 erlangs
10 + 11 + 19 + 20
64 erlangs
12 + 13 + 21 + 22
64 erlangs
14 + 15 + 23 + 24
64 erlangs
16 + 17 + 25 + 26
64 erlangs
Two-cabinet system
(see Figure 2-9)
Three-cabinet system
(see Figure 2-10)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
Static traffic capac- Total static traffic
ity per PCM segcapacity of the
ment
system
192 erlangs
448 erlangs
448 erlangs
2-31
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
2.3.4
Central Components
2.3.4.1
CBCPR
For internal use only
Introduction
The CBCPR board performs all central control and switching functions for HiPath 3750.
Subboards
The following subboards (some of which are optional) can be used depending on the application:
●
CMS clock module small
–
supports all 4, 8 and 12 channel CMI connections using the SLC16 board of the HiPath
3750, HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3700 systems.
–
provides the master clock for digital networking.
Section 2.11 contains additional information on when CMS is used.
●
MMC multimedia card
This plug-in memory card contains the CDB backup and the version-specific APS. Please
note that the MMC may only be replaced by a multimedia card approved by Siemens AG.
Cards that have not been approved may have a different internal structure which can affect
temporal access and certain features (for example, CDB backup and APS transfer).
●
IMODN Integrated Modem Card New
This plug-in card allows remote service (analog mode up to 33.6 Kbps), without having to
use an external modem.
●
LIM LAN interface module
This subboard makes available an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection using an
8-pin RJ45 jack (see Section 2.3.4.3).
●
MPPI (music on hold)
V.24 interfaces
●
To connect a service PC, you can access the first V.24 interface (9-pin SUB-D plug) on the
CBCPR from the front of the basic cabinet (after removing the cover).
●
You can access the second V.24 interface (25-pin SUB-D plug) via the backplane of the
basic cabinet (X7).
2-32
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
For internal use only
2.3.4.2
UPSM
Introduction
Each cabinet in HiPath 3750 requires one UPSM (Uninterruptible Power Supply Modular). This
board combines the power supply and battery management functions. No other components
are required if operated as a power supply. To maintain short-term battery emergency operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible power supply functions, you must also
connect a battery pack for each system cabinet or a BSG 48/38 battery cabinet (including battery charger) to the UPSM.
An LED lights up to indicate that the UPSM is in operation. The UPSM must be replaced when
defective (LED does not light up).
All country-specific versions of the UPSM are used. The ring frequency of the modular ring generator can be parameterized to suit country-specific requirements.
Part numbers
●
UPSM: S30122-K5950-S100, S30122-K5950-A100
●
Battery pack 4 x 12 V / 7 Ah: S30122-K5950-Y200
(The connecting cable for the UPSM is integrated with the battery pack.)
Technical specifications
●
Nominal voltage range: 100 Vac - 240 Vac
●
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz
●
Max. input current consumption: 5.4 A - 2.7 A
●
Max. power consumption: approx. 430 W
●
Output voltage (battery charging voltage): 42.5 - 55.2 VDC
●
Output current (battery charge current):
(sufficient for battery set rating) = 7 Ah)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
0.8 A
2-33
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
●
For internal use only
Bridging times
The following table lists the maximum bridging times (battery operation in case of power
failure) available with the battery pack S30122-K5950-Y200 (48 V/7 Ah).
Table 2-12
System
UPSM - Bridging Times with Battery Pack S30122-K5950-Y200 (48 V/
7 Ah)
Power supply
unit
Load levels
Maximum
bridging time
HiPath 3750 UPSM
100% nominal load
1h
HiPath 3750 UPSM
60% nominal load
1h 40min
Measurement conditions:
●
All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 22 °C
(71.6 °F).
●
The cut-off voltage is 1.7 V per cell.
●
The batteries were new and fully charged when measurement started.
The battery recharging time is approx. 8.5 h.
Specifications of the modular ring generator
●
Rated output voltages: 75 Vact
●
Output frequencies: 20/25/50 Hz
●
Output power
–
continuous: 4.0 VA
–
peak: 8.0 VA temporary (3 min. load/15 min. break)
BSG 48/38
You can use a BSG 48/38 battery cabinet in an upright housing instead of the battery pack to
extend the bridging time in the event of a power failure. The BSG 48/38 battery cabinet
(S30122-K5950-F300) consists of
●
an upright housing
●
a charging rectifier
●
a battery set (38 Ah/48 V)
The battery cabinet is designed for direct connection to the HiPath 3750 communication system.
2-34
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
For internal use only
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
UPSM
UPSM and Battery Packs with no Ext. Charging Rectifiers
Expansion
cabinet 2
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
UPSM
Battery packs
48 V/7 Ah
Expansion
cabinet 1
48 V/7 Ah
48 V/7 Ah
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
UPSM
S30122-K5959-Y200
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
Basic
cabinet
Note: This diagram shows
only the schematic connections between the different
components.
2-35
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
For internal use only
UPSM
Connecting the UPSM with Battery Packs and Ext. Charging Rectifiers
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
Expansion
cabinet 2
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
UPSM
48 V
Charging rectifier
Expansion
cabinet 1
External battery
48 V/38 Ah
UPSM
48 V
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
Basic
cabinet
For example, SYB:
BSG-4838......
Note: This diagram shows
only the schematic connections between the different
components.
48 V
2-36
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.3.4.3
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
LIM
The LAN Interface Module LIM (S30807-Q6930-X) is an optional subboard for all HiPath 3000
central control boards (see also Section 4.4).
The board provides an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection via an 8-pin RJ45 jack.
The LIM module can be used for administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and for CTI functions (TAPI 120 V2.0). However, bear in mind that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call Attempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a maximum of six TAPI ports. The use of "power dialers" is not approved.
You cannot operate the LIM module and a HG 1500 board simultaneously in one system.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-37
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
For internal use only
2.3.5
Peripheral Components
2.3.5.1
Subscriber Line Modules
Table 2-13
Subscriber Line Modules for HiPath 3750
Type/Description
2
16
4
8
x
IVML8
8
8
1
1
x
IVML24
24 24
1
1
x These boards are for the integrated voicemail funcx x tions of HiPath Xpressions Compact.
SLA8N
8
#1
#1
x
- Board with eight analog interfaces
16
#1
#1
x
x Board with 16 analog interfaces
SLA24N
24
#1
#1
x
x Board with 24 analog interfaces
SLC16
16 64
42
4
x
SLC16N
16 64
43
4
x
- Boards for connecting up to 16 base stations to the
- system.
8
16
#1
#
1
x
SLMO24
24 48
#1
#1
x
STMD8
8
6
8
x
SLA16N
SLMO8
1
2
3
16
ROW
U.S.
HXGM3
Max. number of
boards per system
Boards per cabinet
Cou
ntry
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
x HG 1500 board for the direct connection of IP workpoint clients.
- Board for connecting optiPoint 500 and optiset E telex phones. The SLMO board comes in 8- and 24-port
versions.
x Board for ISDN basic access. Permits configuration of
ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers on the same
board.
The maximum number is calculated on the basis of the system-specific capacity limits in Table 2-1.
Exception: Basic cabinets can have up to two SLC16 boards.
Exception: Basic cabinets can have up to two SLC16N boards.
2-38
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
For internal use only
Trunk Boards
Table 2-14
Trunk Boards for HiPath 3750
Capacity
U.S.
TML8W
8
#1
#1
x
- Board with eight ports for connecting loop start trunks.
STMD8
8
16 #1
#1
x x Board for ISDN basic access. Permits mixed configuration of ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers on the
same board.
TMS2
30 30 #1
6
x
- Basic rate interface (BRI) board; can also be used for
tie trunk traffic.
TMST1
24 24 #1
8
-
x ISDN interface board
TMDID
8
#1
#1
-
x Analog trunk board for direct inward dialing
TMGL8
8
#1
#1
-
x Analog trunk board (ground/loop start)
TMAMF
8
x
- Analog trunk board for direct inward dialing (MFC-R2)
Ports per board
ROW
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
Cou
ntry
Boards per cabinet
Board
Name
B channels per board
2.3.5.2
1
The maximum number is calculated on the basis of the system-specific capacity limits in Table 2-1.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-39
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic
Table 2-15
Tie Trunk Traffic Boards for HiPath 3750
Capacity
Type/Description
4
#1
#1
x x Board for providing four two-way analog tie trunk circuits with E&M signaling.
STMD8
8
16 #1
#1
x x Board for ISDN basic access. Permits configuration of
ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers (no feeding)
on the same board.
HXGM3
2
16
4
8
x x HG 1500 board for connecting the HiPath 3750 system
directly to a local IP network (Ethernet).
TMS2
30 30 #1
6
x
1
ROW
U.S.
TIEL
Ports per board
Max. number of
boards per system
Cou
ntry
Boards per cabinet
Board
Name
B channels per board
2.3.5.3
For internal use only
- Basic rate interface (BRI) board; can also be used for
tie trunk traffic.
The maximum number is calculated on the basis of the system-specific capacity limits in Table 2-1.
2-40
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
For internal use only
Table 2-16
Optional Boards for HiPath 3750
Capacity
Cou
ntry
ROW
Board
Name
Options
Type/Description
U.S.
2.3.5.4
TIEL
Ports per
board
4
x
x In addition to its tie trunk circuit function, this board can
also be used for connecting announcement equipment
(with start/stop signaling for announcement before answering).
REAL
Relay connections
4
x
Trunk failure transfers
1
x The REAL board is located on the basic cabinet’s backplane. It is used for relay connection (such as a door
opener) and power failure transfer (ALUM).
PFT1
Trunk failure transfers
1
x
PFT4
Trunk failure transfers
4
x
- PFT1 and PFT4 boards can be connected to the main
distribution frame unit (MDFU/MDFU-E). They transfer
calls from analog trunks to an analog telephone in a pow- er failure (note the signaling method used).
A maximum of two PFT1s or one PFT4 per MDFU/
MDFU-E can be used.
GEE8
Number of
analog
trunks supported
8
x
- This board can be plugged into the TML8W analog trunk
circuit board. It records call charge pulses from the trunk
on a country-specific basis for up to eight trunks.
CR8N
x
x The board has eight code transmitters and receivers.
LIM
x
x Ethernet (10BaseT) interface
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-41
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3750
For internal use only
2.3.6
Additional System Data
2.3.6.1
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption
Max. heat dissipation:
approx. 850 kJ/h
Cabinet with
UPSM
88 - 264 Vac
up to approx. 430 W
Figure 2-11
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption in a HiPath 3750 Cabinet
Appendix A, “Identifying System Power Requirement” contains information on the power requirements of individual boards and components.
2.3.6.2
Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply UPSM
Refer to Section 2.3.4.2 for details on the UPSM.
2-42
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.4
HiPath 3550
2.4.1
Hardware Overview
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
Structure
The HiPath 3550 housing intended for wall mounting contains one shelf with six slot levels. The
slot levels, numbered in ascending order from the attachment side, have the following assignments:
●
Slot levels 1-3: peripheral boards (two slots per level)
●
Slot level 4: CBCC control board only
●
Slot level 5: SIPAC slot (for HiPath 3750 boards)
●
Slot level 6: optional boards (up to 5 modules)
The power supply unit is located on the back of the subrack.
The connecting cables to the peripherals (telephones, trunk connections) can be connected directly.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-43
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
For internal use only
Dimensions and Slots
3
Mounting surface
4
5
OPTIONS
Slot 6
Slot 7
2
450
PERIPHERAL BOARD
Slot 8
SLOT 9
1
CBCC
Slot 4
200
Slot 5
460
6
Slot levels
EB = Slot
Notes:
●
When mounting the system on the wall, plan for at least 30 cm of clearance
on the board side for replacing the boards.
●
TS2 and TST1 boards can be installed in slot 7 and slot 9 only.
●
The following HiPath 3750-format boards can be installed on slot level 5:
SLA8N, SLA16N, SLA24N, SLC16, SLC16N, SLMO24
Figure 2-12
2-44
Dimensions and Slots in HiPath 3550
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
For internal use only
2.4.2
Static Traffic Capacity
The HiPath 3550 system has the following static traffic capacities.
Table 2-17
HiPath 3550 - Static Traffic Capacity
System
HiPath 3550
(see Figure 2-12)
1
Slots
Static Traffic Capacity
2 / 3 (CBCC)
24 erlangs
4
16 erlangs
5
16 erlangs
6
16 erlangs
7
16 erlangs
8
16 erlangs
9
30 erlangs1
10
64 erlangs
Total static traffic capacity
of the system
198 erlangs
Use of a TS2 board results in a capacity of 30 erlangs. A maximum of one TS2 per HiPath 3550 is possible, and the board
may only be installed in slot 7 or 9, thus resulting in 30 erlangs for slot 7 or 9.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-45
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
2.4.3
Central Components
2.4.3.1
CBCC
For internal use only
Introduction
The CBCC (Central Board with Coldfire Com) board performs all central control and switching
functions for HiPath 3550.
Subboards
The following subboards (some of which are optional) can be used depending on the application:
●
CMS clock module small
–
supports all two-channel cordless connections to the HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems.
–
supports all 4, 8 and 12 channel CMI connections using the SLC16 board of the HiPath
3750, HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3700 systems.
–
provides the master clock for digital networking.
Section 2.11 contains additional information on when CMS is used.
●
ADPCM (CMA) clock module
–
supports the 4-channel CMI connection over BS3/1 to the HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350,
HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems.
–
in the same way as the CMS clock module small, provides the master clock for digital
networking.
Section 2.11 contains additional information on when CMA is used.
●
MMC multimedia card
This plug-in memory card contains the CDB backup and the version-specific APS. Please
note that the MMC may only be replaced by a multimedia card approved by Siemens AG.
Cards that have not been approved may have a different internal structure which can affect
temporal access and certain features (for example, CDB backup and APS transfer).
●
IMODN Integrated Modem Card New
This plug-in card allows remote service (analog mode up to 33.6 Kbps), without having to
use an external modem.
●
LIM LAN interface module
This subboard makes available an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection using an
8-pin RJ45 jack (see Section 2.4.3.3).
2-46
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
●
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
MPPI (music on hold)
Interfaces
●
Eight UP0/E (digital subscriber line interfaces)
In HiPath 3000 V1.2 and later up to seven BS3/1 base stations can be connected directly
for HiPath Cordless Office.
●
Four T/Rs (analog subscriber line interfaces)
For Australia only: The T/R interfaces supply a ring voltage of 35 Veff. Depending on the
terminals connected, we cannot exclude the possibility of errors occurring during ringing
state.
●
Two S0 interfaces (trunk or subscriber or fixed connection)
●
V.24 interfaces
First V.24 interface on the CBCC; the second interface is implemented using the V24/1 option.
2.4.3.2
UPSC-D
Introduction
This board combines the power supply and battery management functions. No other components are required if operated as a power supply. To maintain short-term battery emergency
operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible power supply functions, you must
also connect a battery pack.
An EPSU2 external power supply must be used if the total number of UP0/E stations, analog
stations, and stations connected using adapters is greater than 72.
Additional power can be made available by connecting the external EPSU2 power supply (see
Section 2.4.6). For this, the EPSU2’s DC connection needs to be connected to the special –
48 Vdc input on the UPSC-D. The UPSC-D’s internal -48-V output is deactivated when the external power supply is connected.
Technical specifications
●
Nominal voltage range: 100 Vac - 240 Vac
●
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz
●
Ring generator: 75 Vac, 20/25/50 Hz
●
Partial voltages: +5 Vdc, –48 V
●
Battery charger: 4 x 12 V (40.8 V-55.2 V)
●
Power consumption: 180 W
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-47
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
●
For internal use only
Bridging times
The following table lists the maximum bridging times (battery operation in case of power
failure) available with the battery pack S30122-K5928-X (48 V/1.2 Ah).
Table 2-18
System
UPSC-D - Bridging Times with Battery Pack S30122-K5928-X (48 V/
1.2 Ah)
Power supply unit
Load levels
Maximum bridging time
HiPath 3550 UPSC-D
Normal output load 100 % = 5 V/8 A;
–48 V/1.1 A; ringing approx. 4 VA
6 min
HiPath 3550 UPSC-D
Normal output load 60 % = 5 V/4.8 A;
–48 V/0.66 A; ringing approx. 2 VA
15 min
HiPath 3550 UPSC-D with Normal output load 100 % = 5 V/8 A;
EPSU2
–48 V/2.5 A (external via EPSU2);
ringing approx. 4 VA
17 min
Measurement conditions:
●
All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 23 °C
(73.4°F).
●
The batteries were fully charged when the measurement was started.
2.4.3.3
LIM
The LAN Interface Module (LIM - S30807-Q6930-X) is an optional plug-in card for all HiPath
3000 central control boards (see also Section 4.4).
The board provides an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection via an 8-pin RJ45 jack.
The LIM module can be used for administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and for CTI functions (TAPI 120 V2.0). However, bear in mind that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call Attempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a maximum of six TAPI ports. The use of "power dialers" is not approved.
You cannot operate the LIM module and a HG 1500 board simultaneously in one system.
2-48
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
For internal use only
2.4.4
Peripheral Components
2.4.4.1
Subscriber Line Modules
Table 2-19
Cou
ntry
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
ROW
U.S.
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
Subscriber Line Modules for HiPath 3550
4SLA
4
#1
x
8SLA
8
#1
x x Board for connecting analog stations (a/b, T/R)
16SLA
16
#1
x
HXGS3
2
8
3
x x HG 1500 board for the direct connection of IP workpoint clients.
IVMS8
8
8
1
x x Board for the integrated voicemail functions of HiPath
Xpressions Compact.
SLU8
8
16
#1
x x Board for connecting optiPoint 500 and optiset E telephones
(UP0/E)
STLS2
2
4
#1
x
STLS4
4
8
#1
- Board for providing ISDN basic rate access.
x x Configuration of ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers (no
feeding) on the same board is possible.
SLA8N
8
1
x
SLA16N
16
1
x x HiPath 3750 board for connecting 16 analog stations (a/b, T/
R)
Can be installed in Slot level 5 only
SLA24N
24
1
x x HiPath 3750 board for connecting 24 analog stations (a/b, T/
R)
Can be installed in Slot level 5 only
SLC16
16
1
x
SLC16N
16
1
x
- Board for connecting analog stations (a/b, T/R)
- Board for connecting analog stations (a/b, T/R)
- HiPath 3750 board for connecting eight analog stations (a/b,
T/R)
Can be installed in Slot level 5 only
- HiPath 3750 boards for connecting 16 CMI base stations.
- Can be installed in Slot level 5 only
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-49
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
Table 2-19
Subscriber Line Modules for HiPath 3550
24
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
ROW
U.S.
Cou
ntry
1
x x HiPath 3750 board for connecting 24 optiPoint 500 and optiset E telephones (UP0/E)
Can be installed in Slot level 5 only
The maximum number is calculated on the basis of the system-specific capacity limits in Table 2-1.
2.4.4.2
Trunk Boards
Table 2-20
Trunk Boards for HiPath 3550
Capacity
TLA
2
#1
x
- Trunk board for analog lines
TLA4
4
#1
x
- Trunk board for analog lines
TLA8
8
#1
x
- Trunk board for analog lines
Ports per board
U.S.
Type/Description
ROW
Coun
try
Max. number of
boards per system
Board
Name
B channels per board
1
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
SLMO24
For internal use only
2-50
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
For internal use only
Table 2-20
Trunk Boards for HiPath 3550
Capacity
Type/Description
30 30
1
x
- Board for primary rate access; can be used for tie trunk traffic.
In HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 V5.0 and later, the B channels
in the TS2 board are subject to license. Consequently, the
TS2 boards (S30810-Q2913-X300) have been assigned a
new hardware identification code. The new code prevents
the board from being used in earlier versions. Functionality
and layout of the board have not been changed.
STLS2
2
4
#1
x
x
- Board for ISDN basic rate access.
x Configuration of ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and stations (no
feeding) on the same board is possible.
U.S.
TS2
Ports per board
ROW
Coun
try
Max. number of
boards per system
B channels per board
Board
Name
STLS4
4
8
#1
TST1
1
24
1
-
x PRI board
TMGL4
4
#1
-
x Trunk board for analog lines
TMQ4
4
#1
-
x BRI board
TMAMF
8
x
- Analog trunk board for direct inward dialing (MFC-R2)
1
8
The maximum number is calculated on the basis of the system-specific capacity limits in Table 2-1.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-51
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
2.4.4.3
Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic
Table 2-21
Tie Trunk Traffic Boards for HiPath 3550
HXGS3
2
8
3
x
x HG 1500 board for connecting the HiPath 3550 system directly to a local data network (Ethernet).
STLS2
2
4
#1
x
STLS4
4
8
#1
x
- Board for ISDN basic rate access.
x Configuration of ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and stations (no
feeding) on the same board is possible.
TS2
30 30
1
x
1
U.S.
ROW
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
Cou
ntry
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
For internal use only
- Board for primary rate access; can be used for tie trunk traffic.
In HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 V5.0 and later, the B channels
in the TS2 board are subject to license. Consequently, the
TS2 boards (S30810-Q2913-X300) have been assigned a
new hardware identification code. The new code prevents
the board from being used in earlier versions. Functionality
and layout of the board have not been changed.
The maximum number is calculated on the basis of the system-specific capacity limits in Table 2-1.
2-52
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
For internal use only
Table 2-22
Optional Boards for HiPath 3550
Capacity
Coun
try
ROW
Board
Name
Options
Type/Description
U.S.
2.4.4.4
ALUM4
Trunk failure
transfers
4
x
x Trunk failure transfer lets you transfer loop start
trunks directly to internal analog stations in the event
of a power failure (note the signaling method used).
ANI4
Analog
trunks
4
-
x This board allows calling line identification (caller ID)
in conjunction with TMGL4.
GEE12
Number of call
charge receivers
4
x
- This optional board records the country-specific call
charge pulses (12 kHz) from the trunk.
GEE16
Number of call
charge receivers
4
x
- This optional board records the country-specific call
charge pulses (16 kHz) from the trunk.
GEE50
Number of call
charge receivers
4
x
- This optional board records the country-specific call
charge pulses (50 Hz) from the trunk.
1
x
x One serial V.24 interface for connecting a PC, printer, or Plus Products.
V24/1
STBG4
x
-
Current-limiting module for LS interface (France
only)
1
x
-
External music on hold
1
-
x
External music on hold (A-LAW)
MPPI
x
-
Music on hold (MOH)
UAM
x
-
Announcement before answering/music on hold/relay/sensor
x
x
Control relay module; provides 4 relays and 4 sensors for controlling external devices or detecting external control events.
EXM
EXMNA
STRB
Ports
Sensors
4
Relays
4
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-53
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
For internal use only
2.4.5
Additional System Data
2.4.5.1
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption
Max. heat dissipation: approx. 360 kJ/h
HiPath 3550
88 - 264 Vac
max. approx. 180W
Figure 2-13
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption in a HiPath 3550
Appendix A, “Identifying System Power Requirement” contains information on the power requirements of individual boards and components.
2.4.5.2
Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply
Refer to Section 2.4.3.2 for details on the UPSC-D.
2-54
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
For internal use only
2.4.6
Additional Power Supply from the EPSU2
An EPSU2 external power supply must be used if the total number of UP0/E stations, analog
stations, and stations connected using adapters is greater than 72.
Additional power can be made available by connecting the external EPSU2 power supply. For
this, the EPSU2’s DC connection needs to be connected to the special –48 Vdc input on the
UPSC-D. The UPSC-D’s internal -48-V output is deactivated when the external power supply
is connected.
EPSU2 technical specifications
Table 2-23
EPSU2 - Technical Specifications
EPSU2
S30122-K7221-X1
Scope of delivery
●
●
●
●
AC power cable
●
●
EPSU2
S30122-K7221-X2
EPSU2 AC/DC converter
with four UPS batteries
loaded
Operating instructions
AC connecting cable (protective grounding plug,
IEC-320 socket)
DC cable to UPSC-D,
length = 2 m
●
●
●
●
EPSU2 AC/DC converter
without batteries
Operating instructions
AC connecting cable (protective grounding plug,
IEC-320 socket)
DC cable to UPSC-D,
length = 2 m
C39195-Z7001-C17 Euro angled
C39195-Z7001-C20 GBR angled
AC power
100 - 240 V ac
Frequency range
47 to 63 Hz
Connected output
200 W
Output power consumption/
nominal output
140 W
Mains/nominal voltage
54.2 V
UPS batteries
V39113-W5123-E891
Four batteries are supplied
built-in.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
V39113-W5123-E891
Batteries are not included in
the scope of supply and must
be ordered separately.
2-55
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3550
Table 2-23
For internal use only
EPSU2 - Technical Specifications
EPSU2
S30122-K7221-X1
Battery operation:
●
Permitted batteries
Manufacturer/type number
●
Number of batteries
●
Size (Ah)
●
Nominal voltage
●
Overload protection
Nominal current
Overload protection
Ambient temperature
●
●
●
●
●
EPSU2
S30122-K7221-X2
CSB/EVX-1270, Hitachi/HP6.5-12, Yuasa/NP6-12, Varta/
Noack 43720303, Sonnenschein/0719143200, Panasonic/
LCR12-7P
4 units, 12 V each
7 Ah
48 V (fully charged 54 V, discharge to 44 V)
Melting fuse 5 x 20 mm, 2.5 A/slow-blowing
2.5 A
Electronic current limiting circuit
In buildings, +5 to +45 °C (41 to 113 °F)
Humidity
95%/non-condensing
Cooling
Natural convection
Protection
IP 21 (DIN 40050)
Housing dimensions (W x D
x H in mm)
250 x 114 x 317
Weight
approx. 14.1 kg (incl. batteries) approx. 4.1 kg (without batteries)
Symbol
CE
Personal safety, insulation
Grounding, shielding
2-56
EN60950 and IEC950
Protection class 1, output is floating against ground.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3350
For internal use only
2.5
HiPath 3350
2.5.1
Hardware Overview
The HiPath 3350 housing intended for wall mounting contains one shelf with three slot levels.
The slot levels, numbered in ascending order from the attachment side, have the following assignments:
●
Slot level 1: peripheral boards (two slots)
●
Slot level 2: CBCC control board only
●
Slot level 3: optional boards (up to 5 modules)
The power supply unit is located on the back of the subrack.
The HiPath 3350 does not need an external main distribution frame; the connecting to the peripherals (such as telephones or trunks) connect directly to the boards.
Dimensions and Slots
128
OPTIONS
2
3
Slot 5
450
CBCC
Slot 4
460
Mounting
surface
1
Slot levels
EB = Slot
Note:
When mounting the system on the wall, plan for at least 30 cm of clearance on
the board side for replacing the boards.
Figure 2-14
Dimensions and Slots in HiPath 3350
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-57
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3350
2.5.2
For internal use only
Static Traffic Capacity
The HiPath 3350 system has the following static traffic capacities.
Table 2-24
HiPath 3350 - Static Traffic Capacity
System
HiPath 3350
(see Figure 2-14)
2-58
Slots
Static Traffic Capacity
2 / 3 (CBCC)
24 erlangs
4
16 erlangs
5
16 erlangs
Total static traffic capacity
of the system
56 erlangs
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.5.3
Central Components
2.5.3.1
CBCC
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3350
Introduction
The CBCC (Central Board with Coldfire Com) board performs all central control and switching
functions for HiPath 3350.
Subboards
The following subboards (some of which are optional) can be used depending on the application:
●
CMS clock module small
–
supports all two-channel cordless connections to the HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems.
–
provides the master clock for digital networking.
Section 2.11 contains additional information on when CMS is used.
●
ADPCM (CMA) clock module
–
supports the 4-channel CMI connection over BS3/1 to the HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350,
HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems.
–
in the same way as the CMS clock module small, provides the master clock for digital
networking.
Section 2.11 contains additional information on when CMA is used.
●
MMC multimedia card
This plug-in memory card contains the CDB backup and the version-specific APS. Please
note that the MMC may only be replaced by a multimedia card approved by Siemens AG.
Cards that have not been approved may have a different internal structure which can affect
temporal access and certain features (for example, CDB backup and APS transfer).
●
IMODN Integrated Modem Card New
This plug-in card allows remote service (analog mode up to 33.6 Kbps), without having to
use an external modem.
●
LIM LAN interface module
This subboard makes available an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection using an
8-pin RJ45 jack (see Section 2.5.3.4).
●
MPPI (music on hold)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-59
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3350
For internal use only
Interfaces
●
Eight UP0/E (digital subscriber line interfaces)
In HiPath 3000 V1.2 and later up to seven BS3/1 base stations can be connected directly
for HiPath Cordless Office.
●
Four T/Rs (analog subscriber line interfaces)
●
Two S0 interfaces (trunk or subscriber or fixed connection)
●
V.24 interfaces
First V.24 interface on the CBCC; the second interface is implemented using the V24/1 option.
2.5.3.2
PSUP
The power supply point PSUP is intended for use in HiPath 3350. The device plugs into a special slot and is secured by screws. It connects to the power outlet using a modular power cord.
A monitoring LED indicates the presence of the 5 V output voltage.
Technical specifications
●
Nominal voltage range: 100 Vac - 240 Vac
●
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz
●
Ring generator: 75 Vac, 20/25/50 Hz
●
Partial voltages: +5 Vdc, –48 V
●
Power consumption: 60 W
2.5.3.3
UPSC-D
Introduction
This board combines the power supply and battery management functions. No other components are required if operated as a power supply. To maintain short-term battery emergency
operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible power supply functions, you must
also connect a battery pack.
Technical specifications
●
Nominal voltage range: 100 Vac - 240 Vac
●
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz
●
Ring generator: 75 Vac, 20/25/50 Hz
2-60
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3350
For internal use only
●
Partial voltages: +5 Vdc, –48 V
●
Battery charger: 4 x 12 V (40.8 V-55.2 V)
●
Power consumption: approx. 90 W
●
Bridging times
The following table lists the maximum bridging times (battery operation in case of power
failure) available with the battery pack S30122-K5928-X (48 V/1.2 Ah).
Table 2-25
System
UPSC-D - Bridging Times with Battery Pack S30122-K5928-X (48 V/
1.2 Ah)
Power supply unit
HiPath 3350 UPSC-D
Load levels
Normal output load = 5 V/3 A;
–48 V/0.5 A; ringing approx. 2 VA
Maximum bridging time
19 min
Measurement conditions:
●
All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 23 °C
(73.4°F).
●
The batteries were fully charged when the measurement was started.
2.5.3.4
LIM
The LAN Interface Module (LIM - S30807-Q6930-X) is an optional plug-in card for all HiPath
3000 central control boards (see also Section 4.4).
The board provides an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection via an 8-pin RJ45 jack.
The LIM module can be used for administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and for CTI functions (TAPI 120 V2.0). However, bear in mind that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call Attempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a maximum of six TAPI ports. The use of "power dialers" is not approved.
You cannot operate the LIM module and a HG 1500 board simultaneously in one system.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-61
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3350
2.5.4
Peripheral Components
2.5.4.1
Subscriber Line Modules
Table 2-26
Subscriber Line Modules for HiPath 3350
Cou
ntry
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
ROW
U.S.
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
For internal use only
4SLA
4
2
x
8SLA
8
2
x x Board for connecting analog stations (a/b, T/R)
16SLA
16
2
x
HXGS3
2
8
1
(21)
IVMP8
8
8
1
IVMS8
8
8
1
SLU8
8
16
2
x x Board for connecting optiPoint 500 and optiset E telephones
(UP0/E)
STLS2
2
4
2
x
STLS4
4
8
2
1
- Board for connecting analog stations (a/b, T/R)
- Board for connecting analog stations (a/b, T/R)
x x HG 1500 board for the direct connection of IP workpoint clients.
x
- These boards are for the integrated voicemail functions of
x x HiPath Xpressions Compact.
- Board for ISDN basic rate access.
x x Configuration of ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and stations (no
feeding) on the same board is possible.
The system may be configured with two HG 1500 boards if PDM1 is not used.
2-62
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3350
For internal use only
Trunk Boards
Table 2-27
Cou
ntry
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
ROW
U.S.
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
Trunk Boards for HiPath 3350
B channels per board
2.5.4.2
TLA2
2
2
x
- Trunk board for analog lines
TLA4
4
2
x
- Trunk board for analog lines
TLA8
8
2
x
- Trunk board for analog lines
STLS2
2
4
2
x
STLS4
4
8
1
- Board for ISDN basic access. Permits configuration of ISDN
x x trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers (no feeding) on the same
board.
TMGL4
4
2
-
x Board for connecting analog trunks
TMQ4
4
2
-
x BRI board
2.5.4.3
Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic
8
Tie Trunk Traffic Boards for HiPath 3350
8
1
(21)
Coun
try
x
Type/Description
U.S.
2
Max. number of
boards per system
B channels per board
HXGS3
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
ROW
Table 2-28
x HG 1500 board for connecting the HiPath 3350 system directly to a local data network (Ethernet).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-63
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3350
Tie Trunk Traffic Boards for HiPath 3350
Max. number of
boards per system
ROW
Coun
try
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
STLS2
2
4
2
x
STLS4
4
8
1
x
- Board for ISDN basic access. Permits configuration of
x ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers (no feeding) on the
same board.
The system may be configured with two HG 1500 boards if PDM1 is not used.
2.5.4.4
Table 2-29
Optional Boards for HiPath 3350
Capacity
Cou
ntry
ROW
Board
Name
Options
Type/Description
U.S.
1
Type/Description
U.S.
Table 2-28
For internal use only
ALUM4
Trunk failure
transfers
4 x
x Trunk failure transfer; this board transfers loop start
trunks directly to internal analog stations in the event
of a power failure (note the signaling method used).
ANI4
Analog trunks
4 -
x This board allows calling line identification (caller ID)
in conjunction with TMGL4.
GEE12
Number of call
charge receivers
4 x
- This optional board records the country-specific call
charge pulses (12 kHz) from the trunk.
GEE16
Number of call
charge receivers
4 x
- This optional board records the country-specific call
charge pulses (16 kHz) from the trunk.
GEE50
Number of call
charge receivers
4 x
- This optional board records the country-specific call
charge pulses (50 Hz) from the trunk.
2-64
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3350
For internal use only
Capacity
Cou
ntry
ROW
Board
Name
Optional Boards for HiPath 3350
V24/1
Interfaces
Type/Description
U.S.
Table 2-29
1 x x Serial V.24 interface for connecting a PC, printer, or
Plus Products
STBG4
x
- Current-limiting module for LS interface (France only)
EXM
x
- External music on hold
EXMNA
-
x External music on hold (A-LAW)
MPPI
x
- Music on hold (MOH)
UAM
x
- Announcement before answering/music on hold/relay/
sensor
Sensors
4 x
Relays
4
x Control relay module; provides 4 relays and 4 sensors
for controlling external devices or detecting external
control events.
STRB
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-65
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3350
For internal use only
2.5.5
Additional System Data
2.5.5.1
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption
Max. heat dissipation:
●
●
approx. 140 kJ/
h for op. with
PSUP
approx. 180 kJ/
h for op. with
UPSC-D
HiPath 3350
88 - 264 Vac
max. approx. 90 W
Figure 2-15
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption in a HiPath 3350 with PSUP/UPSCD
Appendix A, “Identifying System Power Requirement” contains information on the power requirements of individual boards and components.
2.5.5.2
Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply
Refer to Section 2.5.3.3 for details on the UPSC-D.
2-66
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.6
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3250
HiPath 3250
HiPath 3250 is replaced by HiPath 540.
2.7
HiPath 3150
HiPath 3150 is replaced by HiPath 520.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-67
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
2.8
HiPath 3700
2.8.1
Hardware Overview
For internal use only
The HiPath 3700 system has a modular structure and can be extended by adding new boards
or cabinets to accommodate growing customer requirements. An additional cabinet is referred
to as an expansion cabinet.
You will need a special mounting kit for installing the system in a 19’’ cabinet.
A HiPath 3700 system can have a maximum of three cabinets. The 19’’ cabinets must be placed
beside one another and they must also be accessible from the rear.
The basic cabinet has 7 slots for peripheral boards. Expansion cabinets with 8 slots each for
peripheral boards are implemented for expansions. As a result, when 2 expansion cabinets are
implemented, a total of 23 slots are available for boards; with the exception of slot 08 in the
basic cabinet, which has an installation width of 45 mm, all slots have an installation width of
30 mm.
Dimensions
approx. 410 mm
EC2
Figure 2-16
2-68
BC
approx. 980 mm
EC1
Depth of the system cabinet:
approx. 390 mm
Necessary height units per box for 19“
cabinet assembly: 11
(one height unit corresponds to approx. 1.7" = 43 mm)
HiPath 3700 Dimensions
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
For internal use only
2.8.1.1
Board Slots
Nine board slots are available in each cabinet. The following boards are assigned permanent
slots:
●
CBCPR central control board -> slot 01 in the BC
●
UPSM power supply unit -> slot 09 in the BC, slot 18 in EC1, slot 27 in EC2.
Depending on their width, peripheral boards can be inserted in slots 02 to 08 in the BC, 10 to
17 in EC1 and 19 to 26 in EC2 (the adhesive label beneath each slot identifies the slot).
Slots in Basic and Expansion Cabinets
Slot
no.:
BC:
CBCPR
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
UPSM
EC1:
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
UPSM
EC2:
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
UPSM
45/30
30
30
30
30
30
30
45/30
90
X10
X20
X30
X40
X50
X60
X70
X80
X90
Width in
mm:
Figure 2-17
Board Slots in “8-Slot” Basic and Expansion Cabinets
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-69
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
2.8.2
For internal use only
Distribution of PCM Segments
There are approximately 64 time-division multiplex channels available for each PCM segment.
Blockages occur when these channels are busy. This prevents the system from performing any
more call jobs.
To guarantee that the system operates without blocking, ensure during configuration that the
boards on a PCM segment do not require more than the maximum 64 time-division multiplex
channels. The following table lists the number of time-division multiplex channels that the different boards require.
Table 2-30
HiPath 3700 - Number of Time-Division Multiplex Channels Required per
Board
Board
Number of time-division multiplex channels required
CR8N
8
HXGM3
16
IVML8
8
IVML24
24
SLA8N, SLA16N, SLA24N Depends on the number of stations
SLC16, SLC16N
Depends on the number of mobile telephones logged on
SLMO8, SLMO24
Depends on the number of stations (hosts (master) and clients
(slaves))
STMD8
16
TIEL
4
TMDID8
8
TML8W
8
TMOM
1
TMS2
30
TMST1
24
>
2-70
A tool is available at the following intranet address to illustrate PCM segments in HiPath 3700 systems:
https://netinfo4.wit.siemens.de/icnenho/vulcan_v10/product/vf_doku/tool
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
For internal use only
7
Caution
To guarantee that the system operates without faults or blocking, it is necessary that
you observe the following rules for the configuration of boards:
●
SLC16, SLC16N
– A maximum of one SLC16 or SLC16N per PCM section. If possible, the
SLC16 or SLC16N should remain alone on the PCM segment.
– For more information on multi-SLCs, see Multi-SLC and Cross-System Networking.
●
IVML8, IVML24
– A maximum of one IVML8 or IVML24 per system.
– This board may only be inserted into the slot beside the power supply in the
basic cabinet or in the expansion cabinets.
– You may not insert an SLC16 or SLC16N on the PCM segment of the
IVML8 or IVML24.
– You may not insert an SLMO24 on the PCM segment of the IVML24.
– If there is a TMS2 on the PCM segment of the IVML24, only one board with
up to eight ports is allowed on the free slot.
●
SLMO24
A maximum of two SLMO24s per PCM segment; the number of connected stations (hosts (master) and clients (slaves)) may not be more than 64.
The illustrations below show the PCM segments (64 time-division multiplex channels each) between the different HiPath 3700 system configurations.
Single-cabinet system: PCM segments
"8-slot" cabinets
C 000000 0
B 234567 8
C
P
R
U
P
S
M
BC
Figure 2-18
PCM Segments for a Single-Cabinet System
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-71
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
For internal use only
Two-cabinet system: PCM segments
"8-slot" cabinets
C 000000 0
B 234567 8
C
P
R
U
P
S
M
U
P
S
M
EC1
BC
Figure 2-19
1 111111 1
0 123456 7
PCM Segments for a Two-Cabinet System
Three-cabinet system: PCM segments
"8-slot" cabinets
1 111111 1
0 123456 7
U
P
S
M
EC1
C 000000 0
B 234567 8
C
P
R
BC
Figure 2-20
2-72
U
P
S
M
1 222222 2
9 012345 6
U
P
S
M
EC2
PCM Segments for a Three-Cabinet System
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
For internal use only
2.8.3
Static Traffic Capacity
The static traffic capacity of the HiPath 3700 can be determined as follows.
Table 2-31
HiPath 3700 - Static Traffic Capacity
HiPath 3700
Slots per PCM segment
Single-cabinet system
(see Figure 2-18)
02 + 03
64 erlangs
04 + 05
64 erlangs
06 + 07 + 08
64 erlangs
02 + 03
64 erlangs
04 + 05
64 erlangs
06 + 07 + 08
64 erlangs
10 + 11
64 erlangs
12 + 13
64 erlangs
14 + 15
64 erlangs
16 + 17
64 erlangs
02 + 03
64 erlangs
04 + 05
64 erlangs
06 + 07 + 08
64 erlangs
10 + 11 + 19 + 20
64 erlangs
12 + 13 + 21 + 22
64 erlangs
14 + 15 + 23 + 24
64 erlangs
16 + 17 + 25 + 26
64 erlangs
Two-cabinet system
(see Figure 2-19)
Three-cabinet system
(see Figure 2-20)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
Static traffic capac- Total static traffic
ity per PCM segcapacity of the
ment
system
192 erlangs
448 erlangs
448 erlangs
2-73
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
2.8.4
Central Components
2.8.4.1
CBCPR
For internal use only
Introduction
The CBCPR board performs all central control and switching functions for HiPath 3700.
Subboards
The following subboards (some of which are optional) can be used depending on the application:
●
CMS clock module small
–
supports all 4, 8 and 12 channel CMI connections using the SLC16 board of the HiPath
3750, HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3700 systems.
–
provides the master clock for digital networking.
Section 2.11 contains additional information on when CMS is used.
●
MMC multimedia card
This plug-in memory card contains the CDB backup and the version-specific APS. Please
note that the MMC may only be replaced by a multimedia card approved by Siemens AG.
Cards that have not been approved may have a different internal structure which can affect
temporal access and certain features (for example, CDB backup and APS transfer).
●
IMODN Integrated Modem Card New
This plug-in card allows remote service (analog mode up to 33.6 Kbps), without having to
use an external modem.
●
LIM LAN interface module
This subboard makes available an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection using an
8-pin RJ45 jack (see Section 2.8.4.3).
●
MPPI (music on hold)
V.24 interfaces
●
To connect a service PC, you can access the first V.24 interface (9-pin SUB-D plug) on the
CBCPR from the front of the basic cabinet (after removing the cover).
●
You can access the second V.24 interface (25-pin SUB-D plug) via the backplane of the
basic cabinet (X7).
2-74
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
For internal use only
2.8.4.2
UPSM
Introduction
Each cabinet in HiPath 3700 requires one UPSM (Uninterruptible Power Supply Modular). This
board combines the power supply and battery management functions. No other components
are required if operated as a power supply. To maintain short-term battery emergency operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible power supply functions, you must also
connect a battery pack for each system cabinet or a BSG 48/38 battery cabinet (including battery charger) to the UPSM.
An LED lights up to indicate that the UPSM is in operation. The UPSM must be replaced when
defective (LED does not light up).
All country-specific versions of the UPSM are used. The ring frequency of the modular ring generator can be parameterized to suit country-specific requirements.
Part numbers
●
UPSM: S30122-K5950-S100, S30122-K5950-A100
●
Battery pack 4 x 12 V / 7 Ah: S30122-K5950-Y200
(The connecting cable for the UPSM is integrated with the battery pack.)
Technical specifications
●
Nominal voltage range: 100 Vac - 240 Vac
●
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz
●
Max. input current consumption: 5.4 A - 2.7 A
●
Max. power consumption: approx. 430 W
●
Output voltage (battery charging voltage): 42.5 - 55.2 VDC
●
Output current (battery charge current):
(sufficient for battery set rating) = 7 Ah)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
0.8 A
2-75
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
●
For internal use only
Bridging times
The following table lists the maximum bridging times (battery operation in case of power
failure) available with the battery pack S30122-K5950-Y200 (48 V/7 Ah).
Table 2-32
System
UPSM - Bridging Times with Battery Pack S30122-K5950-Y200 (48 V/
7 Ah)
Power supply
unit
Load levels
Maximum
bridging time
HiPath 3700 UPSM
100% nominal load
1h
HiPath 3700 UPSM
60% nominal load
1h 40min
Measurement conditions:
●
All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 22 °C
(71.6 °F).
●
The cut-off voltage is 1.7 V per cell.
●
The batteries were new and fully charged when measurement started.
The battery recharging time is approx. 8.5 h.
Specifications of the modular ring generator
●
Rated output voltages: 75 Vact
●
Output frequencies: 20/25/50 Hz
●
Output power
–
continuous: 4.0 VA
–
peak: 8.0 VA temporary (3 min. load/15 min. break)
BSG 48/38
You can use a BSG 48/38 battery cabinet in an upright housing instead of the battery pack to
extend the bridging time in the event of a power failure. The BSG 48/38 battery cabinet
(S30122-K5950-F300) consists of
●
an upright housing
●
a charging rectifier
●
a battery set (38 Ah/48 V)
The battery cabinet is designed for direct connection to the HiPath 3700 communication system.
2-76
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
For internal use only
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
UPSM
UPSM and Battery Packs with no Ext. Charging Rectifiers
Expansion
cabinet 2
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
UPSM
Battery packs
48 V/7 Ah
Expansion
cabinet 1
48 V/7 Ah
48 V/7 Ah
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
UPSM
S30122-K5959-Y200
Basic
cabinet
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
Note: This diagram shows
only the schematic connections between the different
components.
2-77
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
For internal use only
UPSM
Connecting the UPSM with Battery Packs and Ext. Charging Rectifiers
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
Expansion
cabinet 2
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
UPSM
48 V
Charging rectifier
Expansion
cabinet 1
External battery
48 V/38 Ah
UPSM
48 V
88-264 V ~ / 50-60 Hz
Basic
cabinet
For example, SYB: BSG-
Note: This diagram shows
only the schematic connections between the different
components.
48 V
2-78
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.8.4.3
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
LIM
The LAN Interface Module (LIM - S30807-Q6930-X) is an optional plug-in card for all HiPath
3000 central control boards (see also Section 4.4).
The board provides an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection via an 8-pin RJ45 jack.
The LIM module can be used for administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and for CTI functions (TAPI 120 V2.0). However, bear in mind that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call Attempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a maximum of six TAPI ports. The use of "power dialers" is not approved.
You cannot operate the LIM module and a HG 1500 board simultaneously in one system.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-79
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
For internal use only
2.8.5
Peripheral Components
2.8.5.1
Subscriber Line Modules
Table 2-33
Subscriber Line Modules for HiPath 3700
Type/Description
2
16
4
8
x
IVML8
8
8
1
1
x
IVML24
24 24
1
1
x These boards are for the integrated voicemail funcx x tions of HiPath Xpressions Compact.
SLA8N
8
#1
#1
x
- Board with eight analog interfaces
16
#1
#1
x
x Board with 16 analog interfaces
SLA24N
24
#1
#1
x
x Board with 24 analog interfaces
SLC16
16 64
42
4
x
SLC16N
16 64
43
4
x
- Boards for connecting up to 16 base stations to the
- system.
8
16
#1
#
1
x
SLMO24
24 48
#1
#1
x
STMD8
8
6
8
x
SLA16N
SLMO8
1
2
3
16
ROW
U.S.
HXGM3
Max. number of
boards per system
Boards per cabinet
Cou
ntry
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
x HG 1500 board for the direct connection of IP workpoint clients.
- Board for connecting optiPoint 500 and optiset E telex phones. The SLMO board comes in 8- and 24-port
versions.
x Board for ISDN basic access. Permits configuration of
ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers on the same
board.
The maximum number is calculated on the basis of the system-specific capacity limits in Table 2-1.
Exception: Basic cabinets can have up to two SLC16 boards.
Exception: Basic cabinets can have up to two SLC16N boards.
2-80
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
For internal use only
Trunk Boards
Table 2-34
Trunk Boards for HiPath 3700
Capacity
U.S.
TML8W
8
#1
#1
x
- Board with eight ports for connecting loop start trunks.
STMD8
8
16 #1
#1
x x Board for ISDN basic access. Permits mixed configuration of ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers on the
same board.
TMS2
30 30 #1
6
x
- Basic rate interface (BRI) board; can also be used for
tie trunk traffic.
TMST1
24 24 #1
8
-
x ISDN interface board
TMDID
8
#1
#1
-
x Analog trunk board for direct inward dialing
TMGL8
8
#1
#1
-
x Analog trunk board (ground/loop start)
TMAMF
8
x
- Analog trunk board for direct inward dialing (MFC-R2)
Ports per board
ROW
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
Cou
ntry
Boards per cabinet
Board
Name
B channels per board
2.8.5.2
1
The maximum number is calculated on the basis of the system-specific capacity limits in Table 2-1.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-81
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic
Table 2-35
Tie Trunk Traffic Boards for HiPath 3700
Capacity
Type/Description
4
#1
#1
x x Board for providing four two-way analog tie trunk circuits with E&M signaling.
STMD8
8
16 #1
#1
x x Board for ISDN basic access. Permits configuration of
ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers (no feeding)
on the same board.
HXGM3
2
16
4
8
x x HG 1500 board for connecting the HiPath 3700 system
directly to a local IP network (Ethernet).
TMS2
30 30 #1
6
x
1
ROW
U.S.
TIEL
Ports per board
Max. number of
boards per system
Cou
ntry
Boards per cabinet
Board
Name
B channels per board
2.8.5.3
For internal use only
- Basic rate interface (BRI) board; can also be used for
tie trunk traffic.
The maximum number is calculated on the basis of the system-specific capacity limits in Table 2-1.
2-82
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
For internal use only
Table 2-36
Optional Boards for HiPath 3700
Capacity
Cou
ntry
ROW
Board
Name
Options
Type/Description
U.S.
2.8.5.4
TIEL
Ports per
board
4
x
x In addition to its tie trunk circuit function, this board can
also be used for connecting announcement equipment
(with start/stop signaling for announcement before answering).
REAL
Relay connections
4
x
Trunk failure transfers
1
x The REAL board is located on the basic cabinet’s backplane. It is used for relay connection (such as a door
opener) and power failure transfer (ALUM).
Number of
analog
trunks supported
8
x
- This board can be plugged into the TML8W analog trunk
circuit board. It records call charge pulses from the trunk
on a country-specific basis for up to eight trunks.
CR8N
x
x The board has eight code transmitters and receivers.
LIM
x
x Ethernet (10BaseT) interface
GEE8
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-83
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
For internal use only
2.8.6
Additional System Data
2.8.6.1
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption
Max. heat dissipation:
approx. 850 kJ/h
Cabinet with
UPSM
88 - 264 Vac
up to approx. 430 W
Figure 2-21
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption in a HiPath 3700 Cabinet
Appendix A, “Identifying System Power Requirement” contains information on the power requirements of individual boards and components.
2.8.6.2
Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply UPSM
Refer to Section 2.8.4.2 for details on the UPSM.
2-84
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.8.7
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3700
Expansion Cabinet Rack ECR
When installing the system, an ECR in the 19’’ cabinet is required if emergency battery operation is necessary during a power failure or if the system requires uninterruptible power. The
necessary battery pack is installed in the ECR.
One ECR for each system cabinet is required.
There are switches for the line and battery voltage on the front panel as well as a fuse for protecting the battery circuit. The jacks for the line and battery voltage are located on the rear of
the housing. The line voltage is only fed through and can be interrupted using a switch.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-85
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3500
2.9
HiPath 3500
2.9.1
Hardware Overview
For internal use only
Structure
The HiPath 3500 housing intended for use with 19’ cabinets contains four slot levels with the
following assignments:
●
Slot levels 1-3: slide-in shelves for peripheral boards (2 boards can be plugged in on each
level)
●
Slot level 4: slide-in shelf for CBRC control board
●
Slot level 5: optional boards (up to 3 modules)
The power supply unit is located on the back of the subrack.
The connection to peripherals (telephones, trunks, and others) is set up using MW8 jacks in
the front panels of the boards.
Dimensions and Slots
155 mm
m
0 m Slot levels:
8
3
5 (options)
440 mm
4 (CBRC)
Slots 1-3
Slot 6
Slot 7
Slot 8
Slot 9
Slot 4
Slot 5
Necessary height units for 19“ cabinet assembly: 4
(one height unit corresponds to approx. 1.7“ = 43 mm)
Figure 2-22
2-86
3 (peripheral
boards)
2 (peripheral
boards)
1 (peripheral
boards)
Dimensions and Slots in HiPath 3500
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3500
For internal use only
2.9.2
Static Traffic Capacity
The HiPath 3500 system has the following static traffic capacities.
Table 2-37
HiPath 3500 - Static Traffic Capacity
System
HiPath 3500
(see Figure 2-22)
1
Slots
Static Traffic Capacity
2 / 3 (CBRC)
24 erlangs
4
16 erlangs
5
16 erlangs
6
16 erlangs
7
16 erlangs
8
16 erlangs
9
30 erlangs1
Total static traffic capacity
of the system
134 erlangs
Use of a TS2R board results in a capacity of 30 erlangs. A maximum of one TS2R per HiPath 3500 is possible, and the
board may only be installed in slot 7 or 9, thus resulting in 30 Erlangs for slot 7 or 9.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-87
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3500
2.9.3
Central Components
2.9.3.1
CBRC
For internal use only
Introduction
The CBRC (Central Board Rack with Coldfire Com) board performs all central control and
switching functions for HiPath 3500.
Subboards
The following subboards (some of which are optional) can be used depending on the application:
●
CMS clock module small
–
supports all two-channel cordless connections to the HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems.
–
provides the master clock for digital networking.
Section 2.11 contains additional information on when CMS is used.
●
ADPCM (CMA) clock module
–
supports the 4-channel CMI connection over BS3/1 to the HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350,
HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems.
–
in the same way as the CMS clock module small, provides the master clock for digital
networking.
Section 2.11 contains additional information on when CMA is used.
●
MMC multimedia card
This plug-in memory card contains the CDB backup and the version-specific APS. Please
note that the MMC may only be replaced by a multimedia card approved by Siemens AG.
Cards that have not been approved may have a different internal structure which can affect
temporal access and certain features (for example, CDB backup and APS transfer).
●
IMODN Integrated Modem Card New
This plug-in card allows remote service (analog mode up to 33.6 Kbps), without having to
use an external modem.
●
LIM LAN interface module
This subboard makes available an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection using an
8-pin RJ45 jack (see Section 2.9.3.3).
●
MPPI (music on hold)
2-88
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3500
Interfaces
●
Eight UP0/E (digital subscriber line interfaces)
Up to seven BS3/1 base stations can be connected directly for HiPath Cordless Office.
●
Four T/Rs (analog subscriber line interfaces)
For Australia only: The T/R interfaces supply a ring voltage of 35 Veff. Depending on the
terminals connected, we cannot exclude the possibility of errors occurring during ringing
state.
●
Two S0 interfaces (trunk or subscriber or fixed connection)
●
One V.24 interface
2.9.3.2
UPSC-DR
Introduction
This board combines the power supply and battery management functions. No other components are required if operated as a power supply. To maintain short-term battery emergency
operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible power supply functions, you must
also connect a battery pack.
An EPSU2-R external power supply must be used if the total number of UP0/E stations, analog
stations, and stations connected using adapters is greater than 72.
Additional power can be made available by connecting the external EPSU2-R power supply
(see Section 2.9.6) To do this, connect the DC port on the EPSU2-R to the special –48 Vdc input on the UPSC-DR. The UPSC-DR’s internal -48-V output is deactivated when the external
power supply is connected.
Technical specifications
●
Nominal voltage range: 100 Vac - 240 Vac
●
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz
●
Ring generator: 75 Vac, 20/25/50 Hz
●
Partial voltages: +5 Vdc, –48 V
●
Battery charger: 4 x 12 V (40.8 V-55.2 V)
●
Power consumption: approx. 180 W
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-89
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3500
●
For internal use only
Bridging times
The following table lists the maximum bridging times (battery operation in case of power
failure) available with four batteries V39113-W5123-E891 (4 x 12 V/7 Ah batteries).
Table 2-38
System
UPSC-DR - Bridging Times with four Batteries V39113-W5123-E891 (4 x
12 V/7 Ah Batteries)
Power supply
unit
Load levels
Maximum bridging time
HiPath 3500 UPSC-DR
Normal output load 100 % = 5 V/8 A;
–48 V/1.1 A; ringing approx. 4 VA
1h 30min
HiPath 3500 UPSC-DR
Normal output load 60 % = 5 V/4.8 A;
–48 V/0.66 A; ringing approx. 2 VA
2h 20min
HiPath 3500 UPSC-DR with Normal output load 100 % = 5 V/8 A;
EPSU2-R
–48 V/3 A (external via EPSU2-R);
ringing approx. 4 VA
1h 30min
HiPath 3500 UPSC-DR with Normal output load 60 % = 5 V/4.8 A;
EPSU2-R
–48 V/1.8 A (external via EPSU2-R);
ringing approx. 2 VA
2h 40min
Measurement conditions:
●
All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 23 °C
(73.4 °F).
●
The batteries were fully charged when the measurement was started.
2.9.3.3
LIM
The LAN Interface Module (LIM - S30807-Q6930-X) is an optional plug-in card for all HiPath
3000 central control boards (see also Section 4.4).
The board provides an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection via an 8-pin RJ45 jack.
The LIM module can be used for administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and for CTI functions (TAPI 120 V2.0). However, bear in mind that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call Attempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a maximum of six TAPI ports. The use of "power dialers" is not approved.
You cannot operate the LIM module and a HG 1500 board simultaneously in one system.
2-90
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3500
For internal use only
2.9.4
Peripheral Components
2.9.4.1
Subscriber Line Modules
Table 2-39
Cou
ntry
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
ROW
U.S.
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
Subscriber Line Modules for HiPath 3500
#1
x x Board for connecting analog stations (a/b, T/R)
8
3
x x HG 1500 board for the direct connection of IP workpoint clients.
8
8
1
x x Board for the integrated voicemail functions of HiPath
Xpressions Compact.
SLU8R
8
16
#1
x x Board for connecting optiPoint 500 and optiset E telephones
(UP0/E)
STLS4R
4
8
#1
x x Board for ISDN basic rate access.
Configuration of ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and stations (no
feeding) on the same board is possible.
8SLAR
8
HXGR3
2
IVMS8R
1
The maximum number is calculated on the basis of the system-specific capacity limits in Table 2-1.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-91
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3500
Trunk Boards
Table 2-40
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
Trunk Boards for HiPath 3500
STLS4R
4
8
TLA4R
Cou
ntry
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
ROW
U.S.
2.9.4.2
For internal use only
#1
x x Board for ISDN basic access. Permits configuration of ISDN
trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers (no feeding) on the same
board.
4
#1
x
- Trunk board for analog lines including ALUM and call metering receiving equipment board
TMGL4R
4
#1
-
x Trunk board for analog lines
TS2R
30 30
1
x
- In HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 V5.0 and later, the B channels
in the TS2R board are subject to license. Consequently, the
TS2R board S30810-K2913-Z300 has been assigned a new
hardware identification code. The new code prevents the
board from being used in earlier versions. Functionality and
layout of the board have not been changed.
TST1
1
1
-
x PRI board
1
24
The maximum number is calculated on the basis of the system-specific capacity limits in Table 2-1.
2-92
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3500
For internal use only
2.9.4.3
Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic
Table 2-41
HXGR3
2
8
3
x
x HG 1500 board for connecting the HiPath 3500 system directly to a local data network (Ethernet).
TS2R
30 30
1
x
- In HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 V5.0 and later, the B channels
in the TS2R board are subject to license. Consequently, the
TS2R board S30810-K2913-Z300 has been assigned a
new hardware identification code. The new code prevents
the board from being used in earlier versions. Functionality
and layout of the board have not been changed.
2.9.4.4
Options
Capacity
Cou
ntry
ROW
Board
Name
Optional Boards for HiPath 3500
ANI4R
Analog
trunks
Type/Description
U.S.
Table 2-42
U.S.
ROW
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
Coun
try
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
Tie Trunk Traffic Boards for HiPath 3500
4 -
x This board allows calling line identification (caller ID)
in conjunction with TMGL4R.
EXMR
x
x External music on hold
MPPI
x
- Music on hold (MOH)
UAMR
x
- Announcement before answering/music on hold/relay/
sensor
STRBR
Sensors
Relay
4 x x Control relay module; provides 4 relays and 4 sensors
for controlling external devices or detecting external
4
control events.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-93
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3500
For internal use only
2.9.5
Additional System Data
2.9.5.1
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption
Max. heat dissipation:
approx. 180 kJ/h
HiPath 3500
88 - 264 Vac
max. approx. 90 W
Figure 2-23
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption in a HiPath 3500
Appendix A, “Identifying System Power Requirement” contains information on the power requirements of individual boards and components.
2.9.5.2
Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply
Refer to Section 2.9.3.2 for details on the UPSC-DR.
2-94
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3500
For internal use only
2.9.6
Additional Power Supply from the EPSU2-R
An EPSU2-R external power supply must be used if the total number of UP0/E stations, analog
stations, and stations connected using adapters is greater than 72.
Additional power can be made available by connecting the external EPSU2-R power supply.
To do this, connect the DC port on the EPSU2-R to the special –48 Vdc input on the UPSCDR. The UPSC-DR’s internal -48-V output is deactivated when the external power supply is
connected.
The additional EPSU2-R external power supply unit is installed in the ECR.
EPSU2-R technical specifications
Table 2-43
EPSU2-R - Technical Specifications
EPSU2-R
S30122-K7221-X900
Scope of delivery
●
●
●
AC power
EPSU2-R AC/DC converter without batteries
Operating instructions
Network connection cable from ECR to HiPath
3500 or HiPath 3300: C39195-Z7001-C14
100 - 240 V ac
Frequency range
47 to 63 Hz
Connected output
200 W
Output power consumption/nominal
output
140 W
Mains/nominal voltage
54.2 V
UPS batteries
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
V39113-W5123-E891
Batteries are not included in the scope of supply and
must be ordered separately.
2-95
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3500
2.9.7
For internal use only
Expansion Cabinet Rack ECR
When installing the system, an ECR in the 19’’ cabinet is required if
●
emergency battery operation is necessary during a power failure or if the system requires
uninterruptible power.
The necessary batteries are installed in the ECR.
●
the internal system power supply unit for HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 is not sufficient
enough to provide power to the overall telephone configuration (corded or cordless telephones).
In this case, the EPSU2-R external power supply unit should be installed in the ECR.
There are switches for the line and battery voltage on the front panel as well as a fuse for protecting the battery circuit.
The jacks for the line and battery voltage are located on the rear of the housing. The line voltage
is only fed through and can be interrupted using a switch.
2-96
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3300
For internal use only
2.10
HiPath 3300
2.10.1
Hardware Overview
Structure
The HiPath 3300 housing intended for use with 19’ cabinets contains three slot levels with the
following assignments:
●
Slot level 1: slide-in shelves for two peripheral boards
●
Slot level 2: slide-in shelf for CBRC control board
●
Slot level 3: optional boards (up to 3 modules)
The power supply unit is located on the back of the subrack.
The connection to peripherals (telephones, trunks, and others) is set up using MW8 jacks in
the front panels of the boards.
Dimensions and Slots
80 mm
380
440 mm
mm
Slot levels:
3 (options)
2 (CBRC)
Slots 1-3
Slot 4
Slot 5
1 (peripheral
boards)
Necessary height units for 19“ cabinet assembly: 2
(one height unit corresponds to approx. 1.7“ = 43 mm)
Figure 2-24
Dimensions and Slots in HiPath 3300
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-97
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3300
2.10.2
For internal use only
Static Traffic Capacity
The HiPath 3300 system has the following static traffic capacities.
Table 2-44
HiPath 3300 - Static Traffic Capacity
System
HiPath 3300
(see Figure 2-24)
2-98
Slots
Static Traffic Capacity
2 / 3 (CBRC)
24 erlangs
4
16 erlangs
5
16 erlangs
Total static traffic capacity
of the system
56 erlangs
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.10.3
Central Components
2.10.3.1
CBRC
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3300
Introduction
The CBRC (Central Board Rack with Coldfire Com) board performs all central control and
switching functions for HiPath 3300.
Subboards
The following subboards (some of which are optional) can be used depending on the application:
●
CMS clock module small
–
supports all two-channel cordless connections to the HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems.
–
provides the master clock for digital networking.
Section 2.11 contains additional information on when CMS is used.
●
ADPCM (CMA) clock module
–
supports the 4-channel CMI connection over BS3/1 to the HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350,
HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 systems.
–
in the same way as the CMS clock module small, provides the master clock for digital
networking.
Section 2.11 contains additional information on when CMA is used.
●
MMC multimedia card
This plug-in memory card contains the CDB backup and the version-specific APS. Please
note that the MMC may only be replaced by a multimedia card approved by Siemens AG.
Cards that have not been approved may have a different internal structure which can affect
temporal access and certain features (for example, CDB backup and APS transfer).
●
IMODN Integrated Modem Card New
This plug-in card allows remote service (analog mode up to 33.6 Kbps), without having to
use an external modem.
●
LIM LAN interface module
This subboard makes available an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection using an
8-pin RJ45 jack (see Section 2.10.3.3).
●
MPPI (music on hold)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-99
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3300
For internal use only
Interfaces
●
Eight UP0/E (digital subscriber line interfaces)
Up to three BS3/1 base stations can be connected directly for HiPath Cordless Office.
●
Four T/Rs (analog subscriber line interfaces)
●
Two S0 interfaces (trunk or subscriber or fixed connection)
●
One V.24 interface
2.10.3.2
UPSC-DR
Introduction
This board combines the power supply and battery management functions. No other components are required if operated as a power supply. To maintain short-term battery emergency
operation after a power failure, that is, to use uninterruptible power supply functions, you must
also connect a battery pack.
Technical specifications
●
Nominal voltage range: 100 Vac - 240 Vac
●
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz - 60 Hz
●
Ring generator: 75 Vac, 20/25/50 Hz
●
Partial voltages: +5 Vdc, –48 V
●
Battery charger: 4 x 12 V (40.8 V-55.2 V)
●
Power consumption: approx. 90 W
2-100
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3300
For internal use only
●
Bridging times
The following table lists the maximum bridging times (battery operation in case of power
failure) available with four batteries V39113-W5123-E891 (4 x 12 V/7 Ah batteries).
Table 2-45
System
UPSC-DR - Bridging Times with four Batteries V39113-W5123-E891 (4 x
12 V/7 Ah Batteries)
Power supply
unit
HiPath 3300 UPSC-DR
Load levels
Normal output load = 5 V/3 A;
–48 V/0.5 A; ringing approx. 2 VA
Maximum bridging time
7h 30min
Measurement conditions:
●
All measurements were performed at a room temperature of approximately 23 °C
(73.4 °F).
●
The batteries were fully charged when the measurement was started.
2.10.3.3
LIM
The LAN Interface Module (LIM - S30807-Q6930-X) is an optional plug-in card for all HiPath
3000 central control boards (see also Section 4.4).
The board provides an Ethernet (10BaseT/10 Mbps) LAN connection via an 8-pin RJ45 jack.
The LIM module can be used for administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E and for CTI functions (TAPI 120 V2.0). However, bear in mind that the number of BHCAs (Busy Hour Call Attempts = number of connection attempts during busy traffic hours) is restricted to 400 at a maximum of six TAPI ports. The use of "power dialers" is not approved.
You cannot operate the LIM module and a HG 1500 board simultaneously in one system.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-101
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3300
2.10.4
Peripheral Components
2.10.4.1
Subscriber Line Modules
Table 2-46
Subscriber Line Modules for HiPath 3300
Cou
ntry
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
ROW
U.S.
B channels per board
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
For internal use only
8SLAR
8
HXGR3
2
8
1
(21)
IVMP8R
8
8
1
IVMS8R
8
8
1
SLU8R
8
16
2
x x Board for connecting optiPoint 500 and optiset E telephones
(UP0/E)
STLS4R
4
8
2
x x Board for ISDN basic rate access.
Configuration of ISDN trunks, tie trunks, and stations (no
feeding) on the same board is possible.
1
2
x x Board for connecting analog stations (a/b, T/R)
x x HG 1500 board for the direct connection of IP workpoint clients.
x x These boards are for the integrated voicemail functions of
x x HiPath Xpressions Compact.
The system may be configured with two HG 1500 boards if PDM1 is not used.
2-102
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3300
For internal use only
Trunk Boards
Table 2-47
Cou
ntry
Type/Description
Max. number of
boards per system
ROW
U.S.
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
Trunk Boards for HiPath 3300
B channels per board
2.10.4.2
TLA4R
4
2
x
- Trunk board for analog lines including ALUM and call metering receiving equipment board
TMGL4R
4
2
-
x Trunk board for analog lines
STLS4R
4
2
x x Board for ISDN basic access. Permits configuration of ISDN
trunks, tie trunks, and subscribers (no feeding) on the same
board.
2.10.4.3
Boards for Tie Trunk Traffic
8
Tie Trunk Traffic Boards for HiPath 3300
1
8
1
(21)
Coun
try
x
Type/Description
U.S.
2
Max. number of
boards per system
B channels per board
HXGR3
Capacity
Ports per board
Board
Name
ROW
Table 2-48
x HG 1500 board for connecting the HiPath 3300 system directly to a local data network (Ethernet).
The system may be configured with two HG 1500 boards if PDM1 is not used.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-103
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3300
Table 2-49
Optional Boards for HiPath 3300
Capacity
Cou
ntry
ROW
Board
Name
Options
ANI4R
Analog
trunks
4 -
Type/Description
U.S.
2.10.4.4
For internal use only
x This board allows calling line identification (caller ID)
in conjunction with TMGL4R.
EXMR
x
x External music on hold
MPPI
x
- Music on hold (MOH)
UAMR
x
- Announcement before answering/music on hold/relay/
sensor
Sensors
4 x
Relay
4
x Control relay module; provides 4 relays and 4 sensors
for controlling external devices or detecting external
control events.
STRBR
2-104
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3300
For internal use only
2.10.5
Additional System Data
2.10.5.1
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption
Max. heat dissipation:
approx. 180 kJ/h
HiPath 3300
88 - 264 Vac
max. approx. 90 W
Figure 2-25
Heat Dissipation and Power Consumption in a HiPath 3300
Appendix A, “Identifying System Power Requirement” contains information on the power requirements of individual boards and components.
2.10.5.2
Specifications for the Uninterruptible Power Supply
Refer to Section 2.10.3.2 for details on the UPSC-DR.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-105
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath 3300
2.10.6
For internal use only
Expansion Cabinet Rack ECR
When installing the system, an ECR in the 19’’ cabinet is required if
●
emergency battery operation is necessary during a power failure or if the system requires
uninterruptible power.
The necessary batteries are installed in the ECR.
●
the internal system power supply unit for HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300 is not sufficient
enough to provide power to the overall telephone configuration (corded or cordless telephones).
In this case, the EPSU2-R external power supply unit should be installed in the ECR.
There are switches for the line and battery voltage on the front panel as well as a fuse for protecting the battery circuit.
The jacks for the line and battery voltage are located on the rear of the housing. The line voltage
is only fed through and can be interrupted using a switch.
2-106
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Recommendations for CMA and CMS Utilization
For internal use only
2.11
Recommendations for CMA and CMS Utilization
One of the following optional subboards can be used for advanced clock accuracy:
●
Clock Module Small CMS (S30807-Q6928-X) for all HiPath 3000 central control boards.
●
Clock Module ADPCM CMA (S30807-Q6931-X) for the CBCC and CBRC central control
boards.
Table 2-50 provides recommendations for the implementation of CMA and CMS subboards
based on
●
the type of network (ISDN S0, ISDN S2M or Ethernet/IP (10/100 BaseT))
●
the trunk connection available (no trunk/analog trunk, ISDN S0 or ISDN S2M) and consequently, the possible provision of a digital reference clock.
●
HiPath Cordless Office.
Trunk connection:
●
●
●
No trunk or analog trunk
HiPath 3000
ISDN S0
ISDN S2M
Master
System
●
●
HiPath 3000
System 1
ISDN S0
ISDN S2M
●
HiPath 3000
●
Slave
System(s)
●
Figure 2-26
Trunk connection:
Networked via:
Ethernet/IP
(10/100
BaseT)
●
No trunk or analog trunk
ISDN S0
ISDN S2M
HiPath 3000
System(s)
1+n
Networking Options for HiPath 3000 Systems
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-107
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Recommendations for CMA and CMS Utilization
Table 2-50
Recommendations for CMA and CMS Utilization
Trunk Reference
connecclock
tion
●
For internal use only
HiPath Cordless
Office
No
Yes
Trunk
connection
Reference
clock
HiPath Cordless
Office
No
Yes
Networking via ISDN S0 lines:
MASTER system
SLAVE system(s)
CMS/CMA
(see Table 251)
No trunk/
analog
trunk
Via
ISDN S0
networking line
–
CMA2
ISDN S0
(not always active)
Via
CMS1 CMS/CMA
(see Table 2ISDN S0
51)
trunk connection
(if active)
ISDN S0
(not always active)
Via
ISDN S0
networking line
–
CMA2
ISDN S0
(always
active)
Via
CMS1
ISDN S0
trunk connection
CMA2
ISDN S0
(always
active)
Via
ISDN S0
trunk connection
–
CMA2
ISDN
S2M
Via
CMS1
ISDN S2M
trunk connection
CMA2
ISDN S2M
Via
ISDN S2M
trunk connection
–
CMA2
No trunk/
analog
trunk
2-108
–
–
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Recommendations for CMA and CMS Utilization
For internal use only
Table 2-50
Recommendations for CMA and CMS Utilization
Trunk Reference
connecclock
tion
●
HiPath Cordless
Office
No
Yes
Trunk
connection
Reference
clock
HiPath Cordless
Office
No
Yes
Networking via ISDN S2M lines:
MASTER system
SLAVE system(s)
CMS/CMA
(see Table 251)
No trunk/
analog
trunk
Via
ISDN S2M
networking line
–
CMA2
ISDN S0
(not always active)
Via
CMS1 CMS/CMA
(see Table 2ISDN S0
trunk con51)
nection
(if active)
ISDN S0
(not always active)
Via
ISDN S2M
networking line
–
CMA2
ISDN S0
(always
active)
Via
CMS1
ISDN S0
trunk connection
CMA2
ISDN S0
(always
active)
Via
ISDN S0
trunk connection
–
CMA2
ISDN
S2M
CMS1
Via
ISDN S2M
trunk connection
CMA2
ISDN S2M
Via
ISDN S2M
trunk connection
–
CMA2
No trunk/
analog
trunk
–
–
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-109
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Recommendations for CMA and CMS Utilization
Table 2-50
Recommendations for CMA and CMS Utilization
Trunk Reference
connecclock
tion
●
For internal use only
HiPath Cordless
Office
No
Yes
Trunk
connection
Reference
clock
HiPath Cordless
Office
No
Yes
Networking via Ethernet/IP (10/100 BaseT) lines:
System 1
No trunk/
analog
trunk
–
CMS3
System(s) n+1
No trunk/
analog
trunk
ISDN S0
(not always active)
Via
CMS3 CMS/CMA
ISDN S0
(see Table 2trunk con51)
nection
(if active)
ISDN S0
(not always active)
Via
CMS3 CMS/CMA
ISDN S0
(see Table 2trunk con51)
nection
(if active)
ISDN S0
(always
active)
Via
ISDN S0
trunk connection
–
CMA2
ISDN S0
(always
active)
Via
ISDN S0
trunk connection
–
CMA2
ISDN
S2M
Via
ISDN S2M
trunk connection
–
CMA2
ISDN S2M
Via
ISDN S2M
trunk connection
–
CMA2
1
2
3
–
CMS3
CMS/CMA
(see Table 251)
CMS/CMA
(see Table 251)
CMS is not necessary if the reference clock supplied by the CO is always available via the networking lines (not a transparent clock).
CMA is not necessary if ADPCM conversion is not needed for HiPath Cordless Office (see Table 2-51).
CMS is not necessary but is recommended for the following reasons: Although an Ethernet link is an asynchronous connection, buffer overflow/underflow can cause transmission errors. To avoid this, the clock difference between the master
and the slave systems should be as small as possible so that the receive and send buffer can be read and addressed at
the same speed on both sides. The more accurate the clock source in the relevant systems, the fewer the faults.
2-110
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.12
HiPath Cordless Office
2.12.1
Introduction
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath Cordless Office
For Version 1.2 and later of HiPath 3000, HiPath Cordless Office can be used on all systems of
this product line.
Direct connection
The BS3/1 (S30807-H5482-X) and BS4 (S30807-U5491-X) base stations can be connected directly to the UP0/E interfaces on the central control boards in the HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500, and HiPath 3300. The connection must be made via one UP0/E interface each. A
mix of base stations of types BS3/1 and BS4 is supported.
To ensure the operation of a maximum of one base station on the central control board’s UP0/
E interfaces of the HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500, and HiPath 3300, a BS3/S (X30807X5482-X100) single-cell base station can be used. In this case, it is not possible to expand with
additional base stations.
However, base stations cannot be simultaneously connected to the SLC16/SLC16N board and
the CBCC within one HiPath 3550 system.
Connecting cordless boards
Base stations can be connected to the UP0/E interfaces of the following cordless boards:
●
SLC16 (not BS4) and SLC16N with HiPath 3750, HiPath 3550, and HiPath 3700.
●
SLCN in HiPath 3800
A mix of base stations of types BS2/2 (S30807-H5471-X200), BS3/1 (S30807-H5482-X), BS3/
3 (S30807-H5485-X) and BS4 (S30807-U5491-X) may be used on the above cordless boards.
You can install up to four SLC16 or SLC16N boards in HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 and up to
four SLCN boards in HiPath 3800. All four boards provide full cordless functionality (roaming
and seamless connection handover) because the radio fields on the cordless boards are synchronized within a single system (see Section 2.12.3).
SLC16 and SLC16N can be used in mixed mode within a HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700.
The HiPath 3000 product line does not currently support the network-wide handover feature.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-111
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath Cordless Office
2.12.2
For internal use only
System Configuration
The following table indicates the maximum possible system configuration parameters for the
HiPath Cordless Office. It also shows when
●
CMA or CMS is necessary.
●
an analog trunk access is possible.
HiPath Cordless Office - System Configuration for HiPath 3000 V5.0
SLCN
Clock modules
BS3/1
BS3/S
BS2/2
BS3/3
BS4
BS3/1
BS3/S
BS2/2
BS3/3
BS4
Max. no.
MTs
Analog
trunk access
of the system
–
–
–
CMS
–
1
–
–
–
–
2
–
–
–
8
No
–
–
–
CMA
–
1
–
–
–
–
4
–
–
–
8
Yes
–
–
–
CMA
3
–
–
–
3
4
–
–
–
4
16
Yes
–
–
–
CMS
–
1
–
–
–
–
2
–
–
–
8
No
–
–
–
CMA
–
1
–
–
–
–
4
–
–
–
8
Yes
–
–
–
CMA
7
–
–
–
7
4
–
–
–
4
32
Yes
HiPath 3550
1
1
–
CMS
16
–
8
8
16
4
–
8 12 12
64
Yes
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
4
4
–
CMS
64
–
32
32
641
4
–
250 (with
8 12 12 4 SLC16/
SLC16N)2
Yes
HiPath 3800
–
–
4
CMS
64
–
32
32
64
4
–
8 12 12
250 (with
4 SLCN)3
Yes
System
SLC16N
Maximum number of base stations BS with connection via
1xUP0/E
SLC16
Table 2-51
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
Max. no.
Simultaneous
calls per BS
Comments:
BS2/2 (S30807-H5471-X200) is a base station that supports a maximum of 8 calls when connected using
two UP0/E interfaces.
●
BS3/1 (S30807-H5482-X) is a base station that supports a maximum of 4 calls.
●
BS3/3 (S30807-H5485-X): is a base station that supports a maximum of 12 calls when connected using
three UP0/E interfaces.
●
BS3/S (X30807-X5482-X100): The BS3/S single-cell base station guarantees the operation of a maximum
of one base station on the UP0/E interfaces of the central board. It is not possible to operate additional base
stations.
●
BS4 (S30807-U5491-X): is a base station that supports a maximum of 12 calls when connected using
three UP0/E interfaces. In the case of a direct connection, it is only permitted to make the connection via
one UP0/E interface. The B channels in the base station BS4 require a license.
Connection to SLC16 is not possible.
●
1
2
3
Connection is only possible with SLC16N.
Up to 128 handsets are possible at an SLC16 or SLC16N.
Up to 128 MTs are possible at an SLCN.
2-112
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath Cordless Office
For internal use only
2.12.3
Multi-SLC and Cross-System Networking
Multi-SLC (HiPath 3800, HiPath 3750, HiPath 3700) and system-wide networking (HiPath
3800, HiPath 3750, HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3700, HiPath 3500, HiPath 3300)
You can install up to four SLC16 or SLC16N boards in HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 and up to
four SLCN boards in HiPath 3800. For the total cordless station mobility (roaming and seamless
connection handover) within a system, the radio fields of these cordless boards are synchronized.
The system treats every handset (mobile station) as a corded device. During administration, a
fixed port on the system’s “home cordless board” is assigned to the MT; this is used for addressing the MT.
As soon as an MT moves into the area of a different radio switching location (“current-location
cordless board”), an extension connection is switched using a DSS1 connection initiated by the
cordless board. The home and current-location cordless boards exchange a networking protocol (User-to-User Signaling UUS) over this extension connection to support full mobility (see
Figure 2-27).
This function can be used not only within one system, but also among systems (among nodes)
because the CorNet NQ used for networking supports the UUS protocol (note: for the systemwide extension connections, you may have to take additional B channels into consideration for
the permanent connection paths (CorNet NQ, see Section 2.12.4). Full mobility is guaranteed
across the various cordless system hops. All handset features (callback, team functions, voicemail, etc.) remain intact. The network-wide handover feature is only exception here as it is not
currently supported.
Required B channels
Table 2-52
Required B Channels for Multi-SLC and System-Wide Networking
Mobile telephone (MT) has set
up a connection
Required B
channels
In the home cordless board range
1
1
–
In the current-location Cordless
board range
3
2
1
Handover from home to home
cordless board
1
1
–
Handover from home to current-location cordless board
3
2
1
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
Required B chan- Required B channels for the home nels for the curcordless board
rent-location
cordless board
2-113
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath Cordless Office
Table 2-52
For internal use only
Required B Channels for Multi-SLC and System-Wide Networking
Mobile telephone (MT) has set
up a connection
Required B
channels
Handover from current-location to
current-location cordless board
5
(temporary)
Required B chan- Required B channels for the home nels for the curcordless board
rent-location
cordless board
3
HiPath 3750
Node ID = 1
Home SLC16
SLC16 no. = 1
Call no. = 124
BS
HiPath 3550
Node ID = 2
SLC16 no. = 2
Call no. = 141
SLC16
BS
Visitor SLC16
SLC16 no. = 11
Call no. = 128
CorNet-NQ
Extension
connection
SLC16
BS
2
(1 for each cordless
board)
BS
SLC16
BS = BS2/2, BS3/1 or
BS3/3
BS
BS
A CorNet NQ connection is possible using S0 or S2M lines or IP networking (see HG 1500 Administration
Manual.
Figure 2-27
Example of an SLC16 Extended Connection in Networked Systems
Networked HiPath 3000 systems feature
●
max. 64 networked systems
●
accessible using a common station number (roaming among the systems/nodes)
●
call interruption when changing between systems/nodes
2-114
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath Cordless Office
For internal use only
2.12.4
Planning HiPath 3000 System Networks with Network-Wide
Roaming
The demand for additional B channels for fixed connection paths (CorNet NQ) must be taken
into account for the system-wide extension connections described in Section 2.12.3.
If using the "network-wide roaming" feature, you must make sure that different systems with
identical DECT IDs do not have overlapping radio ranges. Handsets treat networked systems
with identical DECT IDs as a single system.
When hops overlap in systems with identical DECT IDs, handsets start to perform unintentional
network-wide handover attempts which result in call cleardown.
If networking is required for systems in which the individual radio fields overlap (for example,
to increase capacity limits or through decentralized installation), different DECT IDs must be
configured in the individual systems. The network-wide roaming feature is not supported in this
case.
The following diagrams show three different showing HiPath 3000 system networking scenarios.
Scenario 1: Incorrect DECT Configuration of Networked HiPath 3000 Systems
Identical DECT IDs and overlapping radio areas result in incorrect handover causing a breakdown in communication.
PSTN
Networking (S0, S2M, IP)
HiPath 3000 system 1
DECT ID = 4711
Figure 2-28
HiPath 3000 system 2
DECT ID = 4711
Incorrect DECT Configuration of Networked HiPath 3000 Systems
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-115
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath Cordless Office
For internal use only
Scenario 2: Correct DECT configuration of networked HiPath 3000 systems
Handover works properly because DECT IDs are not identical even though the hops overlap.
Disadvantage: No network-wide roaming.
PSTN
Networking (S0, S2M, IP)
HiPath 3000 system 1
DECT ID = 4711
Figure 2-29
HiPath 3000 system 2
DECT ID = 4712
Correct DECT configuration of networked HiPath 3000 systems
Scenario 3: Correct DECT configuration of networked HiPath 3000 systems
Despite identical DECT IDs, handover works properly because the hops do not overlap. Network-wide roaming is possible.
PSTN
Networking
(S0, S2M, IP)
HiPath 3000 system 1
DECT ID = 4711
Figure 2-30
2-116
HiPath 3000 system 2
DECT ID = 4711
Correct DECT configuration of networked HiPath 3000 systems
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.12.5
Components of HiPath Cordless Office
2.12.5.1
Mobile Telephones
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath Cordless Office
The mobile telephones in the Gigaset series can be used from 2000.
2.12.5.2
Base stations
Types
●
BS3/1 (S30807-H5482-X) is a base station that supports a maximum of four calls simultaneously.
●
BS2/2 (S30807-H5471-X200) Up to 8 calls can be made simultaneously if the connection
uses two UP0/E interfaces (upgrades only).
●
BS3/3 (S30807-H5485-X) The base station can only be operated on the SLC16 or SLC16N
board. The connection via at least two UP0/E interfaces is essential. It supports a maximum
of 12 calls when connected using three UP0/E interfaces.
●
BS3/S (X30807-X5482-X100): The BS3/S single-cell base station guarantees the operation of a maximum of one base station on the UP0/E interfaces of the central board. It is not
possible to operate additional base stations.
●
BS4 (S30807-U5491-X): is a base station that supports a maximum of 12 calls when connected using three UP0/E interfaces. In the case of a direct connection, it is only permitted
to make the connection via one UP0/E interface. The B channels in the base station BS4
require a license.
Connection to SLC16 is not possible.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-117
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
HiPath Cordless Office
For internal use only
Technical specifications
Table 2-53
Technical Data for Various Base Stations
Parameter
BS3/1 and
BS3/S
BS3/3
BS4
Outdoor cover
Power supply voltage
range
42 to 54 V
42 to 54 V
42 to 54 V
–
Power consumption
max. 1.7 W
max. 3.2 W
max. 3.0 W
–
Housing dimensions 181 x 139 x 69 202 x 172 x 43 200 x 176 x 49
(W x D x H in mm)
296 x 256 x 90
Weight
approx. 0.3 kg approx. 0.5 kg approx. 0.5 kg
approx. 1.0 kg
for indoor use:
– 5 to + 50 oC
for outdoor use:
– 20 to + 45 oC
Temperature range
Relative humidity
2-118
–
–
–
up to 95 %
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Technical Specifications HiPath 3000
For internal use only
2.13
Technical Specifications HiPath 3000
Table 2-54
Technical Specifications HiPath 3000
Maximum
System Values
Ringer Equivalence Number
(type plate)
HiPath
3800
HiPath
3750
HiPath
3550
HiPath
3500
HiPath
3300
Basic cabi- 5.4/2.7 A 2.6 A /
1.3 A / 5.4/2.7 A 2.6 A /
net =
/ 115 –
115 –
115 –
/ 115 –
115 –
6A/
230 Vac 230 Vac 230 Vac 230 Vac 230 Vac
110 Vac,
3A/
230 Vac
Expansion
cabinet =
8A/
110 Vac,
4A/
230 Vac
1.3 A /
115 –
230 Vac
AC line frequency
HiPath
3350
HiPath
3700
50 - 60 Hz
Dimensions
(height x width x
depth in mm)
490 x 440
x 430
490 x
410 x
390
450 x
460 x
200
450 x
460 x
128
490 x
410 x
390
155 x
440 x
380
88 x 440
x 380
Height units for
19“ cabinet assembly
11
–
–
–
11
4
2
8 kg
6 kg
22 kg
8 kg
6 kg
Weight
Basic cabi- 22 kg
(per fully
net =
equipped
16.5 kg
Expansion cabinet)
cabinet =
15.0 kg
(transport
weight, including backplane and
cabinet feet)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
(per fully
equipped
cabinet)
Expansion cabinet ECR (not
for U.S. and Canada):
●
6.5 kg (14.32 lb) without
batteries
●
17.5 kg (38.54 lb) with batteries
2-119
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Interfaces
2.14
For internal use only
Interfaces
Interfaces for stations
Subscriber line
Interface
Digital
UPO/E
(2-channel)
Analog
T/R
Cordless
Digital (ISDN)
UP0/E
Connection
Protocol
optiPoint 500/600 and optiset E telephones CorNet-TS
with adapters or UP0/E card
Analog telephones, group 2, 3 fax, Vtx,
DTMF
voice mail, data via V.24 adapter (modem), DP
announcement devices, MOH
CMI base station
CorNet-TR
S0 (2-channel) S0 PC card, group 4 fax, telephones (no
feeding)
DSS1
Interfaces for trunk traffic and tie traffic
Trunk/
Tie Traffic
Digital
Interface
S2M FV (30channel)
Connection
ISDN trunk
Tie trunk networking
DSS1
CorNet N
CorNet-NQ
QSig
ISDN trunk
Tie trunk networking
DSS1
CorNet N
CorNet-NQ
QSig
(FV = dedicated
line)
Digital
S0 FV (2-channel)
Protocol
(FV = dedicated
line)
Analog
LS
Analog trunk, PSE
DTMF/DP
Analog
E&M
Analog tie trunk
DTMF/DP
IP
LAN
10BaseT 10/100
TCP/IP
2-120
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Interfaces
For internal use only
Interfaces for options
Option
Interface
Connection
Profi-PSE
ESPA
PSE
Announcement
before answering
T/R
E&M
Announcement device without start/stop
control or with start/stop control
V.24/CSTA
V.24
Service PC (first V.24 (RS-232) interface),
applications (CSTA) or call detail printer/call
charge computer (second V.24 (RS-232) interface)
optiClient Attendant
UP0/E, IP
optiClient Attendant via control adapter,
USB, IP
Floating contacts
Relay
Door opener, messenger call, and others,
4 floating contacts
ALUM
Relay
Analog power failure transfer for 4 trunks
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
Protocol
CorNetTS, IP
2-121
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Interface-to-Interface Ranges
2.15
For internal use only
Interface-to-Interface Ranges
Telephone interface-to-interface ranges (with J-Y (ST) 2x2x0.6, 0.6 mm diameter)
Table 2-55
Telephone Interface-to-Interface Ranges (with (ST) 2x2x0.6, 0.6 mm diameter)
Telephone Interfaces
Range in m
Loop Resistance in
Ohms
ISDN S0 layer 1 point-to-point connection
< 600
156
ISDN S0 extended bus connection
< 400
104
ISDN S0 bus connection1
< 80
21
for the HiPath 3800 board
STMD3 (Q2217)
< 120
for all other S0 boards
ISDN-S0 wall outlet to terminal
< 10
–
Analog users
< 2000
520
UP0/E exchange to primary telephone
< 1000
230
UP0/E primary to secondary telephone
< 100
23
1
Board-specific
Trunk connection and CorNet N/CorNet NQ ranges
The table below provides the maximum cable lengths for direct trunk connection and direct CorNet N/CorNet NQ wiring. The values apply to ideal conditions, which means there can be no
joints, etc. The real conditions must be measured on-site.
Table 2-56
Interface
S0
S2M
2-122
Cable Lengths for Trunk Connection and Direct CorNet N/CorNet NQ Direct
Wiring
Cable
Diameter
Attenuation
per km
Max. cable
length
ICCS cable
J-2Y(ST)Y4x2x0.51 LG ICCS
Data5
0.51 mm
7.5 dB
at 96 kHz
800 m
Installation cable
J-2Y(ST)Y 10x2x0.6 ST III BD
0.6 mm
6.0 dB
at 96 kHz
1000 m
A-2Y0F(L)2Y 10x2x0.6 (full PE
insulation, filled)
0.6 mm
17 dB
at 1 MHz
350 m
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Numbering plan
For internal use only
2.16
Numbering plan
HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 provide one default numbering plan for users.
Table 2-57
Default Numbers for HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 V5.0
Type of numbers
Default numbers
HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350
HiPath
HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 ComScendo Service
Station numbers
100-749
100-749
100-287
500-687
11-30
51-70
1000-1999
Station extension numbers
100-749
100-749
100-287
500-687
11-30
51-70
1000-1999
Trunk numbers
7801-7920
7801-7920
7801-7920
801-816
7801-7920
Route codes
(external codes)
0 = ROW
9 = USA
0 = ROW
9 = USA
0 = ROW
9 = USA
0 = ROW
9 = USA
0 = ROW
9 = USA
80-84
850-859
80-84
850-859
80-84
850-859
82-88
8000-8062
USBS call number
internal & extension
891
891
891
891
–
IMOD call number
internal & extension
890
890
890
890
–
Digital modem
internal & extension
879
879
879
879
–
Group call numbers
internal & extension
350-499
8600-8749
350-499
8600-8749
350-499
31-50
3500-4499
Internal attendant code
(intercept position)
9 = ROW
0 = USA
9 = ROW
0 = USA
9 = ROW
0 = USA
9 = ROW
0 = USA
9 = ROW
0 = USA
Attendant code extension (intercept position)
0 = ROW
– = USA
0 = ROW
– = USA
0 = ROW
– = USA
0 = ROW
– = USA
0 = ROW
– = USA
Substitution for "*"
75
75
75
75
75
Substitution for "#"
76
76
76
76
76
*xxx
#xxx
*xxx
#xxx
*xxx
#xxx
*xxx
#xxx
–
Service codes
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-123
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000
For internal use only
2.17
Technical Specifications and Compliance to HiPath 3000
2.17.1
CE Compliance (not for U.S.)
The systems conform to the following guidelines and standards:
Guideline
Standard
R&TTE Directive 99/5/EEC
●
●
●
●
●
2.17.2
EN 60950-1: 2001 (Safety)
EN61000-6-2 (EMC Immunity Industrial)
EN55024 (EMC Immunity Residential)
ETS 300 329 (DECT Emission/Immunity)
TBR 06, ETS 301489-1/6 (DECT Air Interface)
Compliance with US and Canadian Standards (For U.S. and
Canada Only)
Table 2-58
Compliance with US and Canadian Standards (For U.S. and Canada Only)
Category
HiPath 3800
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350
Product security
UL 60950-1 First Edition
CAN/CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1-03
UL 60950-1 First Edition
CAN/CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1-03
UL 60950-1 First Edition
CAN/CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1-03
FCC Part 15
subpart J
Class A
Class A
FCC Part 68
registration
Information not available.
AY3USA-33046-MF-E
AY3USA-33047-KF-E
AY3USA–25214–MF–E
AY3USA–25215–KF–E
267 9147A
267 8782A
1.2
0.4
Industry Cana- Information not availda CS–03 certiable.
fication
Ringer Equivalence Number
(REN)
2.17.3
Information not available.
Class A
Class B
SAFETY International
IEC 60950-1, first edition 2001, modified
2-124
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb2.fm
For internal use only
2.18
Environmental Conditions
2.18.1
Electrical Operating Conditions
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Environmental Conditions
●
Operating limits
Room temperature: + 5 ...+ 40 °C (41 ... 104 °F)
absolute humidity: 2 to 25 g H2O/m3
Relative humidity: 5 - 80%
●
System ventilation is by convection. Automatic ventilation is required when using the
HG 1500 in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350.
7
2.18.2
Caution
Avoid exposing the system to direct sunlight and heaters (excessive heat may damage the system).
If condensation has formed on a system, do not start up the system until it has thoroughly dried.
Mechanical Operating Conditions
The systems are intended for stationary use.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
2-125
3000sb2.fm
HiPath 3000 System Overview
Environmental Conditions
2-126
For internal use only
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
For internal use only
3
HiPath 5000 System Overview
3.1
Introduction
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Introduction
HiPath 5000 is operated as a central administration unit in an IP network of HiPath 3000 systems. By creating a "Single System Image", all relevant nodes can be centrally administered.
HiPath 5000 is the platform for the central provision of applications, and facilitates the use of
these applications by all IP networking stations.
With the HiPath ComScendo service, there is also the option of using an integrated gatekeeper
and HiPath ComScendo features for IP workpoint clients. Up to 1000 registered IP workpoint
clients and up to 250 CorNet-IP trunks (CorNet-NQ protocol tunnelled in H.323 via annex M1)
are also supported here.
The HiPath ComScendo Service is effectively a fully-fledgedHiPath 3000node that is only configured as software on a PC. Apart from TDM-specific features (e.g. the connection of UP0/E
stations, trunks and special stations such as door openers, etc.), all V5.0 features are available.
The HiPath ComScendo Service is administered via HiPath 3000 Manager E, while the
HG 1500 resources are administered via Web-based Management (WBM).
Cross-platform use of HiPath ComScendo features (IP networking), for example in conjunction
with HiPath 4000, is implemented via CorNet-IP (CorNet-NQ protocol tunnelled in H.323 via annex M1). HG 1500 in HiPath 3000 and HG3550 V2.0 in HiPath 4000 are prerequisites for
IP networking over CorNet IP.
Parts of the following setup for HiPath 5000 are optional and can be installed both on the HiPath
5000 server and on a separate PC.
●
Feature Server (central administration service in a HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 network)
●
Presence Manager (service for LED signaling of call processing station statuses and network-wide DSS keys)
●
HiPath ComScendo service (gatekeeper and HiPath ComScendo features for IP workpoint
clients)
●
HiPath 3000 Manager E (MS Windows-based tool for the administration of all service and
customer-specific data by Service)
●
HiPath 3000 Manager C (MS Windows-based tool for the administration of customer-specific data by the customer)
●
HiPath Software Manager (Web-based tool for upgrades (Upgrade Manager for HiPath
ComScendo Service and HG 1500) and backups (Backup Manager for HiPath ComScendo Service, HG 1500 and databases))
●
Inventory Manager (service for detecting software components installed and system information in a HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 network)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3-1
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Introduction
For internal use only
●
Customer License Agent CLA (service for analyzing and decrypting a HiPath License Management license file)
●
Central License Manager CLM (CLA front-end for reading in licenses in online and offline
mode)
●
Personal Call Manager PCM (Web-based application for the configuration and administration of personal call forwarding operations)
●
HiPath FM Desktop V3.0 (Java-based application for error signaling)
●
GetAccount (application that prepares generated call data records for further processing.)
3-2
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Software Structure
For internal use only
3.2
Software Structure
Feature server
The Feature Server is an essential component in the HiPath 5000 software architecture and
serves as a central point for administration and as a data interface for applications and middleware. In addition, the Feature Server synchronizes the HG 1500 boards with all necessary data
for digit analysis in a HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 network.
The networked HiPath 3000 systems (nodes) are administered over the Feature Server. The
HiPath 3000 Manager E administration tool does not communicate with the individual systems
but exchanges data with the Feature Server. The Feature Server ensures that the networked
HiPath 3000 systems receive synchronized CDB data.
The individual systems are accessed directly by HiPath 3000 Manager E in the course of maintenance and online functions.
HG 1500 boards are still administered on a board-specific basis using Web-based management (WBM).
The Feature Server is an MS Windows service that automatically starts at the same time as the
HiPath 5000 server.
Communication with the individual HiPath 3000 systems belonging to the network takes place
over their HG 1500 boards.
HiPath 3000
Node 1
CDB 1
HG 1500
HiPath 3000
Node 2
HiPath 3000
Node 3
CDB 2
CDB 3
HG 1500
HG 1500
Feature server
CDB 1
CDB 2
CDB 3
Figure 3-1
Customer Data Exchange Between the Feature Server and Nodes
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3-3
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Software Structure
For internal use only
The following figure shows the services and routines associated with the Feature Server.
CDB Synchronization
HiPath 3000 –> server
vsync.exe
Application Interface
Call Address Resolution Update Server
cars.exe
vaplx.dll
Server Control Layer
(MS Windows Service)
HG 1500 Registration
Server
regserver.exe
Event Log Texts
VEvtLogMsg.dll
AssCkds.dll
vsrv.exe
Accs520x.dll
Accs520x.dll
Accs520x.dll
Accs520x.dll
Server Database
vdbaccess.dll
Socket Interface
vsock.dll
Figure 3-2
3-4
Data Transfer Interface
Remote Procedure Call
Interface
vadmtftp.dll
FCT.dll
Feature Server Services and Routines
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Software Structure
For internal use only
The following table shows the most important features of the Feature Server.
Table 3-1
Component
vsrv.exe
vaplx.dll
cars.exe
regserver.exe
vsync.exe
FCT.dll
Feature Server Components
Function
Basic Feature Server component. As an MS Windows service, it starts all
other components.
Logical interface for applications. Provides read-only and read/write access
to CDB data.
The Call Address Resolution Server provides the HG 1500 boards with the
call numbers of all HiPath 3000 systems (nodes) that belong to the network.
Note: Event 1027 confirms that the corresponding HG 1500 board was
successfully downloaded with the call numbers of all HiPath 3000 systems
associated with the network.
Following startup, the HG 1500 boards automatically log on to the Feature
Server over the Registration Server.
All “node-specific” CDB changes (for example, by key programming, Assistant T) are reported by the node to the Feature server’s VSYNC process.
This ensures the automatic synchronization of the Feature Server with the
new CDB data.
Interface to the systems for direct CDB data access.
Presence Manager
This is a Feature Server service for signaling the call processing station states “free”, “busy”
and “call” using the LEDs on the optiset E and optiPoint telephones in a HiPath 3000/HiPath
5000 network. You can pick up a call by pressing the appropriate button.
Call processing states can only be signaled for a station if the Presence Manager can set a
CSTA monitor point on the relevant station. The status of a MULAP call number cannot be signaled, for example, because a CSTA monitor point cannot be set on a call number of this type.
The dssserver.exe service for the Presence Manager is installed with the HiPath 5000 software.
This is a user-configured service that receives its information from vaplx.dll. The TAPI Service Provider is required for the Presence Manager to work.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3-5
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
HiPath 5000 Server PC
3.3
For internal use only
HiPath 5000 Server PC
To use HiPath 5000, the following minimum requirements must be met:
●
Hardware and software
Table 3-2
Hardware and Software Minimum Requirements for HiPath 5000
Component
●
New system
Upgrade an existing system
to V5.0
Processor
3 GHz CPU
Pentium III 1 GHz
RAM space
See Table 3-1
See Table 3-1
Hard disk
80 GB
18 GB
Operating system
MS Windows Server 2000 or
MS Windows Server 2003
MS Windows Server 2000
Interfaces
2 x serial
2 x serial
Slots
free PCI slots (for S0/S2M
boards for HPCO and HiPath
Xpressions)
free PCI slots (for S0/S2M
boards for HPCO and HiPath
Xpressions)
Drives
3.5-inch floppy disk drive
CD-ROM/DVD drive
3.5-inch floppy disk drive
CD-ROM/DVD drive
Network card
10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet net- 10/100 Mbps Ethernet network
work card
card
Monitor
17-inch color monitor
17-inch color monitor
Licenses
A grace period of 30 days begins after startup. Licensing must be performed for all licensed
features, interfaces, and products within this grace period.
●
RAM requirements of the HiPath 5000 server
Table 3-1 can be used to determine the required RAM expansion (RAM space) of the HiPath 5000 server depending on the number of nodes in the HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 network and the applications installed on the server.
3-6
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
HiPath 5000 Server PC
For internal use only
Table 3-3
RAM Space of the HiPath 5000 Server
Minimum RAM
Up to
2 nodes
Up to
8 nodes
Up to
16 nodes
Up to
32 nodes
Up to
64 nodes1
512 MB
1 GB
1 GB
1.5 GB
2 GB
HiPath ComScendo Service
+ 100 MB
+ 100 MB
+ 100 MB
+ 100 MB
not supported
HiPath Manager PCM
V2.0
+ 90 MB
+ 90 MB
+ 90 MB
+ 90 MB
+ 90 MB
HiPath ProCenter Office
V1.3 with HiPath Xpressions V3.02
+ 400 MB
+ 400 MB
+ 600 MB
not supported
not supported
DLS
+ 250 MB
+ 250 MB
+ 250 MB
+ 250 MB
+ 250 MB
HiPath 5000 V5.0
+ HiPath FM V3.0
+ Teledata Office V3.0
+ HiPath Software Manager
1
2
Networks are currently released with up to 32 nodes. Larger configurations can be released on a project-specific basis.
In this special configuration, HiPath Xpressions V3.0 supports up to 248 Unified Messaging users or 400 voice mail
users.
3.3.1
Prerequisites for a Single-PC Solution
Table 3-4 shows the maximum expansion level permitted for the HiPath ComScendo Service
together with HiPath 5000 (central administration unit in an IP network) and other applications
on a single PC.
Table 3-4
Prerequisites for a Single-PC Solution
Upgrade V4.0 to 2 nodes1
V5.0
(3 GHz
1-node system
CPU)
(1 GHz CPU)
3-6
nodes1
(3 GHz
CPU)
7 - 16
nodes1
(3 GHz
CPU)
17 - 32 33 - 642
nodes1 nodes1
(3 GHz (3 3 GHz
CPU)
CPU)
HiPath ComScendo
Service 3
not possible
possible
possible
not possible
not possible
not possible
HiPath 5000 (central administration
unit in an IP network)
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3-7
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
HiPath 5000 Server PC
Table 3-4
For internal use only
Prerequisites for a Single-PC Solution
Upgrade V4.0 to 2 nodes1
V5.0
(3 GHz
1-node system
CPU)
(1 GHz CPU)
3-6
nodes1
(3 GHz
CPU)
7 - 16
nodes1
(3 GHz
CPU)
17 - 32 33 - 642
nodes1 nodes1
(3 GHz (3 3 GHz
CPU)
CPU)
HiPath Software
Manager
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
DLS3
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
HiPath Manager
PCM V2.0
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
HiPath FM
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
HPCO including Hi- up to 248 stations up to 248 up to 248 up to 248 not posPath Xpressions3
possible
stations stations stations
sible
possible possible possible
not possible
HPCO3
not possible
Teledata
1
2
3
Office3
1 to 32 agents
possible
1 to 32
agents
possible
1 to 32
agents
possible
1 to 32
agents
possible
not possible
Every HiPath 3000 gateway, every survivable media gateway and every HiPath ComScendo service counts as a node.
Networks are currently released with up to 32 nodes. Larger configurations can be released on a project-specific basis.
We do not recommend installing DLS, Teledata Office, HPCO (including HiPath Xpressions), and HiPath ComScendo Service together on a PC. Real-time operation of the HiPath ComScendo Service cannot be guaranteed if the lion’s share of
processor resources is required for DLS, Teledata Office, HPCO (including HiPath Xpressions). Software updates, call
charge data queries, statistics, etc. must be performed during off-peak hours when few or no calls are underway.
If the customer is unwilling to accept restrictions, HiPath ComScendo Service must be installed on a separate PC.
3-8
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb3.fm
For internal use only
3.4
Server Networking
3.4.1
Features of IP Networking
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Server Networking
Transparent for End Users
●
No special telephones are required, as the conversion of voice into IP packets takes place
in the LAN gateway rather than in the telephone.
●
The transfer of the general network features has no effect on the way the telephones are
used, and therefore does not restrict the convenience of the telephone functions in any
way.
●
DTMF signals: DTMF signals are supported. It is therefore possible to have suffix dialing
or to listen to voice mail over the IP network.
Support of Network-wide Features
HiPath 5000 supports the CorNet NQ protocol; in this process CorNet NQ-specific features are
transmitted over the IP network (tunnelling).
The following applies: The features that are currently transmitted in a HiPath 3000 corporate
network are also supported by HiPath 5000 with some enhancements in comparison to conventional networking. (see General Features).
Central Attendant Console
It is also possible to set up a central, general attendant console in the HiPath 5000 environment.
There is a new feature which allows busy signaling for all communication platforms.
(See optiClient Attendant)
>
Note
The cross-communication platform busy signaling feature is only available with
optiClient Attendant.
HiPath 5000 (Presence Manager) is not necessary for this purpose.
Automatic Routing
HiPath 5000 can perform automatic routing to a backup or alternative network for new connections. A voice network (such as ISDN dial-up connection) can also be used as a backup network. This ensures that the high availability of the Hicom is not affected by the use of IP networks for the transfer of voice and fax connections. Automatic routing is initiated if
●
the communication platform selected is not accessible (for example because of an error or
overload in the IP network).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3-9
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Server Networking
For internal use only
●
there is no more capacity available in LAN accesses (maximum number of B channels for
LAN gateway exceeded)
●
a connection is explicitly requested (for example a modem connection)
>
Note
ISDN lines are required as a trunk connection for routing data connections/VoIP connections over the integrated ISDN router.
Network Management
All communication platforms are administered using an enhanced version of HiPath 3000 Manager E. The HiPath 3000 Manager E tool is included in the scope of delivery and is installed on
the HiPath 5000 server. From here, it is possible to have central administration of all communication platforms in a shared database. An application running permanently on the feature server is used for the automatic administration and maintenance of the IP routing tables and the
transmission of data to the individual communication platforms (see HiPath 3000 Manager E)
Network management - including troubleshooting and trace activation - can be performed both
locally and remotely.
3-10
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Server Networking
For internal use only
3.4.2
IP Network and Application Server Requirements
3.4.2.1
Adequate Connection Bandwidth
The customer network must fulfill the following requirements to ensure that voice information is
transmitted successfully via LAN:
●
Switched LAN with 10/100 Mbps
●
Fixed IP addresses
●
Each component must have its own port at the switch (no HUBs as concentrators)
●
Pure Microsoft TCP/IP network (not a Novell network with SPX)
●
QoS, ToS and DiffServe (see below)
Although use in shared environments is possible, it is neither approved nor recommended, as
there is no guarantee of quality. The HiPath server can also be operated in networks with routing components
>
3.4.2.2
Because of the data traffic between the HiPath DB server components and the server, routing connections are always open (no short-hold in the WAN).
Bandwidth
The bandwidth for voice must be available in the network at all times. For this reason, network
measurement and analysis is carried out before installing the components.
Why Measure the Network?
The following data is required to calculate the required bandwidth for voice transmission in an
IP network in relation to the number of simultaneous connections:
Bandwidth for voice information
All values refer to the lowest packet assembly level. The bandwidths in the WAN are only valid
if the multilink and segmenting parameters have not been set.
Type
Bandwidth for each connection (full duplex)1
Voice with ITU G.711
50 Kbps in LAN
Voice with ITU G.723.1
22 Kbps in LAN; 19 Kbps in the WAN
1
All values refer to the lowest packet assembling level for HG 1500 V2
HG 1500 V3 values may differ on account of this version’s enhanced functions.
See HG 1500 V3 release note.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3-11
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Server Networking
For internal use only
Bandwidth Requirements for Additional Services:
The specified values represent the load in relation to a maximum call volume of 1400 BHCA
(this is the maximum traffic with a connected call center solution).
Type
Record size
Bandwidth requirement
Busy signal
(optiClient Attendant)
300 bytes
3 Kbps
Call detail records
200 bytes
1 Kbps
ACD information
3.5 K
10 Kbps
Bandwidth Requirements for Administration (valid only for HPCO):
The specified bandwidth represents the worst case scenario. In other words, an entire CDB is
sent to the server from the HiPath node every 30 seconds (max.) as a result of the synchronization process configured in the system.
It is difficult to define an accurate value at the moment due to the lack of data from the field.
However, the bandwidth requirement will, in practice, be well below
132 Kbps, or there will be short-term peaks during which this value will be required by the network.
In practice, the most frequent application is the call up of key programming by users. A block of
64 KB is transferred in this process. An accepted period of 30 seconds for the transmission process results in bandwidth requirements of 18 Kbps.
Type
Record size
Bandwidth requirement
Synch by Hicom per TFTP
607232 bytes
132 Kbps
3-12
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Server Networking
For internal use only
Accordingly, the minimum bandwidth required is as follows:
The necessary bandwidth must be calculated using N as the number of simultaneous connections:
Required bandwidth
Formula (Kbps) of approximate values
With ITU G.711
.. N x 90 (voice)
+ N x 4 (BLF+CDR)
+ 10 (ACD/TAPI)
With ITU G723.1
.. N x 22 or 19 (voice)
+ N x 4 (BLF+CDR)
+ 10 (ACD/TAPI)
N = number of simultaneous voice connections
When configuring fax or modem transmissions using the formula described above (outband
transmission) the following are also required for each configured connection
●
approximately 20 Kbps for a fax Gr. 3 (V.17, 14 Kbps) connection
●
approximately 40 Kbps for modem connections (V.34, 33.6 Kbps).
for each configured connection
3.4.2.3
Requirements of Delay Times
For natural communication, the delay should amount to a maximum of 50 ms (one-way delay)
for voice connections (network delay). Delays of more than 50 ms in one direction impair natural
communication. The effect is similar to that experienced with voice connections over satellite.
The maximum number of 15 buffer stations (HOPs) may not be exceeded.
Priority control is a particularly efficient means of reducing the delay (see next section). Please
proceed with caution if the network is operated using lines with a low bit rate (for example, connection of a branch to headquarters at a rate of 128 Kbps). The maximum number of trunk lines
can be determined by calculating the necessary bandwidth.
3.4.2.4
Provision of QoS in Data Networks
To guarantee the Quality of Service (QoS) described in the two previous sections, the following
standards must be met:
●
All the components involved in transmitting voice data must support min. IEEE 802.1q (layer 2).
●
In addition, all components require routing according to the Diffserv standard RFC 2474
and the ToS standard (Type of Service) RFC 791.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3-13
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Server Networking
3.4.2.5
For internal use only
Quality Assurance Procedures to be Supported
●
Quality of Service (QoS) procedures in accordance with IEEE 802.1q (layer 2)
●
Type of Service (ToS) in accordance with RFC 791 (layer 3), packet prioritization
●
Differentiated Services (DiffServ - DS) procedure in accordance with RFC 2474 (layer 3)
3.4.2.6
Maximum Package Losses
A maximum packet loss of 3% is tolerated. The reduced voice quality associated with packet
loss is greater for G.723.1 and G.729 than for G.711.
3.4.2.7
Minimization of Broadcast/Multicast Traffic
In accordance with the rules of good network design, broadcast/multicast traffic should be kept
to a minimum. The use of routers/layer 3 switches to structure the network (for example VPM)
or the use of layer 2 switches can help detect multicasting traffic.
3.4.2.8
Requirements for Standalone Systems:
●
Switched or shared LAN (Ethernet IEE 802.3/802.3 u) with 10 or 100 Mbps
●
Pure Microsoft TCP/IP network (not a Novell network with IPX/SPX)
●
Fixed IP addresses (no DHCP)
●
The bandwidth required for transferring additional services (CDR and ACD/TAPI information) must be taken into account. If the bandwidth is sufficient, a second protocol (e.g. Novell) may be possible.
3-14
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb3.fm
For internal use only
3.4.2.9
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Server Networking
Adaptation of QoS Classes to Oscar
Standardization according to the "HiPath QoS Strategy" involves adjusting the assignment of
QoS classes on HG 1500 and in WBM:
Previous allocation in CDB 2.4:
Voice Payload = AF43
Call Signaling = AF31
Data Payload = AF21
Network Cont. = AF12
New allocation in CDB 2.5:
Voice Payload = AF12
Call Signaling = AF21
Data Payload = AF11
Network Cont. = CS7
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3-15
3000sb3.fm
HiPath 5000 System Overview
Server Networking
3-16
For internal use only
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
For internal use only
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Network Analysis
4
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
4.1
Network Analysis
Several protocols are used in data communications (X.25, Frame Relay, ATM and TCP/IP). The
network layer IP (Internet Protocol) forms the key Internet protocol which enables interoperability with other networks and protocols such as Ethernet, X.25, Frame Relay and ATM. This is
why IP is often used as a synonym for the entire technology. The protocols TCP, UDP and RTP
are used for the different applications and requirements in the Internet such as "File Transfer
(FTP)", "E-mail (SMTP)" and "WWW". The RTP (Real Time Protocol) is used for transmitting
voice data. The term "Voice over IP (VoIP)" describes how the IP protocol is used to transport
voice information.
Different protocols already exist which result from various standardization bodies and endeavors. The main standards are as follows:
●
H.323
●
H.450.x
●
SIP (Session Initiation Protocol, for Internet conferencing and telephony)
●
MGCP (Media Gateway Control Protocol)
Whereas H.323 and H.450 are "real" ITU-T standards, SIP is an "industry (de facto) standard)"
from the IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force). MGCP emerged from the SGCP (Simple
Gateway Control Protocol) and the IPDC (Internet Protocol Device Control) and has been submitted as a proposal to the ITU-T and the IETF.
SIP is an easy-to-implement standard which was developed to control Internet multimedia conferences, particularly to support voice communication.
MGCP describes the connection setup and cleardown of intelligent telephones in networks with
packet transmission.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-1
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Network Analysis
4.1.1
Protocols (H.323, CorNet IP)
4.1.1.1
H.323
For internal use only
As a collective term, H.323 comprises the following topics:
●
Signaling (H.245, etc.)
●
Video transmission
●
Voice data transmission/voice compression such as
– G.723.1 (5.3/6.3 Kbps)
– G.729A (8 Kbps)
●
Data applications (application sharing, T.120)
This shows that this standard comprises considerably more than necessary for pure voice data
transmission via data networks. H.323 was developed for multimedia applications.
4.1.1.2
CorNetIP
IP interworking will be based on the CorNet N tunneled within H. 323 Protocol.
Bandwidth requirement
HG 1500 is designed to optimize bandwidth utilization. It implements the following functions for
this:
●
Silence suppression
●
Transmission of background noise during pauses between speech, thereby saving bandwidth
●
Dynamic voice/fax recognition/modem
Bandwidth availability
The bandwidth required for voice must be available at all times in the network. You must measure and analyze the network to ensure this is the case before installing components.
Bandwidth control for IP networking channels (PBX networking channels)
If IP networking channels are routed over the PPP channels (ISDN routing) on an HG 1500
board, bandwidth control is only performed if this board is an HG 1500 gatekeeper (signaling
gateway).
Bandwidth control is not performed if the router is located on an HG 1500 gateway (media gateway).
4-2
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Network Analysis
For internal use only
Payload connections with RTP (Real-Time Transport Protocol) in a LAN environment
The bandwidth required for voice transmission in an IP network can be calculated using the following table:
Packetizing
parameters
with WBM
Sample
size (ms)
Payload
(bytes)
G.711
20
20
160
230
44%
92
G.711
40
40
320
390
22%
78
G.711
60
60
480
550
15%
73.3
G.723.1
1
30
24
94
292%
25.1
G.723.1
2
60
48
118
146%
15.7
G.729A
1
20
20
90
350%
36
G.729A
2
40
40
110
175%
22
G.729A
3
60
60
130
117%
17.3
RTCP
Table 4-1
Ethernet
Payload
Packet length packet (over(bytes)
head in percent)
Ethernet
Load (incl.)
header
(Kbps)
Codec type
5000
280
0.4
Codec-Based Bandwidth Requirements
The LAN load is calculated for a single route. The bandwidth must be doubled for payload connections in both directions. HG 1500 V3.0 supports VAD with codecs G.7231A and G.729AB.
If you use these codecs, bandwidth requirements vary in relation to the length of idle periods
in voice signals.
VLAN tagging based on IEEE 802 1q is also performed as part of the calculation. Packet length
is shorter by 4 bytes without VLAN tagging.
The overhead is calculated as follows:
Protocol
Bytes
RTP header
12
UDP header
8
IP header
20
802.1Q VLAN tagging
4
MAC (incl. preamble, FCS)
26
Total
70
Table 4-2
Overhead Calculation
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-3
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Network Analysis
Report type
For internal use only
Report
interval (sec)
Average Ethernet packet
size (bytes)
EthernetLoad (incl.)
header (Kbps)
Sender report
5
140
0.2
Recipient report
5
140
0.2
Total
0.4
Table 4-3
Payload Connection Check with Parallel RTCP (Real-Time Transport Control
Protocol)
The following values apply to payload connections with RTP (Real-Time Transport Protocol) in
a WAN environment:
Packet
length
with
header
compression
(bytes)
WLAN
load with
header
compression
(Kbps)
18.7
32
8.5
96%
12.5
56
7.5
66
230%
26.4
28
11.2
40
86
115%
17.2
48
9.6
60
106
77%
14.1
68
9.1
Codec
Packetizing
Sample
size (ms)
Payload
(bytes)
Packet
length
(bytes)
Payload
packet
(overhead
in %)
WLAN
load
(Kbps)
G.711
20
20
160
206
29%
82.4
G.711
30
30
240
286
19%
76.3
G.711
40
40
320
366
14%
73.2
G.711
60
60
480
526
10%
70.1
G.723.1
1
30
24
70
192%
G.723.1
2
60
48
94
G.729A
1
20
20
G.729A
2
40
G.729A
3
60
RTCP
Table 4-4
5000
230
0.4
0.4
Codec-Based WLAN Bandwidth Requirements
The WLAN load is calculated for a single route. As WLAN channels usually contain channels
in both directions, this is the same as the bandwidth requirement, for example, for an ISDN
channel.
The overhead is calculated as follows:
Protocol
Bytes
RTP header
12
UDP header
8
Table 4-5
4-4
Overhead Calculation
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Network Analysis
For internal use only
Protocol
Bytes
IP header
20
PPP
9
Total
46
Compressed header
8
Table 4-5
Overhead Calculation
A "compressed header" is usually used for RTP/UDP/IP Header compression. In addition every
5 seconds a full header is sent (total = 46 octets).
The rule of thumb for calculating the bandwidth requirement for n parallel VoIP connections with
G.711 (one frame per RTP packet) is:
Bandwidth LAN = n × (180 voice payload + 0.4 RTPC)
Bandwidth WAN = n × (82 voice payload + 0.4 RTPC)
The approximate values for voice payload changes for other codecs or packet values. In addition, the bandwidth for Attendant P, call charge information, and other applications must also
be taken into account.
Bandwidth requirement for CAR-Alive/Node Survey
There are two different methods for performing CAR-Alive/node survey: either a TCP-based
mechanism or an ICMP ping (configurable with Manage I or WBM).
Node
Number
TCP load
(Kbps)
Ping load
(Kbps)
Timeout
1
0.1
0.1
12
2
0.2
0.3
3
0.5
0.8
4
1.0
1.7
5
1.7
2.8
6
2.5
4.2
Table 4-6
LAN Bandwidth Requirement for CAR-Alive/Node Survey
Node
Number
TCP load
(Kbps)
Ping load
(Kbps)
1
0.07
0.11
Table 4-7
WAN Bandwidth Requirement for CAR-Alive/Node Survey
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-5
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Network Analysis
For internal use only
Node
Number
TCP load
(Kbps)
Ping load
(Kbps)
2
0.14
0.22
3
0.41
0.66
4
0.82
1.31
5
1.37
2.19
6
2.06
3.28
Table 4-7
WAN Bandwidth Requirement for CAR-Alive/Node Survey
The rule of thumb for calculating the bandwidth requirement for CAR-Alive between n nodes is:
Bandwidth LAN = n × (n-1) × bytes AliveMsg × 8 ÷ 1000 ÷ T timeout between ping
and the rule of thumb for calculating the bandwidth requirement for CAR-Alive between n nodes
at the HG 1500 interface is:
Bandwidth LAN = (n-1) × (n-1) × bytes AliveMsg × 8 ÷ 1000 ÷ T timeout between ping
The value for bytesAliveMsg:
in the LAN is 212 with ping or 127 with TCP
in the WAN is 188 with ping or 102 with TCP
The default timeout between two pings is 12 seconds.
The following table contains information on additional bandwidth requirements for signals:
Device/application
BHCA
Load (Kbps)
DSS server, outgoing and incoming calls
1400
2
Attendant P (busy)
1400
3
Call charge information
1400
1
ACD information
1400
10
Fax over VCAPI, 14400 bauds
CDB synchronization system with DBFS (TFTP, burst)
Table 4-8
2
162
Bandwidth Requirements for Signals
Bandwidth requirement in LAN environments with encryption:
Encryption requires higher bandwidth. In the following tables, the required bandwidth is listed
based on the possible voice codecs and encryption algorithms for Ethernet packets. Encryption
is carried out via an IPsec protocol stack. Out of the different operating modes possible in IPsec, only one is described here: the ESP tunnel mode with authentication.
4-6
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Network Analysis
For internal use only
This operating mode offers the highest security for site-to-site VPNs.
Protocol
Bytes
ESP Trailer
Encoded?
12
ESP Padding
Varying (y)
Encrypted
2
Encrypted
Varying (x)
Encrypted
RTP
12
Encrypted
UDP
8
Encrypted
IP (original)
20
Encrypted
ESP Header
8 + IV1
ESP Padding Header
Voice Payload
IP (tunnel)
20
802.1Q VLAN tagging
4
MAC (incl. preamble, FCS)
26
Total
Table 4-9
1
112 + IV + x + y
Encoded Voice Packet Structure
(ESP Tunnel Mode with Authentication)
IV = Initialization Vector. Explained in text below the table
ESP header length: The length of the ESP header depends on the encryption algorithm used.
If used for cipher block chaining (block encryption), the ESP header contains an initialization
vector ("IV" in table above). The initialization vector is the same length as an encryption block.
Padding: Padding with bytes is required as the encryption algorithms are based on block encryption. The entire encoded part of the packet (original IP/UDP/RTP header, voice payload,
ESP padding header, ESP padding) must be an integer value which is a multiple of the encryption block length.
Encryption algorithm
Block length
Initialization vector length
AES
16 bytes (128 Bit)
16 bytes (128 Bit)
DES
8 bytes (64 Bit)
8 bytes (64 Bit)
3DES
8 bytes (64 Bit)
8 bytes (64 Bit)
Table 4-10
Block Lengths of the Encryption Algorithms
The number of padding bytes required for voice packets is calculated using the following formula:
(42 + x + y) [bytes] = N x (8 or 16 [bytes])
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
// N is an integer.
4-7
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Network Analysis
For internal use only
Bandwidth calculation for the AES encryption algorithm:
Codec
Packetizing Sample size
(ms)
Payload
(bytes)
Padding
(bytes)
Ethernet
packet
length
Payload pack- Ethernet load
et (overhead incl. preamble
in %)
(Kbps)
G.711
20
20
160
6
294
75%
117.6
G.711
30
30
240
6
372
50%
99.2
G.711
40
40
320
6
454
38%
90.8
G.711
60
60
480
6
614
25%
81.9
G.723.1
1
30
24
14
166
500%
44.3
G.723.1
2
60
48
6
182
250%
24.3
G.729A
1
20
20
2
150
600%
60.0
G.729A
2
40
40
14
182
300%
36.4
G.729A
3
60
60
10
198
200%
26.4
Table 4-11
LAN Bandwidth Requirement for AES Encryption – According to Codec
Bandwidth calculation for the DES/3DES encryption algorithm:
Codec
Packetizing Sample size
(ms)
Payload
(bytes)
Padding
(bytes)
Ethernet
packet
length
Payload pack- Ethernet load
et (overhead incl. preamble
in %)
(Kbps)
G.711
20
20
160
6
286
75%
114.4
G.711
30
30
240
6
366
50%
97.6
G.711
40
40
320
6
446
38%
89.2
G.711
60
60
480
6
606
25%
80.8
G.723.1
1
30
24
6
150
500%
40.0
G.723.1
2
60
48
6
174
250%
23.2
G.723.1
3
90
72
6
198
167%
17.6
G.729A
1
20
20
2
142
600%
56.8
G.729A
2
40
40
6
166
300%
33.2
G.729A
3
60
60
2
182
200%
24.3
Table 4-12
>
4-8
LAN Bandwidth Requirement for DES/3DES Encryption – According to Codec
Values which differ in both tables are highlighted.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
QoS - Quality of Service
For internal use only
4.2
QoS - Quality of Service
Subject
Cross Reference
Goals of QoS
Section 4.2.1 on
page 4-9
QoS in the Router?
Section 4.2.2 on
page 4-9
4.2.1
Goals of QoS
Problems:
●
●
Consequences
●
●
●
Goals:
4.2.2
●
IP does not guarantee any bandwidths
QoS is not part of H.323
Time problems due to large E-mail attachments and web surfing
Network congestion due to multiple requests for the same web page
Reduced voice quality due to
– Delay
– Jitter
– Packet loss
QoS is required in the WAN/LAN for
– Optimum voice quality for every connection
– Fewer interruptions
QoS in the Router?
●
QoS functions control router priorities and timing.
●
Router queues are optimized for routing and are not suitable for QoS monitoring of voice
transmission
●
Fragmentation (if used) takes time and thereby increases the risk of packet loss
●
Time-controlled hierarchical policies not available
●
No feedback due to insufficient monitoring
●
Architecture not suitable for specialized VoIP control functions
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-9
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HiPath’s Network Analysis Service
4.3
For internal use only
HiPath’s Network Analysis Service
Product Description
Network Analysis checks whether the customer’s communication network is capable of using
Siemens Business Over IP solutions. The assessment is carried out on the basis of productspecific parameters. The customer receives a final report which documents not only the network structure but also operative parameters (capacity, delay, jitter).
Customer Benefits and Profitability
●
●
●
Preparation of the network for future applications (VoIP)
Determination of current traffic flows and volumes, baselining
Support in decision-making process when introducing VoIP solutions
Technical Specifications
Network Analysis features specification
●
●
●
●
●
Inspection of customer networks to determine whether they suitable for Siemens Voice
Over IP solutions
Recording of the relevant parameters over a defined period.
Assessment based on product specifications
Interpretation of the recorded results with suggestions for further measures
Final report with recommendations
Configuration Instructions
Used for the development of Siemens VoIP solutions
Use only possible in SNMP-based IP data networks (router, IP switches, hubs)
Positioning within the Product Range
HiPath services
4-10
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
LIM Board for LAN Connection
For internal use only
4.4
LIM Board for LAN Connection
The LIM module allows the cost-effective connection of all HiPath 3000 models in TCP/IPbased LANs for the central system administration, APS transfer, TeleData Office or HiPath Fault
Management. A 10 MB 10BaseT interface with an RJ45 jack is available for the LAN connection.
Up to 6 TAPI 120 V2.0 can be operated via the LIM module on HiPath 3000 V4.0 SMR6 or later.
However, a maximum traffic value of 400 BHCA is permitted.
Power dialers are not released for use.
>
Systems which already have a HG 1500 board do not require the use of the LIM
board as the above-mentioned functions are already provided by HG 1500.
The new LIM module replaces the previous LAN interface (Com server or V.24/E
module) for the models Hicom 150 H/E OfficePro/Com/Point.
HiPath 3000/5000
Central Board
LIM
Customer
LAN
SNMP
e.g. PC with
HiPath 3000 Manager E
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
e.g. PC for
Network Management
4-11
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5
For internal use only
HG 1500 V3.0
HiPath 3000/5000
HiPath 3000/5000
Central Board
Central Board
ISDN
telecommunications network)
ISDN Board
ISDN Board
HG1500
HG1500
Customer
LAN
Voice over IP
Voice over IP
Customer
LAN
e.g. optiPoint 400 standard CorNet-IP-TS
e.g.optiClient 130
PCs for Internet connection, VoIP,
administration etc.
Version 3.0 offers a series of new features, improvements to existing features and extensive
embedding of the board in the whole HiPath 3000/5000 system
Voice over IP (VoIP) - the transfer of voice data over IP networks - is enabled in HiPath 3000 by
means of the HG 1500 boards.
With Version 5.0, H.323 gatekeeper functionalities have been integrated into the HiPath 3000
communications system and into the HiPath ComScendo service (on HiPath 5000). This
means that each HiPath 3000 system with at least one HG 1500 board and each HiPath ComScendo service forms a separate gatekeeper zone, which also includes any registered IP workpoint clients.
4-12
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
The H.323 communication between networked HiPath 3000 systems (nodes) must be considered as gatekeeper to gatekeeper communication. Registration between HG 1500 modules of
networked systems is not performed. The CorNet-NQ protocol, tunnelled in H.323 via annex
M1 is used.
The splitting of HG 1500 resources into signaling and payload resources is an important feature
of Version 5.0.
Signaling resources
This includes all node signaling data necessary for Voice over IP for IP-supported (LAN, intranet, Internet) and line-switched networks (ISDN, PSTN). These resources are centrally provided by a single HG 1500 board, the signaling gateway (= Gatekeeper HG 1500), regardless of
how many HG 1500 boards are available at the node. A HG 1500 board is defined as a gatekeeper HG 1500 using HiPath 3000 Manager E.
Payload resources
The node resources required for transferring VoIP voice data (payload) between IP-supported
and circuit-switched networks are provided by the media gateway. One or more HG 1500
boards may be used.
Payload resources are not necessary for direct transmission between IP-supported networks.
In the case of systems with only one HG 1500 board, this board operates both as a signaling
gateway and as a media gateway when configured appropriately by HiPath 3000 Manager E.
In the case of systems with more than one HG 1500 board, payload resources are monitored
by the node-central resource manager. This is a self-configuring service. Signaling resources
are centrally provided by the first HG 1500 board. This signaling gateway also accesses other
media gateway resources (CODECs, B channels) and signaling data (for example RTP, RTCP).
This gives IP workpoint clients and other gateways access to central payload resources of all
HG 1500 boards in a node.
Resources for functions which are not based on H.323 (for example, routing channels, VCAPI
channels), are provided as before by each HG 1500 board. In systems with several HG 1500
boards, resources are provided exclusively by media gateways for performance reasons.
New features of the HG 1500 V3.0
●
Transparent B channel for ISDN B channel protocols
●
Flexible port number administration
●
Dynamic jitter buffer
●
SNTP functionality in the LAN
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-13
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
●
Read rights to dynamic parameters of HiPath3000 manager in WBM
●
Improved firewall function (stateful inspection, DoS, application level gateways)
●
T.38 fax protocol standard support
●
Support for HFA workpoints such as optiPoint410 standard or optiPoint600 office
●
Logging of QoS data (Quality of Service)
●
Licensing system as for HiPath3000/5000 V5.0
●
Improved software management
●
Cooperation with HiPath 4000 V2.0, for example, DMC (Direct Media Connection)
●
Full VPN support (Virtual Private Network)
●
HG 1500 V3.0 as module of a PCS (PC-based communication server)
●
STMI2 board with 32 B channels onboard, expandable to 64 channels
DMC
This flag enables or disables the feature "DMC Interworking with HiPath 4000 Systems" (in
short "DMC").
In a network with HiPath 4000, DMC enhances the voice quality between IP components (endpoints, gateways).
DMC is only supported by the CorNet-NQ/CorNet-IP networking protocol.
DMC should be disabled in a homogeneous HiPath 3000/5000 network. If a network with HiPath 4000 systems (version 2.0 or later) exists in which DMC is configured, the DMC feature
should be enabled in the HiPath 3000/5000 systems.
The HFA endpoints (optiPoint/optiClient) registered at the HiPath 3000/5000 system and the
HiPath 3000 system itself are then in a position to accept DMC connections set up by the HiPath 4000 and its HFA endpoints. Even if the DMC feature is enabled, DMC is not performed
between HiPath 3000/5000 systems.
If DMC is enabled, the percentage of available DSP channel resources decreases. In other
words, in a HiPath 3000 system only 80% of the channels provided for each DSP are available
for connections (e.g. 6 channels instead of 8, 12 channels instead of 16, 48 channels instead
of 60).
Hardware notes
HG 1500 is a HXGM3 board in HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700, the HXGS3 board in HiPath 3550
and HiPath 3350 and the HXGR3 board in HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300. The power supply
comes from the system.
4-14
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
The board includes a V.24 interface for initial startup. For initial startup, you will require a special
adapter cable for HG 1500 V2 and a null modem cable for HG 1500 V3. An RJ45 jack has been
provided for connecting to the LAN.
System requirements
●
HiPath 3000/5000 or later
●
At least one Euro ISDN basic connection
(connection to the network or another HiPath system)
●
At least one free slot in the basic system
System environment
●
Shared/switched LAN 10/1000 Base T
●
Client/server and peer-to-peer networks with TCP/IP protocol
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-15
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.1
For internal use only
Protocols
This section contains an overview of H.323 standards regarding signaling and media protocol
that are relevant to HG 1500 V3.0.
H.225.0 Q.931 Call Setup
This protocol defines signaling between two endpoints for call setup and cleardown.
H.225.0 RAS Control
RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) defines signaling between client and gatekeeper for
detection and registration purposes.
H.245 Signaling
This protocol defines the declaration of capabilities and exchange of control messages between endpoints. It is used for specifying channel usage and functions.
H.323
This is a standard for packet-oriented multimedia communication systems and was developed
by the ITU (International Telecommunication Union. HG 1500 V3.0 uses H.323 V4.0 but can
also communicate with earlier versions of the H.323 protocol (backward compatibility is guaranteed).
Fast Connect (fast start) is supported. The Fast Connect feature lets HG 1500 V3.0 set up a
multimedia channel without waiting for an H.245 connection.
RTP and RTCP
RTP (Real-time Transport Protocol) manages the transfer of real-time packets from an endpoint to one or more endpoints.
A header containing a time stamp and a sequence number is added to every UDP packet. With
appropriate buffering at the receiving station, timing and sequence information enables the application to:
●
eliminate double packets,
●
rearrange nonsequential packets,
●
synchronize data,
●
achieve continuous playback despite varying latencies.
4-16
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
RTCP (Real-time Control Protocol) is used for controlling RTP. It enables:
●
Quality of Service (QoS) monitoring,
●
transferring of information about session participants,
●
regular distribution of control packets containing quality information to all session participants.
TCP
TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) provides a connection-oriented mode for data transmission. TCP guarantees a sequenced, error-free, flow-controlled transmission of data packets.
However, this can delay data transfer and reduce throughput. H.323 uses the end-to-end services of TCP for the H.245 control channel, data channels and the call control channel.
UDP
The UDP (User Datagram Protocol) provides a connectionless transmission mode that promises nothing more than a "best effort" delivery. Only a minimum of control information is transferred with UDP. H.323 uses UDP for audio, video and the RAS channel (see RFC 768).
Control
H.225.0
(Q.931)
Data
H.245
Audio
Video
G.7xx
H.26x
T.120
A/V
Control
Control
RTCP
RAS
RTP
TCP
UDP
IP
trol
Data
A dio
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
Video
A/V
C t l
C
t l
4-17
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
4.5.1.1
Protocols Used
PPP
Point-to-Point Protocol
PAP
Password Authentication Protocol Transport protocol for ID and password
Transport protocol between LAN and SCN
CHAP
Challenge Handshake
(MSCHAP) Authentication Protocol
Transport protocol for encrypted ID and password (MS = Microsoft-specific protocol)
IPCP
IP Control Protocol
Transport protocol for IP addresses
PPPoE
PPP over Ethernet Protocol
Transport protocol between LAN and SCN
over Ethernet
PPTP
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol Transport protocol for tunneled PPP connections
IP
Internet Protocol
Transport protocol for data transfer to IP or
MAC addresses without a connection
ICMP
Internet Control Message
Protocol
Control protocol that supports IP protocol
with error messages
UDP
User Datagram Protocol
Transport protocol for data transfer without a
connection
TCP
Transmission Control Protocol
Transport protocol for connection-oriented
data transfer
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol
Protocol for dynamic configuration of host
systems
ARP
Address Resolution Protocol
Protocol for linking IP addresses with MAC
addresses
FTP
File Transfer Protocol
Protocol for file transport between network
nodes
TFTP
Trivial File Transfer Protocol
Simple file transport protocol
RTP
Real-time Transport Protocol
Transport protocol for real-time audio and video packets
RTCP
Real-time Control Protocol
Control protocol for RTP
HIP
HDLC Internet Protocol
Control protocol for transferring encapsulated
data in the Internet
Telnet
Protocol
Dial-in protocol for remote access via the Internet
Table 4-13
4-18
Protocols Used
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
H.225.0
Annex G
Signaling protocol for edge gatekeepers in
different domains
Q.931
Signaling protocol for call setup and cleardown between two endpoints
RAS Control
Defines signaling between client and gatekeeper for detection and registration
H.235
Standard
Signaling protocol for authentication and encryption
H.245
Standard
Signaling protocol for defining usage of functions and channels
H.323
Standard
Transport protocol for packet-oriented multimedia communication systems
H.341
Standard
Definition of Management Information Base
for controlling and administering an H.323
network
H.450
Standard
A series of protocols that define signaling between endpoints for supplementary services
HTTP
HTTPS
Hypertext Transfer Protocol (Secure)
Transport protocol for transferring text and
graphics in the Web (secure connection)
SNMP
Simple Network Management
Protocol
Connection protocol for network management systems
Table 4-13
4.5.2
Protocols Used
Security/Firewall/Packet Filter
HG 1500 features status-dependent control filters. The status-dependent control checks are
performed over "flows". A "flow" is stream of associated packets and all the error ICMPs (including path-MTU messages) that affect these packets. In TCP terms, a flow is defined on the
basis of IP addresses and port numbers, and consists of both the TCP packets and all associated error ICMPs. This is similar for UDP.
DoS: HG 1500 offers protection against various Denial-of-Service attacks and other networklevel attacks, such as, SYN flooding, various fragmentation attacks, TCP hijacking (different active attacks, for example, via ARP spoofing), LAND (identical source and destination IPs), socalled "Christmas trees" (all TCP flags set), etc.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-19
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.3
For internal use only
IP Networking
In IP networking, the HG 1500 V3.0 connects telephone systems transparently over an IP network. As shown in the following diagram, this connection can be over the Internet – to connect
a branch office to a company network, for example – as well as over a private IP network – to
link departments in a single location, for example.
Figure 4-2
Example of IP Networking
In IP networking, IP connections transparently replace conventional dedicated lines or PSTN
dial-up lines between the telephone systems involved. Traffic between these systems can thus
be managed cost-effectively via IP connections. In-house connections can use existing IP cables.
4-20
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
4.5.3.1
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
IP Networking with HiPath AllServe
In combination with a HG 1500 V3.0, the HiPath AllServe integrates the connected nodes – HiPath 3000 systems with one or more HG 1500 V3.0 – to form a transparent, integrated communications system. All the networked nodes, whether connected locally or via the Internet, behave like a single, complete system with closed numbering.
The majority of HiPath AllServe functions are available systemwide on all components connected via IP networking. The following list shows the main functions.
●
Central attendant console
A specific system terminal (subscriber) can be configured as an attendant or intercept position. Any incoming call to the system will arrive here automatically if no subscriber can be
assigned to it, although the call may originally have come in on any one of the nodes connected via IP networking.
The central attendant console can then forward these calls to the required subscriber.
Again, it is not important to which node in the HiPath AllServe this subscriber is connected.
Once the attendant queue reaches a predefined length, calls can be automatically forwarded to an overflow destination.
When an optiClient Attendant is used, cross-node busy signals for up to 120 stations (up
to 100 of these on one node) are available.
●
Virtual Ports
Virtual ports are used for the signaling of statuses and calls on all systems. They are not
linked to physical terminal interfaces. The corresponding boards must not be inserted. Virtual ports have their own internal and external phone numbers and can therefore be called.
They can be programmed for signaling on DSS keys and be added to call pickup groups.
●
DISA Internal (Direct Inward System Access Internal)
Using DISA internal (not to be confused with DISA external) enables a subscriber in a HiPath AllServe node to activate specific features in a different node:
●
Release of the door opener using the relay option
●
Follow me
●
Relay on/off
●
Night service
●
Disconnecting from a hunt group/group call
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-21
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
●
For internal use only
System Speed Dialing
The local speed dialing directories of all nodes are updated using a redundant central
speed dialing directory on the HiPath AllServe server. This provides all IP telephones connected to the HG 1500 V3.0 with the same speed dialing as SCN telephones.
●
CO Call Privileges and Toll Restriction
The CO call privileges configured for each HiPath AllServe node are handed over as before
in converted form via CorNet-N. The allowed numbers and denied numbers lists for a subscriber can only be analyzed in the HiPath AllServe node in which the subscriber is configured. The dial plan can be used to specify where the toll restriction is to be executed.
Please note that in this process all allowed numbers and denied numbers lists are mapped
to "Can access local public network". This in turn is mapped to denied numbers list 1 in a
subsequent node. Consequently, it is possible that in a subsequent node a toll restriction
with denied numbers list 1 will be set up again or added.
●
Least Cost Routing (LCR)
In a HiPath AllServe environment, LCR is possible via CO trunks as well as IP connections.
The dial plans for single HiPath AllServe nodes can be configured separately. If so configured, "Fallback to SCN" function can be used to forward a call automatically to an SCN connection if the IP connection fails.
When an external call is forwarded to another node (transit break-in), the caller’s number
is converted automatically to the international format.
In a HiPath AllServe environment, the previously used route codes are replaced by port
numbers. This type of configuration is better suited for a LAN environment.
●
Music on Hold (MOH)
In a HiPath server node, a PCM/IOM channel can be permanently connected to MOH. This
channel is permanently connected to a DSP channel that forwards MOH unidirectionally to
one or more IP clients or other HG 1500 boards. MOH for IP clients always requires only
one DSP channel. (Normal clients cannot benefit from this; for MOH, they require an additional a PCM/IOM and a DSP channel respectively.)
The channel for MOH is automatically assigned by the system.
●
Direct Station Select (DSS) and Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
In HiPath AllServe versions 3.0 and later, the DSS function – signaling the switching states
of subscribers – is available at all terminals in the system, even those on other nodes,
through the HiPath AllServe server. This provides a system-wide call pickup solution, and
is completely transparent to the terminal user programming the DSS keys.
4-22
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
●
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
CorNet IP
HiPath AllServe supports the CorNet IP protocol, which is used for tunneling CorNet features by IP. This makes the functional scope of the CorNet protocol available to IP terminals
as well. More details of these functions can be found in "HiPath AllServe System Description", Chapter 3, "Features".
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-23
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.4
For internal use only
Voice over IP (VoIP)
Voice over IP (VoIP) enables voice data to be transmitted over an IP network, both internally
and via the Internet.
Voice over IP (VoIP) is an outstanding feature of HG 1500 V3.0. In combination with the clients
connected to the LAN, the board makes it possible to use not only VoIP but also the telephony
features of the system. In particular, this feature can be used for teleworking. This means that
full Voice over IP functionality is available at the teleworking PC. H.323 clients (for example NetMeeting) can also be used.
As of the HiPath 3000 V3.0 software version in combination with new boards (HXGS3,
HXGM3, HXGR3), login is no longer performed under "Voice Gateway" in HiPath 3000 Manager I but in HiPath 3000 Manager E.
The following combinations of VoIP connections via the HG 1500 V3.0 are possible:
●
IP to IP, for example, subscriber C to subscriber D or subscriber D to subscriber F.
●
IP to local SCN, for example, subscriber D to subscriber B.
●
Local SCN to IP, for example, subscriber B to subscriber C.
●
IP to PSTN, for example, subscriber C to subscriber E.
●
PSTN to IP, for example, subscriber E to subscriber D.
Interworking is fully supported.
With the exception of IP to IP connections, one DSP channel per connection is required for
each HG 1500 V3.0 involved. Conferencing requires one DSP channel for each SCN subscriber.
>
In IP networking, SCN to SCN connections (local or PST) also can be run transparently via the HG 1500 V3.0. This is described in Section 4.5.3, "IP Networking".
This can lead to significant call charge savings if an appropriate IP network is available. The
user can also avail of telephony features, such as name transmission and callback, in the usual
way.
The hardware prerequisite for IP networking is that the systems involved must have at least one
of the following HG 1500 V3.0 boards:
●
HXGM: Up to eight boards can be installed in an HiPath 3700/3750. With two PDM1 expansion modules, each HXGM offers up to 32 IP channels for voice connections (Voice
over IP).
●
HXGS (wall housing) or HXGR (19" housing): Up to four boards can be installed in HiPath
3500/3550 and up to two in HiPath 3300/3350. Both boards can process up to 16 IP channels for voice connections with a single PDM1 expansion module.
4-24
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
The IP networked systems and the HG 1500 V3.0 boards are administered with two different
tools:
●
HiPath 3000 Manager E: Extending the existing HiPath 3000 customer database to include
information for IP networking.
●
HG 1500 V3.0 WBM: Performing HG 1500 V3.0 board settings.
>
4.5.4.1
The IP address used for IP networking is always that of the first LAN interface. If IP
networking is routed via another interface, such as LAN2, use IP routing entries to
ensure that the LAN1 interface can be reached.
General Parameters for Voice over IP
Before configuring system clients and H.323 clients, you must configure the valid parameters
for both variants in HiPath 3000 Manager E:
●
Echo:
You can define here how to compensate for the echoes that occur in connections to conventional telephones via the voice gateway.
●
Traffic statistics:
This is where you define whether to record traffic statistics which can then be queried via
SNMP.
●
Encoding:
This parameter is used to select which voice coding will be implemented.
4.5.4.2
Voice Coding
HiPath 3000/5000 supports voice compression according to the G.729 and G723.1 standards.
G.723.1 facilitates the use of teleworking via ISDN for example, and reduces the load on the
existing data network. G.723.1 reduces the VoIP bandwidth requirement for voice communication. This enables a bidirectional voice connection via an ISDN B channel. This, in turn, facilitates the connection of teleworkstations or branch offices to the company network via a 64 KB
connection. However, it is not advisable to operate other applications (such as Application
Sharing, File Transfer) in addition to a bidirectional VoIP connection simultaneously via 64 Kbps
since this generally leads to a deterioration in voice quality. It is recommended that both B channels of an S0 connection are used for this purpose.
The HG 1500 V3.0 supports codecs for compression and decompression of voice signals in accordance with industry standards G.711 A-law, G.711 µ-law, G.723, G.729A and G.729AB. The
codecs can be arranged according to their priority. The gateway automatically attempts to use
a codec with the highest possible priority for each connection.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-25
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
The HG 1500 V3.0 supports the following codecs:
●
G.711 (A-law and µ-law) voice coding – an ITU (International Telecommunication Union)
standard for voice coding at 56 or 64 Kbps
●
G.723.1 voice compression – an ITU standard for voice coding at 5.3 or 6.4 Kbps
●
G.729A and G.729AB voice compression – an ITU standard for voice coding at 8 Kbps
4.5.4.3
DTMF Handling
DTMF (Dual-Tone Multifrequency) is the type of audio signal used for tone dialing in accordance with ITU-T standard Q.24. It can be used for call setup and for signaling during a call.
HG 1500 V3.0 supports the detection and processing of DTMF (Dual Tone Multi Frequency)
signals in accordance with Q.24 regarding signaling for VoIP calls. In particular, it supports the
following functions:
●
Detection of DTMF signals
●
Conversion of DTMF signals into user input signals in accordance with H.245
●
Generation of DTMF signals for PSTN
●
Speech protection using Bellcore test tapes
●
Sending and receiving DTMF signals via VCAPI
4.5.4.4
Voice Quality
Various HG 1500 V3.0 functions ensure optimum voice quality during VoIP connections. Further details are described below.
Quality of Service (QoS)
QoS enables voice packets to be given higher priority than other packets in the IP network so
that voice quality is influenced as little as possible by other data traffic.
To ensure the best possible quality especially for voice connections, the HG 1500 V3.0 supports various QoS protocols:
●
IEEE802.1p tags (layer 2)
●
Type of Service (ToS) prioritization (RFC 791, layer 3)
●
Differentiated Services (DiffServ; RFC 2474, layer 3)
The gateway observes these standards for routed packets and makes them available for applications on the gateway, such as VCAPI.
4-26
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
Echo suppression
HG 1500 V3.0 supports echo suppression in accordance with G.168 to ensure acceptable
voice quality in the WAN. Echo suppression is effective for round trip delays of up to 48 ms.
Dynamic jitter buffer
The dynamic jitter buffer eliminates the distortion caused by fluctuations in the arrival of voice
and video packets. Individual packet delays can be a result of network overload or internal processing within the LAN endpoints.
The HG 1500 V3.0 jitter buffer can be configured for the connection requirements of a specific
network.
Voice Activity Detection
VAD (Voice Activity Detection) checks all incoming signals for voice signals. If a signal exceeds
a preset level, the VAD recognizes it as voice and anything under that level as silence.
The HG 1500 V3.0 provides VAD and silence suppression for all supported codecs. When no
voice signal is detected, a background noise is inserted at each end of the line to emulate traditional telephone line conditions.
4.5.4.5
Environmental Requirements for VoIP
To ensure voice transfer quality and avoid unacceptable delays, the networks being used must
meet certain requirements.
Environmental Requirements in the LAN
LANs used for VoIP must meet the following specifications:
●
At least 256 Kbps transmission capacity per networked unit
●
Not more than 50 msec delay in one direction (One Way Delay) Not more than 150 msec
total delay
●
Not more than 1% packet loss
●
QoS support – IEEE 802.1p, DiffServ (RFC 2474) or ToS (RFC 791)
●
Every HG 1500 V3.0 must be connected via a switch or a dedicated port of a router.
●
It is recommended that the VoIP application be connected via a separate VLAN to reduce
collisions with other transmissions. If all involved devices support VLAN (in accordance
with IEEE 802.1q), all VoIP traffic can be placed in a separate VLAN. For administration
access in this case, LAN switches must provide individual computers with access to multiple VLAN segments.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-27
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
●
Not more than 20% of the available bandwidth should be used.
●
Not more than 10% of the total data traffic should be broadcast packets.
●
The error rate should not amount to more than 1% of data traffic and should not tend to
increase.
Environmental Requirements in the WAN
LANs that are linked over WANs and share the same VoIP functionality must meet the following
minimum requirements:
●
Each LAN must each be connected to the Internet via xDSL with a fixed IP address.
●
QoS support – IEEE 802.1p, DiffServ (RFC 2474) or ToS (RFC 791) – over the entire connection
●
The bandwidth required for the calls must always be available in both directions, to the network and to the user.
●
Not more than 50 msec delay in one direction (One Way Delay) Not more than 150 msec
total delay
●
Not more than 3% packet loss
●
Not more than 3% error rate
●
Not more than 10% jitter
●
As little broadcast and multicast traffic in the network as possible. If necessary this can be
achieved by structuring the network – using VPN, for instance – with Layer 3 switches and
routers, or with Layer 2 switches that recognize multicasting.
●
Not more than 40% network load (without VoIP traffic)
●
Less than 40 broadcast packets per second if possible
4-28
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
Environmental requirements for fax/modem over G.711
Fax/modem over G.711 can be enabled if the IP network satisfies the following requirements:
Value
Time
Jitter
<= 20 msec
Delay (one way)
<= 50 msec
Delay (round trip)
<= 100 msec
Packet drop
<= 0.05%
Table 4-14
Prerequisites for Modem over G.711
If the above values are not observed in the IP network, the fax or modem transmission may be
interrupted.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-29
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.5
For internal use only
Fax over IP with HG 1500 V3.0
Fax over IP guarantees the compatibility of traditional analog fax devices in IP telephony networks. The following scenarios must be taken into account when using the real-time communication system HiPath 3000 with the HG 1500 V3.0 board.
For Fax over IP the IP network must meet certain quality criteria that are determined in the network analysis as otherwise interruptions can occur in the fax transmission. Otherwise the connection and marketing of separate trunk lines should be provided for each node.
In general, an IP trunking network is when two or more HiPath 3000 systems are networked to
each other over the integrated HG 1500 V3.0 board. The HG 1500 V3.0 board supports two
functions for transferring the fax information.
●
Fax over G.711 (end-to-end connection)
The advantage of E.711 is that (unlike T.38) high speed faxes (in other words faxes with a
transmission rate > 14400 bps) can also use this higher transmission rate on a good network, while high speed faxes must be slowed down to a speed of 14400 bps when T.38 is
used.
●
T.38
T.38 is an ITU standard that describes how two fax machines communicate over IP. This
standard refers to a real-time transmission of fax documents because the formats for transmitting the signalling and user data between two gateways are described here.
The image data (T.4 or T.6 format) and control messages (T.30 format) are packed in special T.38 messages and sent via the IP network. The packets are either used with TCP
(Transmission Control Protocol) or UDP (User Datagram Protocol).
>
At present HG 1500 V3.0 only permits transmission with UDP and not with TCP.
The advantage of D.38 is that it is more resistant to
packet loss and jitter in less than perfect network conditions.
The functions were tested on the following devices:
–
Siemens HF2323
–
Siemens Fax 790
–
Canon Fax B155,
–
Hewlett-Packard OfficeJet Model 635,
–
OKI OKIFAX 4580,
–
OKI OKIFAX 4550,
4-30
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
–
Samsung SF-350,
–
Philips magic 2 primo
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
UDP
This protocol is an non-secure connection. IP packets are sent without knowing whether
they are received. Thus, this procedure has a number of disadvantages. If you are not sure
that the information has been received, then greater effort is required to secure this information.
Security mechanisms
●
FEC procedure (Forward Error Correction)
In this procedure, every "mandatory message" is given a number of previously compressed packets. The number of FEC packets sent with the message is indicated in a
supplementary field that can change at any time. To enable the remote station better
to identify the packet sequence, each "mandatory message" is given a "sequence
number".
●
Redundancy procedure
In this procedure, additional IFP pages are sent with a "mandatory message". The
number of "redundancy messages" is defined in advance and cannot change during
transmission. The "mandatory message" is given a "sequence number" to enable the
packets to be identified clearly.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-31
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.6
For internal use only
Fax over VCAPI
In the case of Fax over VCAPI, virtual fax devices are connected to a LAN and the HG 1500
V3.0s replace the S0 cards in the customer PCs. These virtual stations are installed at a PC
and exchange their fax information over a separate specially developed interface. The CAPI
protocol was used as a basis to provide the same functionality as a PC card. This information
is then processed in the HG 1500 V3.0, packetized into T.30 messages and converted by a special component (DSP) into 3.1 kHz audio PCM signals.
VCAPI Connections
The virtual fax device is installed as a software application in a PC. A special driver is used for
connection to the HG 1500 V3.0. Starting up the application activates the PC and the HG 1500
V3.0 board and enables the fax functionality.
The only restriction that applies concerns the number of VCapi PCs that can send faxes simultaneously. Voice coding;G.711;G.723.1;G.729
4-32
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
4.5.7
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
Modem via IP
As for the encapsulation of voice transmission on IP routes, the HG 1500 V3.0 can also route
analog data between modems over an IP connection.
This function enables connections to be made between traditional analog modems in IP networks. The HG 1500 board different functions for transferring the information:
Modem over G.711 Voice Codec (recommended)
Like faxes, modems can be used to switch a transparent connection over two networked systems with the G.711 voice codec.
Special limits in terms of delay, jitter, and packet loss network parameters must be taken into
account for the IP network. This function does not support compressed transmission (G.723).
The transport and security protocols that can be used depend on the modems in operation and
not on the HG 1500
V.90 Standard
The V.90 Standard (56K) is supported in the "modem over G.711" procedure. Please note,
however, that an approximate speed of 56 Kbps is only reached in the downstream direction
Bit Rate Adaptation V.110
The HG 1500 supports V.110 bit rate adaptation to guarantee remote access with GSM terminals using asynchronous PPP. However, this only supports the conversion of GSM-specific
data transmission speed of 9600 bps into the ISDN bit stream of 64 Kbps.
4.5.8
HiPath Feature Access (HFA)
HiPath Feature Access (HFA) provides telephones connected via IP (such as optiPoint 400)
and compatible telephony software (such as optiClient 130) with all the functions that can also
be used by optiPoint telephones in SCN. For this purpose, CorNet TS protocol – with which the
terminals are addressed – is tunneled over IP.
In connection with a HG 1500 V3.0, IP telephones are then equivalent to the classic optiPoint
telephones on a HiPath system.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-33
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.9
For internal use only
Internet Gateway
The HG 1500 V3.0 can function in a variety of ways as an Internet gateway for clients in the
LAN or for dialed-up devices.
Figure 4-3
HG 1500 V3.0 as Internet Gateway (xDSL)
The second Ethernet interface enables connection of an xDSL modem which the HG 1500
V3.0 addresses via PPPoE. Any client connected to the HG 1500 over IP can use an Internet
connection via this modem. Multiple clients can utilize the Internet connection simultaneously
thanks to NAT support (see Section 4.5.9.2, "Network Address Translation (NAT)").
Clients that are connected to the HG 1500 V3.0 via a PSTN dial-in connection (RAS functionality) can also utilize the Internet connection. If appropriately configured, these users can also
access servers in the LAN.
4-34
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
Figure 4-4
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
HG 1500 V3.0 as Internet Gateway (ISDN)
The HG 1500 V3.0 can also set up a PPP connection to an ISP via one or more B channels.
This connection, too, can be used simultaneously by multiple clients in the IP network.
4.5.9.1
PPP, PPPoE and PPTP
The HG 1500 V3.0 supports PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol) for both incoming and outgoing SCN
connections. PPPoE (PPP over Ethernet) and PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol) are
supported for devices on the second LAN interface (typically an xDSL modem).
Connections from the LAN to the SCN are set up on the basis of the IP address addressed by
the LAN. The IP address is converted to a station number (this requires appropriate configuration of the routing and dial tables). A prerequisite is that the remote station has a static IP address.
After the connection has been set up, the HG 1500 V3.0 can accept a dynamic IP address.
Packets for terminals in a local IP network are converted with NAT (see Section 4.5.9.2, "Network Address Translation (NAT)").
There are various security and authentication mechanisms for PPP connections. Further details can be found in Section 4.5.9.3, "Access Protection".
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-35
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.9.2
For internal use only
Network Address Translation (NAT)
Network Address Translation (NAT) is the conversion of IP addresses in the LAN for the Internet. HG 1500 V3.0 provides NAT for Internet connections via a second Ethernet interface as
well as for PPP connections via B channels.
As far as the Internet is concerned, the entire LAN appears to be a single IP address and can
therefore use a common dial-up connection to an ISP, for example. Additionally, direct IP attacks from the Internet on terminals in the LAN are not possible.
NAT can be enabled and disabled in the HG 1500 V3.0. Certain services – such as VoIP or video telephony – embed subscribers’ IP addresses in their data packets, however, instead of just
noting them in the packet headers. They are only compatible with NAT within a VPN.
4.5.9.3
Access Protection
A variety of security functions are available to prevent unauthorized usage:
Checking Caller Numbers
Connections from the PSTN can be checked against a list of known users using the caller number. Users whose connections do not transmit a caller number (for example analog telephones)
can call an MSN that is set up especially for them.
Callback
All users can be configured so that they can be called back. Thus, PPP connections are only
possible from a predefined connection.
User Account and Password
After setting up a connection, the user account and password can be checked using PAP (Password Authentication Protocol), CHAP (Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol) or MSCHAP (Microsoft Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol.
HG 1500 V3.0 also supports these protocols as a client when dialing in to a RAS server (for
example with an ISP).
IP Address Filter for Communication with the LAN
IP address filters can be defined to prevent attacks on devices in the LAN, both from insecure
(external) networks and from within the LAN. When IP filtering is activated, access is only possible from address ranges that have explicit permission, and this access is only possible to
specified addresses. Optionally, access can be further limited to a specific protocol port.
4-36
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
MAC Address Filters for Using the Gateway from within the LAN
MAC address filters can limit access to the router from devices within the LAN. When MAC filtering is activated, only devices within the LAN whose IP and MAC addresses have explicit permission to do so may set up a connection via the HG 1500 V3.0. (This function cannot be defined with dynamic IP address allocation in the LAN via BootP or DHCP).
Access Protection for Administrative Access
General administrative access and access to accounting data can each be separately limited
to specific IP addresses, regardless of any other IP filters.
4.5.9.4
Multilink
The HG 1500 V3.0 can set up static or dynamic PPP connections with a remote station via several B channels simultaneously.
A static multilink uses the same number of B channels for the duration of the connection. A dynamic multilink adds or removes channels depending on current channel load. These parameters can be configured.
4.5.9.5
Short-hold
After a preconfigured time period with no data transfer over a PPP connection, the HG 1500
V3.0 can clear down the connection automatically.
4.5.9.6
IP Control Protocol (IPCP)
The HG 1500 V3.0 supports the IP Control Protocol (IPCP) for dynamic handling of IP addresses during connection setup.
4.5.9.7
Compression of IP Headers
Significant protocol overhead can develop, especially during voice data transmission where
user data in a packet is typically short. To improve the situations, the HG 1500 V3.0 supports
the compression of IP headers according to RFC 2507 and RFC 2508. The compression is negotiated during the configuration of the connection with the receiver in accordance with
RFC 1332 and RFC 2509.
4.5.9.8
Data Compression
User data in a PPP connection can be compressed with the STAC or the MPPC algorithm. The
compression for each channel is negotiated separately with the remote station.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-37
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
>
4.5.9.9
For internal use only
For poor connections, we recommend using the MPPC algorithm, which is very useful for resynchronization.
Further information on both algorithms can be found in RFC 1974 (STAC) or RFC
2118 (MPPC)
IP Accounting
HG 1500 V3.0 saves information about transferred data for the purposes of IP connection accounting.
Accounting data is saved for:
●
PPP connections via SCN
●
DSL connections
●
Routing via the LAN2 Ethernet interface
The following information is saved:
●
Data volume (sent and received)
●
IP addresses (sender and recipient)
●
Port number of the recipient
●
TCP or UDP protocol ID
●
Time (start of transfer and last activity)
●
For PPP connections: Address and station number of PPP peer
Reading the Accounting Data
The Accounting Server (ACC) saves the data in the gateway. This data can be read out by the
IP Accounting Client – an application on a PC – by means of a TCP connection, and then processed - for billing, for example. The IP accounting
client is a supplementary product; instructions for its use are described in the accompanying
documentation.
The IP Accounting Client must be connected to the gateway via a permanent IP connection.
To ensure data protection, a user name and password must be entered before the read-out. It
addition, it is also possible to specify that reading is only
possible from certain IP addresses.
IP Accounting must be activated and the connection parameters set for the IP Accounting Client before it can be used. Both configurations are described in the HG 1500 V3.0 Configuration
Manual.
4-38
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
4.5.9.10
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
VCAPI
PC software usually accesses ISDN lines via CAPI
(Common ISDN Application Interface). CAPI requires an ISDN adapter be directly connected
to the relevant computer.
CAPI access is possible via local networks using VCAPI (Virtual CAPI). VCAPI functions according to the client/server principle: Client software is installed on the PC as a DLL and forwards all CAPI requests transparently to the server, which is a process on the HG 1500 V3.0.
This way, all PCs connected via a LAN to the gateway can transparently utilize all the CAPIenabled software (e.g. CAPI-enabled software for Fax Group 3) in order to access the HG 1500
V3.0 ISDN connections, and do not need additional hardware.
Incoming connections can be forwarded directly to a PC’s VCAPI client using up to 100 call
numbers reserved for this purpose. Each station number is assigned to an IP address. To the
CAPI software on that PC, these incoming calls appear to be calls on a physical local ISDN
adapter.
The HG 1500 V3.0 VCAPI implementation supports CAPI 2.0.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-39
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.9.11
For internal use only
Enhanced B Channels (HXGM3 with 2 × PDM1)
When the "Enhanced B Channels" feature is enabled in WBM, the board supports up to 32 B
channels instead of the usual 16. Up to two PDM1 modules must be connected for this. The
feature is supported in HiPath 3000 V3.0/V4.0 and HG 1500 V3.0 SMR4 or later.
Possible scenarios when using 32 B channels:
●
networking two or more systems with IP trunking,
●
mixed configuration with IP trunking and HFA clients,
●
straightforward HFA scenario.
Restrictions when operating with 32 B channels per board:
●
No VPN and no firewall functions are possible (when enabling the "Enhanced B Channels"
feature in WBM, the VPN and firewall functionalities are automatically disabled). All other
features (for example VCAPI) can be used after the "Enhanced B Channels" feature has
been enabled.
●
Channel bundling only up to a maximum of 16 B channels to the system for static and dynamic data-PPP-multilink connections (up to one B channel group with 16 B channels is
permitted),
●
Channel bundling only up to a maximum of 8 B channels to the system for static and dynamic Voice-over-PPP-multilink connections (up to one B channel group with 8 B channels
is permitted),
4-40
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
4.5.10
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
Virtual Private Networks (VPN)
Virtual Private Networks (VPN) connect individual computers and local networks via the Internet to form a closed virtual network. Communication in a VPN is tunneled through the Internet
(encapsulated) and is protected from tapping and access by third parties such as Internet users
and providers that are not a part of the VPN. A VPN enables an intranet to be extended beyond
the LAN, for example to home workstations or branch offices, without requiring a dedicated line.
Figure 4-5
VPN – Configuration Example
A VPN provides the following key functions:
●
The tunnel endpoints (gateway or teleworker PC) are reliably identified.
●
Exchanged data is protected from tapping during transmission.
●
Exchanged data is protected from being modified during transmission.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-41
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
A VPN therefore guarantees that data actually comes from where it appears to have come from.
that they are transferred from there unaltered; and that they are not made known to a third party
on the way.
The HG 1500 V3.0 provides this function based on IPsec – a secure implementation of the IP
protocol on level 3. This ensures that the VPN is transparent to applications as well as hardware.
The VPN security functions are available for LAN connections (for example LAN B and LAN C
in Figure 4-5). In this case, they are completely transparent to the computers participating in
the LANs. They can also be used for connecting individual computers (teleworkers), for example, teleworker A in LAN B in Figure 4-5). in this case, the VPN client software installed on the
teleworker PC must be compatible with the VPN functions of HG 1500 V3.0.
A VPN (Virtual Private Network) is a network where communication is protected as far as humanly possible against tapping, clandestine modification and the misrepresentation of fake tunnel endpoints.
The required protocols are available in the HG 1500 V3.0. Before a VPN can be created, however, the gateway itself, and especially its administration, must be made secure against attacks.
4.5.10.1
Secure Mode
Unless special measures are taken, HG 1500 V3.0 operates in non-secure mode. This means,
among other things, that administration access is not encrypted during transmission over the
network.
The gateway recognizes the following security modes:
●
Factory mode: has no configuration data.
●
Insecure mode: gateway is configured, SSL and VPN are disabled. Insecure data transmission is possible.
●
Activation of SSL: intermediate status between introduction of secure mode and configuration of SSL. Access is only possible via CLI at the V.24 interface; no data transmission is
allowed.
●
Secure administration: SSL is enabled. Access via CLI at the V.24 interface and WBM (via
HTTPS) are possible. User data is transferred in insecure mode, and configuration data
and software images are transferred in secure mode.
●
Secure mode: SSL and VPN are active and configured. Access via CLI at the V.24 interface
and WBM (via HTTPS) are possible. Secure and insecure data transmission are possible
according to the security policy configured.
4-42
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
Since a gateway in insecure mode would represent a weak point in the VPN, it must be placed
in secure mode before the VPN can be configured. This requires a certain degree of effort to
prevent any hackers from getting into the system during this phase of the process and undermining the subsequent steps taken.
The following steps must be taken for the gateway to be in secure mode:
1.
Connect a terminal (or a PC with a terminal emulation program) to the V.24 interface of the
gateway.
2.
Restart the gateway with the CLI command reset secure. When this is done, all user
settings are lost and all user data transmissions are interrupted until the gateway is reconfigured.
At this point, the gateway is in "activation of SSL" mode. In this mode it can only be configured using CLI at the V.24 interface – WBM, Telnet, HiPath 3000 Manager E and SNMP
are disabled.
3.
The gateway must be set up for SSL mode. First, the CLI command create SSL certificate must be used to generate a server certificate with which the gateway can identify itself to SSL clients. After that, SSL can be activated with the enable ssl command.
At this point, the gateway is in "secure administration" mode and can only be configured
using CLI at the V.24 interface or WBM via HTTPS – Telnet, HiPath 3000 Manager E and
SNMP are disabled.
4.
Start the browser for access to WBM and enter the gateway address with the protocol "https://" (you can enter the port number "443" after the gateway address). The browser displays the previously configured server certificate which must be manually checked and approved. It can now also be installed in the browser to avoid future requests for it.
Use WBM to set up the VPN as described in the following section.
4.5.10.2
Security Policy
The security policy determines the procedure for IP packets. The following actions are possible:
●
rejecting
●
forwarding (normal routing without VPN functionality)
●
tunneling (forwarding over the VPN)
The handling of IP packets can be specified in the HG 1500 V3.0 according to IP address, port
number and protocol (TCP or UDP). For tunneled packets, you must determine:
●
which algorithms for encryption and authentication are permissible on the connection,
●
the period of validity for the security association.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-43
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.10.3
For internal use only
Security Associations
A Security Association (SA) combines an encryption algorithm and its parameters with a session key and the key’s period of validity This ensures the security of a VPN connection session.
VPN connections with the HG 1500 V3.0 always require three SAs: one for initial mutual verification of identity and exchange of keys, and one for each direction of the connection once it is
set up. The SAs are negotiated using the IKE (Internet Key Exchange) in accordance with
RFC2409. The required keys are exchanged with the Diffie-Hellman algorithm using Oakley
Group 2 or 5. Hash procedures available are SHA-1 and MD5.
>
HG 1500 V3.0 also supports key exchange using the Oakley Group 1. However, this
is cryptographically weaker than the other supported groups 2 and 5 so we would
therefore advise against using it.
Both the main mode and the aggressive mode are supported for negotiating the IKE security
association. HG 1500 uses main mode if the peer also offers main mode. Teleworkers who use
pre-shared keys must configure aggressive mode.
The period of validity for negotiated security associations can be limited by time or transmitted
data volumes.
4.5.10.4
Tunnel
HG 1500 V3.0 supports up to 256 tunnels per board.
A tunnel is a secure VPN connection to another VPN gateway or a VPN client. The HG 1500
V3.0 establishes tunnels on level 3 based on IPsec.
Tunnel Configuration
For a tunnel to be set up, each terminal must be authenticated by the device at the other side.
Otherwise an LDAP server is used. The HG 1500 V3.0 supports procedures that use public
keys as well as procedures based on shared secrets – similar to passwords.
For authentication using public keys, the HG 1500 V3.0 can have CA (Certificate Authority) authentication certificates assigned to it manually. However, it can also obtain CRLs (Certificate
Revocation Lists) automatically from an LDAP server.
The HG 1500 V3.0 supports X.509 certificates for authentication of VPN subscribers. The
HG 1500 V3.0 supports DSA and RSA as public key algorithms.
HG 1500 V3.0 as Certification Authority CA
As long as no other CA is available, the HG 1500 V3.0 can, to a certain degree, act as a CA. It
can generate pairs of public and private keys, issue and sign relevant certificates, and save
keys and their corresponding certificates to files.
4-44
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
There is, however, no option to automatically transfer such certificates to clients; every such
transfer must be manually performed – with disks, for example.
Any subsequent certificate management, such as monitoring the period of validity or allocating
certificates to client data, must also be done manually.
The HG 1500 V3.0 can create CRLs (Certificate Revocation Lists) of certificates that are considered insecure and therefore are declared invalid before the end of the normal period of validity. These lists must be distributed manually.
HG 1500 V3.0 can work with certificates from external CAs. However, they can also issue certificates which can be used by other tunnel endpoints to authenticate themselves in a VPN. This
function is called "Lightweight CA" and requires a separate license.
4.5.10.5
Data Security
The HG 1500 V3.0 supports ESP to protect utility data during transmission over the VPN.
DES, Triple DES (3DES) and AES are available as encryption algorithms.
HMAC-SHA1 and HMAC-MD5 are supported as MAC algorithms (MAC – Message Authentication Code).
The HG 1500 V3.0 supports X.509 certificates as well as DSA and RSA, two public key algorithms, and pre-shared keys for authenticating VPN subscribers.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-45
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.11
For internal use only
System Client and H.323 Client
System Client
You can configure clients such as optiPoint 400 or optiClient 130 V4.0 with payload switching
capability. While calls are signaled via HiPath 3000, voice transfer between two payload switching clients occurs directly via the LAN. Using this procedure saves DSP resources. The transfer
can occur via HG 1500 V3.0 and across all nodes provided the required conditions are met by
all the stations involved.
H.323 Client
A H.323 client on the network PC provides you with voice services that can also be used over
the Internet (prerequisite: fixed IP addresses for all subscribers and the HG 1500 V3.0). No
HiPath 3000 features are supported.
4-46
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
4.5.12
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
Bandwidth Management
Bandwidth management controls the bandwidth for Voice over IP between two nodes with
HG 1500 V3.0 which are routed via ISDN (not usually required for LAN connections).
Five simultaneous calls can be made via one B channel if the audio codec is set to "G.723".
However, the standard packetizing setting must be increased from 1 to 3. An additional B channel is automatically set up from the sixth call onwards (prerequisite: two or more channels are
entered for the ISDN partner). RTP compression is determined automatically and it cannot be
configured.
If data is transferred to a routed ISDN channel at the same time as Voice over IP, the "MTU Size
Fragmentation" of the relevant ISDN partner must be activated.
The compression of IP headers can be activated and the "PPP Default Header" can be deactivated to save additional bytes.
The value for packetizing should be set to three when Voice over IP and data transfer are performed simultaneously.
>
4.5.13
The entire bandwidth can be split between voice and data or reserved.
Displaying, Adding and Configuring PKI Servers
If you want to create a PKI (Public Key Infrastructure), you must configure suitable PKI servers
in HG 1500 V3.0. PKI server data includes the server’s name and IP address and the server
type (LDAP).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-47
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.14
For internal use only
Telematics Using the VCAPI Client
Principle of Virtual CAPI (VCAPI)
Today all users can access an ISDN card integrated in a network PC or server by installing a
"virtual CAPI interface" (VCAPI) in their PCs to emulate the existence of a local ISDN card.
With respect to PC applications, the virtual CAPI interface behaves for the most part like a CAPI
interface supplied with an ISDN card. The difference is that the virtual CAPI does not forward
the functions activated by the application directly to the card, but rather converts them into a
data packet and outputs them to the LAN (client/server principle).
A virtual ISDN card is provided by HiPath 3300/3350 or HiPath 3500/3550 or HiPath 3700/3750
to save one or more ISDN cards. A virtual CAPI interface with the previously described functionality is installed on all network PCs (CAPI client). The messages sent by the PCs via the
virtual CAPI are evaluated on HG 1500 V3.0 (CAPI server). This information is subsequently
used to set up one or more B channel connections for the required service and to process the
selected protocol.
A number of DID numbers (max. 100) must be made available to HG 1500 V3.0 for incoming
calls. Each of these call numbers must be mapped to a network address to allow an incoming
call to be switched specifically to one of the virtual CAPI interfaces. The virtual CAPI reconverts
the Ethernet packet into the appropriate CAPI messages.
4.5.14.1
VCAPI and Smartset
Smartset is an optional CTI client which provides your PC with features such as associated dialing from a telephone directory, caller identification using the telephone directory, answer
groups and a caller list. Documents can also be opened automatically for incoming ISDN calls.
Smartset exchanges data with your Windows applications using DDE functions.
HiPath 3300/3350, HiPath 3500/3550
or HiPath 3700/3750
1
3
4
5
72
8
9
06
↵←
↑→
↓
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
1
42
53
6
7
8
9
0
↵←
→
↑↓
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
PC
ISDN
LAN
HG 1500 V3.0 VCAPI
server
Figure 4-6
4-48
PC with VCAPI, dialing from PC via HG 1500
V3.0 with Smartset (associated dialing). Incoming call signaling via answer group from terminal
VCAPI and Smartset
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
4.5.15
VCAPI and TAPI
HiPath 3300/3350, HiPath 3500/3550
or HiPath 3700/3750
1
42
53
6
7
8
9
0
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
→
↵←
↑↓
1
3
4
5
72
86
9
0
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
↵←
↑→
↓
PC
ISDN
LAN
HG 1500 V3.0 VCAPI
server
Figure 4-7
PC with VCAPI, dialing from PC via HG 1500 V3.0 with
TAPI (TAPI for associated dialing or TAPI 120). Incoming call signaling via answer group from terminal
VCAPI and TAPI
TAPI clients
Automatic dialing can also be implemented using the VCAPI-based TAPI and an application
that supports TAPI. An example of this would be dialing one of the station numbers saved under
"Contacts" in Microsoft Outlook.
Note that in Outlook, call numbers must be specified in international format, for example.
+49(2302)999420.
TAPI for associated dialing
Associated dialing must be enabled in HiPath 3000 if TAPI functionality is to be used.
The answer group feature must be configured for the TAPI station telephone.
TAPI 120
TAPI 120 enables up to six users to use HiPath 3000 telephony services directly via CSTA.
TAPI 120 has more features than TAPI for associated dialing. For example, it allows a TAPI subscriber to hang up.
TAPI 120 is enabled via VCAPI and IP and is limited to six clients. A CMD (CSTA Message Dispatcher) is required to be able to use more than six TAPI 120s.
In the first case, CSTA is tunneled in the CAPI protocol.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-49
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.15.1
For internal use only
VCAPI and Fax
You can send and receive faxes via the HG 1500 V3.0 VCAPI. To do this, you need an optional
CAPI-based fax software.
Fax machine
HiPath 3300/3350, HiPath 3500/3550
or HiPath 3700/3750
18
26
3
4
5
7
09
↵←
→
↑↓
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
PC
ISDN
LAN
HG 1500 V3.0 with fax
module
Figure 4-8
PC with VCAPI and fax software.
Sending and receiving or
fax activation up to 14,400 baud
VCAPI and Fax
Fax services with HG 1500 V3.0
●
Each PC has a separate fax DID number
●
Group 3 fax machines send and receive at a speed of 14,400 bauds
●
Fax activation in receive direction
●
Fax forwarding possible on no answer and busy to analog fax (for example if a PC is
switched off)
●
No B channel reservation (the channel can be used by other applications when no fax is
being sent or received).
●
Depending on the system type and the number of boards, up to nine simultaneous faxes
are possible.
>
4-50
If you want to use CTI and fax functions simultaneously at your client PC, an individual station number should be allocated for each service. Otherwise problems could
arise during call pickup.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
4.5.15.2
VCAPI and File Transfer
File transfer enables direct data exchange with your ISDN peer. This is possible using any software with the Euro File Transfer standard, or using the same proprietary software on both sides.
PC with ISDN card and
File transfer software
1
2
3
4
75
86
9
0
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
HiPath 3300/3350, HiPath 3500/3550
or HiPath 3700/3750
↵←
↑→
↓
1
2
3
4
75
86
9
0
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
S0
PC
→
↵←
↑↓
ISDN
LAN
HG 1500 V3.0 VCAPI server
Figure 4-9
4.5.15.3
PC with VCAPI, data transfer with file transfer
VCAPI and File Transfer
VCAPI and Internet
Internet access via VCAPI is only necessary if your service provider’s access software requires
the CAPI interface.
Service provider
ISDN
HiPath 3300/3350,
HiPath 3500/3550
or HiPath 3700/3750
Internet
1
4
5
6
72
83
9
0
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
↵←
↑→
↓
HG 1500 V3.0
LAN
PC with VCAPI and Internet access software
Figure 4-10
VCAPI and Internet
Internet access is also possible via routing.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-51
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
4.5.16
For internal use only
Routing
LAN-LAN and teleworking
LAN-LAN connections, that is WAN connections, can be set up with HG 1500 V3.0 to other
HG 1500 V3.0 and HiPath 3000 LAN-Bridge 1.x and other routers. Routing also enables access to Internet providers.
The IP Accounting feature describes the option of allocating Internet access costs on the basis
of their origin according to the transferred quantity of data and the various tariff models stored
in the application.
HG 1500 V3.0 performs channel bundling: In the first case, CSTA is tunneled in the CAPI protocol.HiPath 3300/3350 offers a maximum of eight B channels at the CO.
IP is supported as the transport protocol.
In the case of HG 1500 V3.0 with two LAN interfaces, routing is also possible between the two
LAN interfaces.
Features
●
PPP connections (LAN-LAN connection and teleworking)
●
PPP multilink connections (channel bundling)
Firewall mechanisms
●
Verification of MAC or IP addresses
●
TCP, UDP and ICMP port firewall
●
Access control using ISDN call numbers
●
Automatic callback
●
PAP (Password Authentication Protocol)
●
CHAP (Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol).
A teleworking station requires an ISDN card with remote access software (for example Dial-Up
Networking). A network connection to HG 1500 V3.0 is established via the ISDN card.
Access to the local networks can be established via the following connections:
●
Analog V.34 (max. 33,600 bps)
●
Analog V.90
●
ISDN DSS1
●
GSM V.110
4-52
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
●
V.90 (max. 56,000 bps)
Routing with HG 1500 V3.0
HiPath 3300/3350, HiPath 3500/3550
or HiPath 3700/3750
1
3
42
5
6
7
8
09
↵←
↑→
↓
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
Third-party router
LAN
LAN
ISDN
HiPath 3300/3350, HiPath 3500/3550
Database
or HiPath 3700/3750
Teleworking PC
1
23
40
5
6
7
8
9
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
↵←
↑→
↓
Channel bundling with PPP
multilink even to third-party
routers or
HiPath 4000 WAML board
HiPath LAN-Bridge 1.x
Figure 4-11
4.5.17
LAN
Routing with HG 1500 V3.0
Call Charge Allocation and Callback
If HG 1500 V3.0 establishes an ISDN trunk call, the charges incurred are allocated to the station number used. As long as this physical connection exists, data can be transferred in both
directions. If a connection exists between HG 1500 V3.0 A and HG 1500 V3.0 B via the trunk,
all HG 1500 V3.0 A and B devices connected to the LAN can avail of the connection. In this
case, the charges are allocated to the station number of the HG 1500 V3.0 A board port which
established the connection.
As is standard with today’s routers, call charges can only be allocated to the router station number and not to specific LAN devices or applications.
Even if the physical connection is cleared down via "short hold", it is reestablished when new
messages are received. If the data from HG 1500 V3.0 is B to A, thisHG 1500 V3.0means that
B initiates the connection and therefore, the call charge allocation for B also changes.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-53
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
When the "Callback" function is activated, charges incurred by the called HG 1500 V3.0 are allocated, as this called party rejects the incoming call and actively re-establishes the connection
(callback without a connection). In other words, no B channel is set up. Identification is performed via the station number entered in Setup or, in the case of analog stations, via the DID
number entered under "ISDN peer".
>
4.5.18
In some cases (for example when short hold is deactivated), dial-up connections can
be only be initiated manually.
Internet access
One or more client PCs can directly access the Internet using a Web browser. The connection
from the LAN is set up via ISDN or DSL. In general, access is possible from all PCs. (Please
note that this is not allowed for all tariffs of every provider.)
Internet access takes place via the HG 1500 V3.0 to the Internet provider, using the IP transport protocol.
All clients use the same provider.
Features
●
Static or dynamic IP addresses
●
Routing function with NAT/SUA (Network Address Translation/Single User Access)
●
PPP multilink (channel bundling)
●
PPPoE (for DSL)
●
PPTP (for DSL)
●
PAP (Password Authentication Protocol)
●
CHAP (Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol)
4-54
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
4.5.18.1
HG 1500 V3.0 and Access to the Internet via a Network Provider
UUNET
Internet
ISDN network
1
2
3
4
75
86
9
0
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
HiPath 3300/3350,
HiPath 3500/3550
or HiPath 3700/3750
↵←
↑→
↓
HG 1500 V3.0 as router and/or router with
NAT (Network Address Translation) and channel bundling
LAN
Client with Internet browser, e-mail client
Figure 4-12
4.5.18.2
Internet Access via a Network Provider
Internet Access via T-DSL (T-ISDN DSL)
At the end of 1999, Deutsche Telekom AG launched a new product (T-ISDN DSL, also known
as T-DSL) which combines fast Internet access with enhanced T-ISDN telephony features.
(Other providers, for example, in the Netherlands, use DSL with the PPTP protocol).
T-ISDN DSL is first and foremost a normal T-Net or ISDN connection as a multi-device or system connection.
Over and above the functions of the normal T-Net or ISDN connection, the T-DSL connection
has a data interface for Internet connections with a speed of 768 Kbps downstream and 128
Kbps upstream. The use of this data interface does not seize any T-Net or ISDN channels.
Function
In contrast to T-ISDN, the NTBA is not connected directly to the main station but rather downstream of a splitter (BBAE). This device can be seen as a DSL-speed distributor between the
ISDN connection and data transmission.
The splitter has a TAE jack to which the NTBA is connected. The connection to the HiPath 3000
is set up in the conventional manner.
In addition, the splitter features a connection for the T-DSL modem (NTBBA) which provides
the interface for data transmission at T-DSL speed.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-55
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
The T-DSL modem is connected to the board via a 10BaseT interface. The PPPoE (Point to
Point Protocol over Ethernet) protocol is used for the connection.
Internet
ISDN network
main station
NTBA
Splitter
HiPath 3300/3350,
HiPath 3500/3550
or HiPath 3700/3750
T-DSL
Modem
(NTBBA)
HG 1500 V3.0 as router and/or router with
NAT (Network Address Translation)
LAN
Client with Internet browser, e-mail client
Figure 4-13
4.5.18.3
Internet Access via T-DSL
IP Address Mapping
With the expansion of the Internet, it has become common practice to use the short but globally
unique IP addresses exclusively for the Internet and to revert to private (not public) IP addresses for IP networks within companies.
Consequently, addresses from the same IP network can frequently be used in many companies.
The "IP address mapping" feature was developed to enable users to reach these addresses via
a unique routing entry despite the multiplicity of entries.
When routing to specific partners defined during configuration, HG 1500 V3.0 exchanges the
private IP addresses used in its own LAN for other IP addresses and can in return be contacted
by external users via these IP addresses.
4-56
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
4.5.19
Remote control
Teleworking with HG 1500 V3.0 and pcAnywhere
server
1
2
3
4
75
8
9
06
↵←
→
↑↓
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
ISDN
(WAN)
HiPath 3300/3350,
HiPath 3500/3550
or HiPath 3700/3750
Client PCs with pcAnywhere
1
42
53
6
7
8
9
0
↵←
↑→
↓
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI
MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
PC with remote software and
pcAnywhere
Figure 4-14
LAN
Database
Telecontrol with pcAnywhere
Symantec’s pcAnywhere software enables remote operation of a PC in the network from an external PC.
Prerequisite:
●
Windows 98/ME, Windows NT 4.0, 2000 or XP as the operating system
●
Connection setup with the IP transport protocol
●
PC is operational (if applicable, screen is dark)
4.5.19.1
Safety Mechanisms ("Security")
An access authorization for the routing function is required in order to control access via
HG 1500 V3.0 from the internal LAN to the ISDN and vice versa.
A firewall is not practical for telematic functions. Rules for these functions (for example trunk
access) and their call numbers can be saved in HiPath 3000.
The following information is intended specifically for the router (HG 1500 V3.0).
Station number verification (incoming only)
Verification of the station number of the calling station (station authentication, configurable) and
the IP address to prevent unauthorized external connections via ISDN.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-57
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
Verification of the IP address (configurable) of internal LAN subscribers.
4.5.19.2
Firewall
A firewall is a barrier which protects against unauthorized access. In this case, the internal LAN
(LAN1), for example, is to be protected against external access (such as Internet-based access
via DSL).
The objective of a firewall configuration is to allow individual, specified computers to access an
insecure network (for example Internet). At the same time, it prevents access in the reverse direction (from the Internet to these computers). The board features two different protection
mechanisms for implementing this security.
The firewall in this case is a so-called authorization firewall. In other words, as soon as the firewall is activated, only configured components can access board services. All board services
are automatically denied to unregistered LAN components.
7
WARNING: The activation and deactivation of firewall parameters may severely restrict the functionality of the board (for example LAN-based administration may not
be possible any more) or may enable access to sensitive data.
Firewall (Permit Firewall)
In the case of a permit firewall, only configured components can access board services (when
the firewall is activated). All board services are automatically denied to unregistered LAN components. The board features different protection mechanisms for implementing this security.
●
Stateful packet filtering for communication with the LAN
Stateful packet filtering analyzes and, if necessary, rejects packets based on their source
and target IP address addresses and the ports used (TCP, UDP, and ICMP port firewall).
The IP addresses can be network addresses or individual hosts.
●
Denial of Service Protection
Denial of Service Protection offers protection against a broad variety of Denial of Service
attacks (and other attacks on the network gateway) such as SYN flooding, various fragmentation attacks, TCP hijacking (various active attacks, e.g. ARP spoofing), LAND (identical source and destination IPs), Christmas Tree attacks (all TCP flags are set), etc.
4-58
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
●
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
MAC verification
MAC address filters can limit access from devices within the LAN. If MAC filtering is enabled, devices such as these can only set up connections from the LAN via HG 1500 V3.0
whose IP and MAC addresses are explicitly released for this purpose.
>
4.5.19.3
An external firewall should be used if the demands for security on the firewall are
higher (for example, if Internet and VPN traffic is being transferred to Internet gateways at the same time).
Alive Monitoring with Keep Alive
The Keep Alive Test is used for HXG3 boards located in different network nodes. This test
sends a ping signal to the other HXG3 boards and then waits for a return signal. If a return signal is not received from an HXG3 board (for example, because the IP connection is down) then
the board is considered out of service. If this happens during call setup, a message is sent to
the HiPath 3000 to set the call up again.
The connection is automatically cleared down if the connection exists already and the Keep
Alive Test fails. This is especially important for data connections to ensure that the applications
involved can react appropriately and do not stall.
4.5.20
Overview of Management Tools
The following four different tools support administrators in performing their tasks:
●
Web-Based Management (WBM) via an integrated HTTP server
Provides a step-by-step configuration and easy access to all management functions. WBM
is the primary management tool.
●
Command line (CLI) via a serial V.24 interface or Telnet
The command line is designed as the secondary management tool and provides a limited
function scope. It can be used to modify certain configuration data, update and restart the
system and to diagnose the system configuration.
Security-relevant settings (such as SSL configurations) cannot be made via Telnet.
●
SNMP-supported management via an SNMP agent
SNMP-supported management enables gateway integration in network management systems. Systems like this can manage devices from other manufacturers.
HG 1500 V3.0 supports SNMP version 1. Information such as statistics can be read and
some important data can be modified using SNMP. Traps are also supported.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-59
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
●
For internal use only
HTTP applications via a command interface
HG 1500 V3.0 configuration data can be read out and modified and commands can be executed via the HTTP port. This applies to insecure (HTTP) and secure (HTTPS) connections.
The Universal Resource Identifier (URI) in the HTTP sequence is recognized by the gateway board as an administration command. The HTTP header contains information required for authentication.
In addition to the HG 1500 V3.0 management tools, the HiPath 3000 Manager E is available.
●
HiPath 3000 Manager E
The HiPath 3000 Manager E is an independent application installed on a PC. It displays
the relevant parts of the network as a virtual HiPath system. (Some HG 1500 V3.0 settings
can be configured both with this application and HG 1500 V3.0 tools, depending on the version of the HiPath environment.)
4-60
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
4.5.20.1
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
Multi-Gateway Administration (MGA)
The configuration of a large number of gateways, in particular, can cost administrators considerable time and effort, and so can – even only minor – modifications to a configuration.
HG 1500 V3.0 therefore supports the distribution of configurations from a master gateway to
any number of slave gateways.
Prerequisites
In order to use Multi-Gateway Administration (MGA), no special hardware or software prerequisites are required on the gateways involved. However, the following conditions for configuration must be met:
●
All slave gateways must be able to be accessed by the master gateway via IP.
●
The port used for WBM must have the same number on each gateway (usually 8085) and
must be accessible from the master gateway. Therefore, access must not be blocked by a
firewall, for example.
●
All slave gateways must have a user access for MGA. All accesses must have the same
name and password. This access must have root access privileges.
●
The slave gateways must be entered on the master gateway. (The list of slave gateways
can also be imported by another master gateway, if necessary)
Using MGA
The administrator first configures the master gateway as required. He then uses a command to
transfer this configuration data to slave gateways. The administrator can specify individually to
which slave gateways the data will be transferred and also select which configuration tables will
be transferred.
4.5.21
Quality of Service in HG 1500
Quality of Service encompasses various methods for guaranteeing certain transmission properties in packet-oriented networks (IP).
It is thus important, for example, to ensure a minimum bandwidth for Voice over IP for the entire
duration of the transfer operation. If multiple applications with equal rights are operating via IP,
then the available bandwidth for the transmission path (for example an ISDN B channel, 64
Kbps) is split. In this case, a voice connection may experience packet losses which can reduce
voice quality.
HG 1500 V3.0 uses various different procedures to implement Quality of Service.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-61
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
On layer 2 (in accordance with OSI, Ethernet), you can activate an extension (IEEE 802.1p) to
the standard Ethernet format (DIX V2). This adds more information to the Ethernet header including a 3-bit data field. This field carries priority information on the data packet. For all packets
that reach the board from the LAN, both Ethernet formats (IEEE 802.1p and DIX V2) are understood; for all packets that are sent from the board to the LAN, the format can be selected via
"Basic Settings > IEEE 802.1p". You should check whether all components in the network support this format before this parameter is activated. Otherwise, it may not be possible to access
HG 1500 V3.0 from the LAN anymore.
The Ethernet header is not transported when switching to another transport medium
(for example ISDN). An IP router (like the HG 1500 V3.0’s router) can, however, use the information contained in the IP header for prioritization. Straightforward IP routers that connect two
network segments, for example, can use the IP level prioritization. In the "Type of Service" field,
either three bit (IP precedence based on RFC 791, older standard) or six bit (Differentiated Services or DiffServ, based on RFC 2474) are evaluated for the creation of various classes.
HG 1500 V3.0’s IP router provides various bandwidths for these classes, so that voice packets
can be processed first. The procedure adopted by HG 1500 V3.0 can be set under "Basic settings > QoS procedures" (Autodetect is set by default).
For the DiffServ parameter, various so-called codepoints ("Basic Settings > AF/EF Codepoints") are defined, and based on these codepoints two different procedures are used for processing the payload of different marked data flows:
The "Expedited Forwarded (EF)" procedure (based on RFC 2598) guarantees a constant
bandwidth for data in this class. If this defined value is reached, all packets that exceed this
bandwidth are rejected. A separate class is defined for EF on HG 1500 V3.0. For this class, the
bandwidth can be defined as a percentage for every ISDN peer (QoS bandwidth for EF).
The "Assured Forwarding (AF)" procedure (based on RFC 2597) guarantees a minimum bandwidth for the data of one (of many) classes. Lower priority classes share the bandwidth not used
by EF or the classes with higher priority. In addition, the speed at which packets are rejected if
the system is unable to forward them fast enough can be defined for every class by means of
the Dropping Level setting. Nothing is thus to be gained by buffering voice packages for an extended period of time (this only increases the delay). In the case of secure data transfer
(for example file transfer), on the other hand, a large buffer is advantageous as packets are otherwise sent repeatedly between the two terminals.
Four classes are reserved for AF on the HG 1500 V3.0: AF1x (high priority), AF2x, AF3x and
AF4x (low priority), where "x" stands for one of three dropping levels: low (1), medium (2) and
high (3). In the case of "low", packets are buffered over an extended period, in the case of
"high", packets are promptly rejected if they cannot be forwarded. Unmarked IP packets (ToS
field=00) are handled in the same way as the lowest priority.
If a routing partner can only work with one of the two standards (DiffServ or IP precedence,
for example an older router that only works with IP precedence), then HG 1500 V3.0 can translate the ToS field accordingly. This can be set for each ISDN partner or DSL/LAN2/PPTP inter-
4-62
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
face via "QoS Capability". When the default value is set ("identical"), nothing is translated; with
the values "DiffServ" or "IP Precedence", translation is performed on the basis of the table below, if data is not entered in the field in accordance with the standard set.
In the case of IP data traffic, the IP packets that generate HG 1500 V3.0 are split into five
groups (for example the VCAPI server, H.323 gateway). You can set which codepoint is to be
used for marking the packets for four of these groups. This is configured under "Basic Settings
> QoS priority classes":
●
Voice Payload for H.323 telephony (Voice over IP)
●
Call Signaling for connection setup in H.323
●
Data Payload, for example, for IP networking with fax or modem
●
Network Control, for example, SNMP traps
The remaining data traffic is marked "disabled", that is 00.
The following table shows the relationship between the various codepoints of DiffServ, IP precedence and the "User Priority" field in the Ethernet header.
IP header
Ethernet
header
DiffServ
Codepoint
vs.
Default (can be
changed)
Binary ToS field
(bit field) (hex)
CS7
111000
E0
AF 11
001010
28
AF 12
001100
30
AF 13
001110
38
AF 21
010010
48
AF 22
010100
50
AF 23
010110
58
AF 31
011010
68
AF 32
011100
70
AF 33
011110
78
AF 41
100010
88
Table 4-15
Drop level
high
med
IP Precedence
IEEE802.1p
Assignment
(fixed)
low
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Binary ToS field User Priority
(bit field) (hex)
(binary, bit
field)
<->
111
E0
111
->
110
C0
110
<->
110
C0
110
->
110
C0
110
->
101
A0
101
<->
101
A0
101
->
101
A0
101
->
100
80
100
<->
100
80
100
->
100
80
100
<->
011
60
011
Codepoint Implementation
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-63
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
HG 1500 V3.0
For internal use only
IP header
Ethernet
header
DiffServ
Codepoint
vs.
Default (can be
changed)
Binary ToS field
(bit field) (hex)
AF 42
100100
90
AF 43
100110
98
EF
101110
B8
DE
000000
(default)
00
Table 4-15
Drop level
high
med
x
x
IP Precedence
IEEE802.1p
Assignment
(fixed)
low
Binary ToS field User Priority
(bit field) (hex)
(binary, bit
field)
<->
011
60
011
<->
011
60
011
<->
110
C0
110
000
001
010
00
20
40
000
Codepoint Implementation
The "vs." column shows the relationship between the DiffServ and IP precedence standards.
Since DiffServ offers more variants, the codepoint is permanently selected when translating IP
precedence into DiffServ: for example, the codepoint for the IP precedence "100", for example,
becomes "AF31". In the case of packet that leave HG 1500 V3.0 in the direction of the LAN, the
user priority specified in the last column is set when IEEE 802.1p is active.
QoS can be activated for the second LAN interface as well as for the ISDN partner. For this
interface, the interface is extended by an additional transmission rate limitation. The function of
the quality evaluation corresponds to the ISDN peer procedure. The average transmission rate
is set in configuration data.
4-64
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Trunking
For internal use only
4.6
IP Trunking
4.6.1
Overview
HiPath 3000/5000
S0 Board
HiPath 3000/5000
ISDN
telecommunications network)
S0 Board
HG1500
HG1500
Customer
LAN
CorNet “tunneling” over IP
The implementation of IP telephony between the HiPath 3000/5000 communications platforms
has several advantages for our customers such saving on expensive leased lines for telephony
only, the convergence of communications networks for voice and data over several locations, a
standard contact partner for the infrastructure and other advantages.
The main advantage for users of IP telephony is a significant saving on costs by using a single
infrastructure for data and voice. This advantage can be even further expanded by using the
voice compression procedure, Compression enables existing lines to be used much more effectively. For example, up to three calls can be conducted simultaneously on a single ISDN
channel if an optimized compression algorithm is used. A considerable reduction in costs can
be expected particularly for companies that already have a broad-band intranet. IP trunking is
available over the integrated ISDN router HG 1500 voice/data (Hicom Xpress@ LAN Data/
Voice).
●
max. 16 channels per HG 1500 V2
●
max. 64 nodes for 1000 subscribers per network
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-65
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Trunking
For internal use only
HG 1500 has been extended to include the following features:
●
Quality of Service (IEEE 802.1d)
●
Type of Service (RFC 791)
●
Differentiated Services (RFC 2474)
●
Assured Forwarding, AF (RFC 2597)
●
Expedited Forwarding, EF (RFC 2598)
●
Compression to ITU G.723.1 or ITU G.711, adjustable
>
4.6.2
Compression to ITU G.723.1 and QoS IEEE 802.1 d can be adjusted for each board.
The B channels used for networking, the channels for routing and the channels provided for the IP clients are shared out amongst the total number of available B channels.
Features of IP Networking
Transparency for End Users
●
Special workpoint clients (terminals) are not required because voice data is not converted
into IP packages in the workpoint client, but rather in the LAN gateway.
●
Network-wide features are transferred which means that use of the workpoint clients has
not changed and consequently, the user-friendliness of the telephone has not been affected.
●
DTMF signals are supported. Consequently, you can perform suffix-dialing or listen to your
voicemail over the IP network.
Fax (Group 3) and analog Modem as well as Data Transmission with X.75 over IP
Implementation of the integrated router HG 1500 means that analog fax and modem connections as well as data connections of the type X.75 can be transmitted between IP-networked
communications platforms without the need for additional hardware. The system recognizes
the connection type required on the basis of the configured station type (fax, modem or speech)
and automatically establishes a connection in the IP network.
The following connection types are supported:
●
Realtime fax transmission is supported in accordance with the ITU-T standard T.30 (fax
group 3). Faxes are transmitted between the networked communications platforms at a
maximum speed of 14.4 kbps (V.17).
●
Data can be transmitted via modem over the IP network at a speed of 33.6 kbps using the
ITU-T standard V.42.
4-66
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
●
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Trunking
Data transmission to the ITU-T standard X.75
Support of Network-wide Features
The CorNet N protocol is supported for IP networking. which means that CorNet-N-specific features are transmitted over the IP network (tunnelling).
The following applies: Overall, the features that are transmitted today in the HiPath 3000/5000
Corporate Network, are also transmitted in the IP network although the old network has been
enhanced in certain respects (see Section 4.6.3, “Network-Wide Features with IP Networking”).
Central Attendant Console
A central, system-wide attendant console can be configured within the IP network. The option
to have a busy signal across the communications platform is new.
>
The busy signal across the communications platform is only available with optiClient
Attendant.
Automatic Routing
Automatic routing to a backup or alternative network can be executed for new connections. A
voice network (ISDN, for example) can also operate as a backup network. This ensures that
the high availability of the HiPath 3000/5000 will not be affected when IP networks are being
used by voice and fax connections. Automatic routing is initiated if
●
the communications platform called is not available (due to faults or an overload in the IP
network for example)
●
No further capacity available for LAN access
(maximum number of B channels for LAN gateway exceeded).
●
explicitly requested for connections (fax or modem connections, for example).
>
ISDN lines are required as a trunk connection for routing data connections/VoIP connections over the integrated ISDN router.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-67
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Trunking
For internal use only
Standard Numbering Plan
Telephone numbers are converted into the IP addresses of the remote communications platform (HiPath 3000) within the LAN access (HG 1500). A “routing table” which assigns the correct IP address to each destination call number or destination node number must be created to
ensure that the IP address of the correct target node is implemented.
A network with either open or closed numbering should be configured for this purpose. When
using closed numbering, each call number in the network can have up to six digits whereas in
open numbering, the node number + call number together must not exceed six digits.
Standard Compliance
●
Connection protocol
“Voice over IP” to ITU H.323
●
●
Voice transmission - Audio Codecs
–
ITU G.711
–
ITU G.723.1
–
ITU 6.729
Echo suppression
in accordance with ITU-T G.165
●
Prioritization of data – Quality of Service (QoS)
–
IEEE 802.1d
–
RFC2474 Differentiated Services (DiffServ)
–
RFC791 Type of Service (TOS)
4-68
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Trunking
For internal use only
4.6.3
Network-Wide Features with IP Networking
New features have been added to the functionality of networking over digital leased lines via
CorNet-N.
Function Name
Network-Wide Features
using CorNet-N/IP Networking
Description of the Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Additional system services
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Connection setup
Direct inward dialing in the network
Different rings (internal/external)
Transmission of number and name
Number or name shown on display
Callback on busy/free
Advice of charges output at subscriber line (AOC-D)
Call forwarding
Call forwarding
(rerouting for optimization of B channel use.)
Message waiting indicator for callbacks and voicemail messages
Call waiting
Network-wide class-of-service (max. 4 classes of service)
Network-wide shared numbering plan
Display of name and number suppressed
Consultation hold (over second B channel)
Transfer (over second B channel with release of tie trunk when
station transferred)
Conference with max. five participants
(no network-wide display function)
Toggle
Hunt group and group call across all nodes)
Directed joining and leaving a group,
cross-nodal
Hunt group overflow
Call detail recording for all nodes
(communication platforms) in the network (central solution)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-69
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Trunking
Function Name
Additional system services (continued)
For internal use only
Description of the Function
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Transit traffic
Least cost routing (LCR)
Call pickup (call pickup with subscribers from other nodes
(systems))
Follow Me
Chain call forwarding (maximum number of stations monitored
over several nodes)
Enable and disable features in IP-networked communications
platforms with user prompts at optiPoint 500 and optiset E
workpoints (night answer, for example).
Central attendant console (optiClient Attendant) with busy signal (the states free, internal/external busy and faulty are signalled for stations in IP-networked communications platforms.)
Central attendant console functions (forward, assign, recall,
hold)
Use of only one B chan- The following features cannot be used over a dedicated line if a B
nel over CorNet N subset channel has already been seized:
●
Consultation hold
●
Transfer
●
Toggle
●
Conference
Outside IP Networking, HiPath 3000/5000 provide an option for conventional networking over
CorNet-N and QSig (ECMA V1.0 and ECMA V2.0).
4-70
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
4.6.4
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Trunking
Requirements of the IP Network
Requirements of the Bandwidth
In general, voice quality is heavily dependent on the quality of the IP network and its components such as switches and routers, for example. In networks that can provide QoS (see Page
4-74), customers have reported that the voice quality is extremely good despite compression
using ITU G723.1.
However, to achieve this voice quality, the criteria described below must be fulfilled with regard
to bandwidth and delay.
Required Connection Bandwidth
The customer network must fulfill the following requirements to ensure perfect transmission of
voice over LAN:
●
Switched LAN with 100 Mbps
●
Separate port at the switch for each component involved in the IP network
(no hubs used as concentrators)
●
All components involved in voice transmission must support IEEE 802.1d at least (layer 2).
●
In addition, all components involved must use routing to DiffServ standard RFC 2474 and
the ToS standard (Type of Service) RFC 791.
Implementation in shared environments is possible but has not been released and is not recommended as quality cannot be guaranteed.
IP Trunking with HiPath 3000/5000 can also be operated in networks that have routing components.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-71
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Trunking
For internal use only
Bandwidth
The bandwidth for voice must be available in the network at all times. Consequently, the network must be analyzed prior to installation of the components. The following data is required to
calculate the required bandwidth for voice transmission in an IP network in relation to the number of simultaneous connections:
Type
Bandwidth per connection Bandwidth per connection
in the Ethernet
in the WAN
Voice with ITU G.723.1
44 Kbps
19 Kbps
Voice with ITU G.711
180 Kbps
83 Kbps
All values refer to the lowest packaging level.
Type
Record size
Bandwidth requirement
Busy signal
(optiClient Attendant)
300 bytes
3 Kbps
Call data record
200 bytes
1 Kbps
ACD information
3.5 K
10 Kbps
Bandwidth required by supplementary services
The specified bandwidth represents the load with respect to a maximum volume of calls with
1400 BHCA (this is the maximum traffic with a connected ACD application).
Accordingly, the minimum bandwidth required is as follows:
Required bandwidth
Formula [Kbps] (approximate values)
With ITU G.711
N x 180/83 (voice)
+ N x 4 (BLF+CDR)
+ 10 (ACD)
With ITU G.723.1
N x 44/19 (voice)
+ N x 4 (BLF+CDR)
+ 10 (ACD)
N = number of simultaneous voice connections
4-72
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Trunking
When configuring fax or modem transmissions using the formula described above (outband
transmission) the following are also required for each configured connection
●
approximately 20 Kbps for fax group 3 (V.17, 14 Kbps)
●
approximately 40 Kbps for modem connections (V.34, 33.6 Kbps).
Requirements of Delay Times
To achieve natural communication, the delay time in a voice connection (network delay) should
not exceed 50 ms (one-way delay). Delays of more than 50 ms in one direction impair natural
communication. The effect is similar to that experienced with voice connections over satellite.
The maximum number of HOPs must not exceed 15.
The delay can be reduced particularly effectively by means of priority control.
Please proceed with caution if the network is operated using lines with a low bit rate
(for example, connection of a branch to headquarters at a rate of 128 Kbps). If the trunk lines
are overloaded, delays may occur thus causing the quality of the voice transmission to deteriorate. We therefore recommend that you provide higher bandwidths (reserves) or that you implement the G.723.1 Codec.
Maximum Package Losses
Package losses must not exceed 3 %. Deterioration in voice quality which is linked to package
losses is more severe with G.723.1 than with G.711.
Minimization of Broadcast/Multicast Traffic
In accordance with the rules of good network design, broadcast/multicast traffic should be kept
to a minimum. This can be achieved by structuring the network (VPN for example) using routers/layer 3 switches and by implementing layer 2 switches, which recognize multicasting.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-73
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Trunking
For internal use only
Provision of QoS in Data Networks
The required Quality of Service (QoS) discussed in the previous sections can be guaranteed
in a data network by means of the following:
●
●
●
Network design,
–
in which bandwidth for voice information is reserved in an IP network
(e.g. PVC in ATM, B channels in the ISDN network), or
–
by means of bandwidth reservation procedures (such as RSVP) in an IP network
–
by configuring VPNs
–
by overdimensioning the network capacity.
By giving priority to voice over data:
–
Quality of Service (QoS) to IEEE 802.1d
–
Type of Service (ToS) to RFC 791
–
Differentiated Services (DiffServ - DS) to RFC 2474
By means of the following extra options:
–
Switch/router gives priority to “voice ports” over “data ports”, or
–
Switch/router gives priority to all packages with an IP address for the communications
platforms.
4-74
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Trunking
4.6.5
Special Features of Windows Networks
4.6.5.1
Routing and Name Resolution
For example: when routing from HG 1500 V3.0 to HG 1500 V3.0 and for peer-to-peer connections (Windows for Workgroup Network for IP routing), you must create an LMHOSTS/HOSTS
file on the client PCs. This is stored in the Windows directory under Windows 95, and in the
directory WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC under Windows NT or 2000. The file LMHOSTS.SAM in the directory can be expanded but must not have an extension (LMHOSTS).
Sample entry:
192.168.10.10 HG1500
192.168.10.20 PC1
Do not forget to press Return after the last entry.
Once the LMHOSTS/HOSTS file has been created, a ping command with the name (for example
Ping HG 1500) should be transmitted to the partner. Since browsing is not transferred in the
case of routers (broadcast messages), the other PC can only be found by right-clicking the
"Network Neighborhood" and "Find Computer" icons. Once the computer has been found, the
network resources can be accessed. The other PC cannot be accessed by opening the network
neighborhood.
>
Names should contain no more than eight characters since some operating systems
run into problems if there are more than eight characters in the name.
Modifications in LMHOSTS/HOSTS are only effective after the computer has been rebooted. Under Windows 95 and 98 you can also use the command NBTSTAT
-R.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-75
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Payload Switching
4.7
For internal use only
IP Payload Switching
Introduction
IP payload switching optimizes communication between LAN-based IP workpoint clients.
In HiPath 3000 V1.2 and lower, two B-channels (with two DSP resources) in the HiPath
HG 1500 and HiPath 3000/5000 -internal switching network were seized for internal network
calls.
In HiPath 3000/5000 V3.0 and later, VoIP voice data (payload) is transferred directly between
two IP workpoint clients in the network. When this happens, both IP workpoint clients have full
access to all system features.
Payload switching is also implemented for IP networking (PBX routing).
By ceasing to use B-channels, we have managed to preserve HG 1500 resources and facilitate
a higher volume of network-internal call traffic.
A B-channel is still required on the HG 1500 for connections to the following stations and lines:
●
UP0/E stations (optiset E, optiPoint 500)
●
Analog stations
●
ISDN stations
●
Trunks and tie lines (MSI, S0, S2M)
Example: a consultation call to an optiPoint 500 telephone is set up during an existing connection between two IP workpoint clients. A HG 1500 B-channel is necessary for this consultation
call.
In the case of conferences, the number of B channels seized corresponds to the number of stations and IP workpoint clients involved.
A HG 1500 DSP resource is permanently reserved for playing music-on-hold.
Example: (no network-wide display function) Six optiPoint 400 standards were logged on. The
following scenario is possible in this case: two stations can conduct an external call, while two
stations are listening to Music on Hold and two stations are talking to each other.
4-76
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
IP Payload Switching
Prerequisites
The following components are necessary for using payload switching:
●
IP workpoint clients
–
optiClient 130 V5.0
–
optiPoint 400/410/420 and optiPoint 600
optiPoint 300 advance and the optiPoint IP adapter (supported up to and including V1.2)
are not supported.
●
HG 1500 boards with Digital Signal Processor DSP (voice and data)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-77
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Applications over IP
For internal use only
4.8
Applications over IP
4.8.1
Call Detail Recording Central (CDRC) via IP
In HiPath 3000/5000 , you can start up the central call data output function only once, which
means that it is available to only one application at a time. Three different modes exist to support the various requirements of the different applications.
Model-Specific Data
Subject
HiPath 3800
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
Feature available in
x
x
x
x
Hardware requirements
LIMS or
HiPath
HG 1500 board
Software requirements
V1.0 or later
4.8.1.1
LIM
or
HiPath HG 1500 board
V1.2 or later
V1.2 or later
V1.2 or later
TFTP Client in HiPath 3000/5000
HiPath 3000/5000
TFTP
client
External
application
TFTP protocol
TFTP
server
Alternate
server
Controlled by a programmable timer and a fixed threshold value determining the call data buffer
capacity (around 80 percent of the call data buffer full), the TFTP client (HiPath 3000/5000 )
sends call data to the TFTP server (external application). If the system cannot set up a connection to the TFTP server, it addresses an alternative server. If this server is also unavailable,
it outputs an SNMP trap or error message (“Unable to output data”). The system tries to set up
another connection every 60 seconds. A call data buffer overflow causes an error message to
be entered in the error history file.
4-78
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Applications over IP
For internal use only
4.8.1.2
TCP Client in HiPath 3000/5000
HiPath 3000/5000
TCP
client
External
application
TCP protocol
TCP
server
When call data records accumulate, the TCP client (HiPath 3000/5000 ) sets up a TCP/IP connection to an external TCP server (external application) and transmits the data. The connection
remains active continuously so that the system can send any further accumulated data, transmitting each data record separately.
4.8.1.3
TFTP Server in HiPath 3000/5000
HiPath 3000/5000
TFTP
server
TFTP protocol
External
application
TFTP
client
TFTP
client
The external application (TFTP client) requests output of the call data records. To do this, the
application must set up a connection and indicate the service (GET gez.txt), after which it receives all accumulated call data records. It releases the connection after the transfer.
The application’s request for call data can be controlled automatically or using an SNMP trap
(see Section 4.9.2). HiPath 3000/5000 sends the SNMP trap (“data available”) to the external
application, generating the trap using a programmable threshold value determining the call
data buffer capacity (0 to 80 percent of the call data buffer full).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-79
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Applications over IP
4.8.2
For internal use only
CSTA via IP
The Transmission Control Protocol TCP is used for CSTA via IP. A permanent link connection
is set up. Data packet loss is detected and automatically corrected.
A total of three CSTA clients or applications can connect to HiPath 3000/5000 simultaneously
via the LAN, and thus can use CSTA via IP simultaneously. Restrictions may apply to applications that use certain services. For example, only one application at a time can start the message registration function.
External
Applications
CSTA
client
HiPath 3000/5000
TCP/IP
server
LAN
CSTA
client
CSTA
client
Up to 3 CSTA clients per node (external applications) can be
served simultaneously.
CSTA
client
For an external application to address HiPath 3000/5000 , it must know the TCP port (7001) of
the TCP/IP server implemented in HiPath 3000/5000 as well as the IP address. Data packets
sent from an application to HiPath 3000/5000 -- that is, packets containing the HiPath IP address, TCP port 7001, and protocol type TCP -- are accepted for further processing.
Model-Specific Data
Subject
Feature available in
HiPath 3800
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
x
x
x
x
Hardware requirements
Software requirements
4-80
HG 1500 board
V1.0 or later
V1.2 or later
V1.2 or later
V1.2 or later
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
For internal use only
4.9
Administration & Fault Management
4.9.1
Overview
HiPath 3000/5000 with a LIM or a HG 1500 board can be administered centrally over a LAN
connection from one or more PCs using SNMP. The following functionalities can be implemented:
●
Administration and fault management of a system (SNMP)
●
APS update (TFP)
●
CDB backup on TFTP server
●
Network management
HiPath 3000/
5000
HiPath 3000/
5000
HiPath 3000/
5000
HiPath 3000/
5000
Central Board
Central Board
Central Board
Central Board
LIM
LIM
LIM
LIM
Customer
LAN
SNMP
e.g. PC with
e.g. PC with
Network
Management
HiPath 3000 Manager E
Figure 4-15
e.g. PC with
e.g. PC with
HiPath 3000 Manag- Network Management
er E
HiPath 3000/5000 - Administration over LAN
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-81
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
4.9.2
SNMP Functionality
4.9.2.1
Introduction
For internal use only
As part of the TCP/IP protocol family, the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an
easy-to-use platform for performing management tasks in the HiPath 3000/5000 system software. SNMP is used as a kind of management agent in HiPath 3000/5000 , making it possible
to monitor and administer LAN components (including HiPath 3000/5000 itself) from a central
location. This involves
●
addressing HiPath 3000/5000 via the TCP/IP protocol family.
●
external management applications, such as HP Open View and IBM Tivoli, to access data
in HiPath 3000/5000 (using SNMP messages, such as GET, SET, TRAP).
●
implementing remote maintenance tasks (online port status, enabling and disabling ports,
determining free ports) (HiPath Fault Management)
●
transmitting service-related class B errors
●
visualizing the operating status of HiPath 3000/5000 systems.
4.9.2.2
Overview of SNMP Functions
Management Information Bases (MIBs)
MIBs define the volume of data that can be administered via SNMP. They are data models that
describe the network elements to be administered in a very specific form.
HiPath 3000/5000 supports
●
standard MIB II (according to the RFC1213 Internet standard), which provides Internet and
router functions;
●
parts of the RMON 1/2 standard MIBs (RFC 1757, RFC 2021), which support
–
Error history
–
Trap configuration
–
TFTP configuration
–
General system information
4-82
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
●
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
a user-specific MIB that processes HiPath-specific statistic data (feature counters) and internal error messages (error history), covering the following areas:
–
ControlGroup – status variables, general configuration, supplementary TFTP configuration data
–
SystemInfoGroup – system configuration and status
–
StatisticsGroup – statistic data on features
–
ErrorHistoryGroup – Error history in HiPath format
Error messages are forwarded in the form of SNMP traps via the LAN to a specific external management application. The SNMP traps form the error history data structure
(time stamp, error class, error description).
These components use the IP protocol according to OSI layer 3 and the UDP protocol according to layer 4. The SNMP protocol stack uses port numbers. The system supports the SNMP
protocol version 1.0.
SNMP Messages
The following commands control SNMP messages for communication between the SNMP
management agent (HiPath 3000/5000 ) and external applications:
●
GET – retrieve data from agent
●
GET NEXT – read out data sequentially
●
SET – write data
●
TRAP – alarm messages issued by the SNMP agent
There is an integrated mechanism for generating SNMP traps in the event of class B errors.
The SNMP management agent evaluates the error messages. In the case of defined errors, it
generates specific traps and transmits them in the form of IP data records to a configurable IP
address (a total of five SNMP V1.0-compatible applications are supported, including HP Open
View Network Node Manager for example).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-83
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
4.9.2.3
For internal use only
Using SNMP
An MIB browser (available with Hewlett-Packard’s "Network Node Managers") is required for
using SNMP functionality.
SMNP traps
Trap
COLD START
WARM START
INTERFACE UP
INTERFACE DOWN
AUTHENTICATION ERROR (incorrect SNMP community name)
Table 4-16
Generic SNMP Traps (MIB-2)
The following HG 1500-specific trap classes are available:
●
General traps
●
Reboot traps
●
Threshold/statistic, resource/diagnostic traps,
●
Security traps
●
License traps
●
Traps for internal errors
The following tables list the individual traps for each of these classes. A distinction is made under "Type" between hardware traps (HW) and software traps (SW).
Type
Trap Message
(SW/HW)
SW
Table 4-17
Explanation
MSG_GW_SUCCESSFULLY_STARTED Gateway successfully started
General Traps (HG 1500-Specific)
Type
Trap Message
(SW/HW)
Explanation
SW
MSG_CAT_H323_REBOOT
Reboot with H.323
SW
MSG_CAT_HSA_REBOOT
Reboot with HSA
Table 4-18
4-84
Reboot Traps (HG 1500-Specific)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
Type
Trap Message
(SW/HW)
Explanation
SW
MSG_ADMIN_REBOOT
Reboot with WBM/CLI-Admin,
software upgrade or data restore
SW
MSG_SYSTEM_REBOOT
Automatic reboot, for example with Garbage Collection
SW
MSG_EXCEPTION_REBOOT
Reboot with SW exception
SW
ASSERTION_FAILED_EVENT
Reboot following declared exception
SW
EXIT_REBOOT_EVENT
Reboot following exception on termination
HW
MSG_DSP_REBOOT
Reboot following DSP error
HW
MSG_DELIC_ERROR
Reboot following DELIC error
Table 4-18
Reboot Traps (HG 1500-Specific)
Type
Trap Message
(SW/HW)
Explanation
HW
MSG_IP_LINK_FAILURE
IP-Link 1 up/down
HW
MSG_IP_LINK2_FAILURE
IP Link 2 up/down
HW
MSG_OAM_HIGH_TEMPERATURE_EXCEPTION Temperature limit reached
(too hot)
SW
MSG_GW_OBJ_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED
Out of memory
SW
MSG_GW_OBJ_ALLOC_FAILED
Out of memory (signaled by
external source)
SW
MSG_GW_OBJ_MEMORY_INCONSISTENT
Memory inconsistency
SW
MSG_TLS_POOL_SIZE_EXCEEDED
No more internal pools
SW
MSG_OAM_RAM_THRESHOLD_REACHED
RAM limit reached
SW
MSG_OAM_DMA_RAM_THRESHOLD_REACHED DRAM limit reached
SW
MSG_OAM_THRESHOLD_REACHED
Limit reached, for example,
for flash memory or IP pools
SW
MSG_DVMGR_LAYER2_SERVICE_TRAP
B channel up/down
Table 4-19
Threshold/Statistic, Resource/Diagnostic Traps (HG 1500-Specific)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-85
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
For internal use only
Type
Trap Message
(SW/HW)
Explanation
SW
Unauthorized access to
SNMP port
MSG_HACKER_ON_SNMP_PORT_TRAP
Table 4-20
Security Traps (HG 1500-Specific)
Type
Trap Message
(SW/HW)
Explanation
SW
MSG_LIC_DATA_ACCEPTED
License data accepted
SW
MSG_LIC_DATA_CORRUPTED
License data incomplete
SW
MSG_LIC_DATA_NOT_ACCEPTED
License data not accepted
Table 4-21
License Traps (HG 1500-Specific)
Type
Trap Message
(SW/HW)
SW
MSG_WEBSERVER_MAJOR_ERROR
SW
MSG_SSM_NUM_OF_CALL_LEGS_2BIG
SW
MSG_SSM_SESSION_CREATION_FAILED
SW
MSG_IPNCV_STARTUP_ERROR
SW
MSG_IPNCV_STARTUP_SHUTDOWN
SW
MSG_IPNCV_INTERNAL_ERROR
SW
MSG_IPNCV_MEMORY_ERROR
SW
MSG_IPNCV_SIGNALING_ERROR
Table 4-22
Traps for Internal Errors (HG 1500-Specific)
The weighting of the individual traps can vary depending on the severity of the event or error
and is described by the following categories:
●
Cleared (problem already resolved)
●
Indeterminate (no classification possible)
●
Critical (critical error)
●
Major (major error)
●
Minor (minor error)
●
Warning (warning only)
4-86
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
●
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
Information (for information only)
General traps, such as MSG_GW_SUCCESSFULLY_STARTED, are sent as "information".
Reboot traps are always "critical", "major" or "minor" errors.
Threshold/resource traps occur as follows: When an event is received, the trap is sent as either
"Warning", "Minor" or "Major". If the trap recurs, reminders are sent (at increasing intervals) with
a weighting that is at least the same or higher than the initial trap. If the event was corrected
(for example, "Link up" or sufficient RAM was provided), the trap is sent with the category
"Cleared".
SNMP Functions
The SNMP functions include:
●
With MIB browser and standard MIB (based on RFC1213):
–
●
With MIB browser and private MIB:
–
●
●
querying and modifying standard MIB 2 parameters
querying and modifying HG 1500 V3.0’s private MIB parameters
With HiPath 3000 Manager E:
–
defining communities of standard parameters (classes of service)
–
defining trap communities and stations to which the traps are sent
–
defining the trap level for various trap groups (error sensitivity)
With trap receiver:
–
receiving traps
MIBs also contain a brief commentary explaining the meaning of each parameter.
The following is a list of some parameters:
●
mgmt > mib-2 > system > sysUpTime: time since the last HG 1500 V3.0 startup
●
HLB2MIB > siemensUnits > pn > hlb2mib > controlGrouphlb20 > sysSoftwareVersion:
board software release
●
mgmt->mib-2->ip->ipRouteTable: HG 1500 V3.0 routing table
HG 1500 V3.0 sends SNMP traps (diagnostic and error messages) to the stations configured
under "SNMP > Trap Communities". These messages are transmitted in accordance with the
severity levels set under "SNMP".
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-87
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
For internal use only
Examples of traps generated by HG 1500 V3.0:
1.
2.
Generic traps (cannot be deactivated):
●
warm start
●
cold start
●
authentication failure
Enterprise traps (can be configured)
●
data init (WARNING - forced data reinitialization)
●
memory low (WARNING - memory resources below the threshold)
●
duplicate mac (MINOR - duplicated MAC address)
●
ip firewall (WARNING - IP firewall violation)
●
mac firewall (WARNING - MAC firewall violation)
●
isdn access (WARNING - ISDN access verification)
SNMP information can also be sent as e-mail to a mail address configured with the WBM.
4-88
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
For internal use only
4.9.3
Administering HiPath 3000/5000 via the LAN Interface
You can administer HiPath 3000/5000 via a computer connected to the LAN.
HiPath 3000/5000
Central Board
LIM *
Customer
LAN
PC with
HiPath 3000 Manager E
* A HG1500 board can be used instead of the LIM board .
Model-Specific Data
Subject
HiPath 3800
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
Feature available in
x
x
x
x
Hardware requirements
LIMS or
HG 1500 board
LIM or
HG 1500 board
V1.0
V4.0
Software requirements
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-89
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
4.9.4
For internal use only
Remote Administration of HiPath 3000/5000 via PPP
You can administer multiple HiPath 3000/5000 systems from a central service center via PPP
(point-to-point protocol). Each HiPath 3000/5000 is addressed via its PSTN (public switching
telephone network) interface.
You must enter a router call number (DID number) for every PSTN interface in the service center for external access to HiPath 3000/5000 . This call number is not the number previously
used for administration via integrated digital modem
(B channel) or integrated analog modem (IMODN).
You can establish a connection between the service center and HiPath 3000/5000 using either
the integrated digital modem (B channel) or the integrated analog modem (IMODN). Data is exchanged in both cases using Point-to-Point-Protocols (PPP).
HiPath 3000/5000
PSTN
(analog or
digital
telecommunications network)
Central Board
Modem
PSTN
interface
Service center
service PC
with
HiPath 3000 Manager E
If the connection is established via callback, HiPath 3000/5000 first of all denies a connection
request from the service center (HiPath 3000 Manager E). A callback is then set up to the service center’s calling party number transferred via the PSTN connection’s D channel.
Model-Specific Data
Subject
HiPath 3800
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
Feature available in
x
x
x
x
Hardware requirements
CBSAP
CBCPR
CBCC/
CBRC
CBCC/
CBRC
Software requirements
4-90
V1.0
V4.0
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
For internal use only
4.9.5
Remote Administration of Plus Products via PPP
You can use HiPath 3000/5000 to administer Plus Products from a central service center. HiPath 3000/5000 merely provides the transmission medium for this. The actual Plus Product
administration is performed via special software programs, such as pcANYWHERE.
HiPath 3000/5000 is addressed from the service center via its PSTN (public switching telephone network) interface. The Plus Products connected to a LAN can be reached via the HiPath 3000/5000 ’s LAN interface (LIM). In this case, HiPath 3000/5000 acts like a router.
You must enter a router call number (DID number) for every PSTN interface in the service center for external access to HiPath 3000/5000 .
The Plus Product and service center connection can be established via the integrated digital
modem
(B channel) or the integrated analog modem (IMODN). Data is exchanged in both cases using
Point-to-Point-Protocols (PPP).
HiPath 3000/5000
PSTN
(analog or
digital
telecommunications network)
Central Board
Modem
LIM *
PSTN
interface
Service center
service PC
with
HiPath 3000 Manager E
Customer
LAN
Plus Products
* A HG1500 board can be used instead of the LIM board.
Access Mechanism
A list of up to twenty remote structures controls access from the service center to the customer
LAN and vice versa. Each remote structure contains the following information:
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-91
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
For internal use only
●
The IP address of the service center (= PSTN partner in the service center) for setting up
connections from the customer LAN to the service center and for the automatic transmission of error messages (SNMP traps).
●
The DID number (part of the numbering plans) for direct identification of this remote structure.
●
Up to five PSTN remote numbers marked as incoming (for identifying the remote structure
- when dialing the router call number) and/or outgoing (for use as callback address).
●
Short hold mode Yes/No
–
If "Short hold = Yes" is selected, an inactive PSTN connection is cleared down after a
set time (short hold timeout). If there are new data packets to be transmitted, the connection is set up once again (transparent for the user). This mechanism is also known
as a background connection setup or cleardown. Costs are only incurred when the line
is actually used.
–
If “Short hold = No” is selected, a PSTN connection remains permanently active until
the end criterion is received.
●
Short hold (sec.)
This parameter describes the length of time in seconds after which an inactive PSTN connection is cleared down.
●
Callbk Yes/No
–
If “Callbk = Yes” is selected, a connection request is first of all denied. Then the first
station number marked as outgoing in the remote structure found is called back. Three
attempts are made to set up the connection, then the next outgoing station number is
used. The system stops trying to set up the callback after three unsuccessful attempts.
–
If “Callbk = No” is selected, the connection is set up immediately.
●
Remote analog modem
If you select “Yes”, the V.34 protocol in the B channel is used for an outgoing connection
via the ISDN line.
●
IP mapping Yes/No
If a number of different customers have the same IP address, you can use address mapping to achieve unique IP address assignment in the various customer LANs.
–
4-92
If “IP mapping = Yes” is selected, you can map an IP address which is assigned to multiple customers to a unique “virtual” IP address. You can perform IP mapping for up to
twenty address entries.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
For internal use only
Examples:
IP data transfer from the customer LAN to the service center via the PSTN interface:
IP customer LAN is transformed by HiPath 3000/5000 into an IP virtual LAN.
IP data transfer from the service center to the customer LAN via the PSTN interface:
IP virtual LAN is transformed by HiPath 3000/5000 into an IP customer LAN.
–
●
If “IP mapping = No” is selected, IP address mapping is not available.
Security mechanisms for connection setup
Use the PAP (PPP authentication protocol) and/or CHAP (challenge-handshake authentication protocol) to determine whether
–
the Plus Product (client) must be authenticated at HiPath 3000/5000 (host) or
–
the HiPath 3000/5000 (host) must be authenticated at the Plus Product (client).
Authentication is based on the user ID and the password.
Model-Specific Data
Subject
HiPath 3800
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
Feature available in
x
x
x
x
Hardware requirements
LIMS or
HiPath
HG 1500 board
Software requirements
V1.0 or later
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
LIM
or
HiPath HG 1500 board
V1.2 or later
V1.2 or later
V1.2 or later
4-93
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Administration & Fault Management
●
For internal use only
Support for the External Gatekeeper
The gatekeeper registers the H.323 clients and administers their rights and services. It
converts the clients’ call numbers into logical names or IP addresses and vice versa. It also
registers the gateways and can be networked with adjacent gatekeepers.
●
Quality of Service (QoS)
To guarantee the bandwidth required for Voice over IP, IP packets can be marked and are
thereby transported with priority in the LAN/WAN.
●
Networking of more than one System via IP
SeveralHiPath 3000/5000 telephone systems can be connected to each other with Voice
over IP (H.323) for telephony.
●
Authentication
If you set up an external connection via HG 1500, you can use the PAP (Password Authentication Protocol) and CHAP (Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol) procedures
to authenticate the other party to increase security in data networks.
●
Second LAN connection (optional)
A second LAN connection is set up to decouple the DSL WAN connection. A routing function is used to connect the first LAN.
●
DSL support (optional)
The configuration database is extended to include an additional interface. The information
necessary for dialing into the DSL network is provided here. The enhanced configuration
parameters can be entered over the HiPath 3000 Manager I. The DSL functionality is only
available for the second LAN connection.
4-94
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Networking Scenarios
For internal use only
4.10
Networking Scenarios
The following table shows permissible trunking scenarios when networking HiPath 3000/5000
V5.0 or HiPath 4000 via CorNet IP or CorNet NQ via TDM lines.
Example
Trunking scenario
Closed or open
numbering
Numbering plan
Remark
Example 1 Pure HiPath 3000 IP
trunking
Closed
Private numbering Dialing by means of an internal
plan
number
Example 2 Pure HiPath 3000 IP
trunking
Open
Private numbering Dialing by means of a node
plan
number + internal number
Example 3 One HiPath 3000 as a Closed
gateway and one
HiPath 5000 CS
Private numbering Dialing by means of an internal
plan
number
Example 4 One HiPath 3000 as a
gateway and one
HiPath 5000 CS
Private numbering HiPath 5000 CS is only availplan
able from a PSTN if a node
number + an internal number
are available in the customer’s
station number block
Example 5 Several HiPath 3000
systems as gateways
and one HiPath 5000
CS
Closed
Example 6 Several HiPath 3000
systems as gateways
and one HiPath 5000
CS
Private numbering Dialing by means of a node
Closed between a
plan
number + internal number or
gateway and HiPath
dialing via an ISDN number
5000 CS, open to the
remaining gateways
Example 7 HiPath 3000/4000/
5000
Closed
Example 8 HiPath 3000/4000/
5000
Table 4-23
Private numbering Dialing by means of an internal
plan
number
ISDN numbering
plan
However, no HiPath 5000
RSM, no presence service, no
network-wide HPCO, no network-wide CSTA functionality,
network-wide Xpressions
Compact possible
ISDN numbering
plan
However, no HiPath 5000
RSM, no presence service, no
network-wide HPCO, no network-wide CSTA functionality,
no network-wide Xpressions
Compact
Networking Scenarios
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-95
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Networking Scenarios
4.10.1
For internal use only
Example 1
IP Trunking HiPath 3000/3000, 2 Nodes in the Network
●
Functional scope between HiPath 3000/3000 corresponds to CorNet IP
●
Closed numbering (private numbering plan):
Dialing from node to node: internal number
Dialing from PSTN: subscriber line + internal number
●
Open numbering:
Dialing from node to node: dialing of the node code + internal number (private numbering
plan)
●
Implementation of the 5000 RSM Feature Server for closed and open numbering
●
Max. 1000 workpoints in the network when using the 5000 RSM Feature Server (incl. TDM)
●
Max. 32 nodes in the network when using the HiPath 5000 RSM Feature Server
●
Max. 64 nodes in the network without the 5000 RSM Feature Server
●
An optional HPCO V1.3 can be implemented (for max. 16 nodes in the network)
–
●
As an alternative, ProCenter Agile can be used at one node
An optional Xpressions Compact can be implemented centrally
–
4-96
As an alternative, Xpressions V3.0 can be implemented centrally
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
4.10.2
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Networking Scenarios
Example 2
IP Trunking HiPath 3000/5000, 2 Nodes in the Network with Closed Numbering
●
Functional scope between HiPath 3000/5000 CS corresponds to CorNet IP
●
Closed numbering:
Dialing from node to node: internal number
Dialing from PSTN: subscriber line + internal number
●
Open numbering is not supported by this configuration.
(Availability of the PSTN not guaranteed as the node number is not included in the customer’s station number block, CCBS not guaranteed, etc.)
Exception: where the node number + internal number are contained in the customer’s station number block.
●
Max. 1000 workpoints in the network when using the 5000 RSM Feature Server (incl. TDM)
●
Max. 32 nodes in the network when using the HiPath 5000 RSM Feature Server
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-97
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Networking Scenarios
For internal use only
●
Max. 64 nodes in the network without the 5000 RSM Feature Server
●
An optional HPCO V1.3 can be implemented (for max. 16 nodes in the network)
–
●
As an alternative, ProCenter Agile can be used at one node
An optional Xpressions Compact can be implemented centrally
–
4.10.3
As an alternative, Xpressions V3.0 can be implemented centrally
Example 3
IP Trunking HiPath 3000/3000/5000, Gateway 2 and HiPath 5000 CS at Location 2 with
Closed Numbering, Gateway 1 at Location 1 Establishes Open Numbering to Location 2
Node 21
Node 20
Node 22
●
Functional scope between HiPath 3000/5000 CS corresponds to CorNet IP
●
In this example, the private numbering plan should be used. Node numbers that are unique
throughout the network should be configured for each location.
●
The workpoints of gateway 2 and HiPath 5000 CS establish a closed numbering plan at
location 2.
Dialing from gateway 2 to 5000 CS: node number + internal number.
Dialing gateway 2 or 5000 CS from the PSTN: subscriber line (location 2) + internal number.
4-98
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Networking Scenarios
●
Workpoints at gateway 1 reach workpoints at gateway 2 or the HiPath 5000 CS via node
number + internal number
●
Workpoints at gateway 2 or the HiPath 5000 CS reach workpoints at gateway 1 via node
number + internal number
●
Max. 1000 workpoints in the network when using the 5000 RSM Feature Server
●
Max. 32 nodes in the network when using the HiPath 5000 RSM Feature Server
●
Max. 64 nodes in the network without the 5000 RSM Feature Server
●
An optional HPCO V1.3 can be implemented (for max. 16 nodes in the network)
–
●
As an alternative, ProCenter Agile can be used at one node
An optional Xpressions Compact can be implemented centrally
–
4.10.4
As an alternative, Xpressions V3.0 can be implemented centrally
Example 4
IP Trunking HiPath 3000/5000, 4 Nodes at 2 Locations
(Essentially the Same as Example 3)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-99
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Networking Scenarios
4.10.5
For internal use only
Example 5
Distributed IP Workpoints
●
Boundary condition: the IP workpoints are only registered at the HiPath 5000 CS, distributed physically across two locations.
●
IP trunking connections (node to node) offer the functional scope of CorNet IP
●
Connections from IP workpoint to IP workpoint are internal HiPath 5000 CS connections
and so offer a greater functional scope than CorNet IP
●
Unlike IP trunking connections, where, as a result of the configuration of the trunking channels, the maximum required bandwidth can be restricted, the bandwidth limit in the case of
workpoint connections is established based on the number of possible parallel IP workpoint connections from location 1 to 2.
4-100
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
4.10.6
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Networking Scenarios
Example 6
IP Trunking HiPath 3000/4000
●
Functional scope between HiPath 4000/3000 corresponds to CorNet IP
●
Closed numbering (private numbering plan):
Dialing from node to node: internal number
Dialing from PSTN: subscriber line + internal number
●
Open numbering:
Dialing from node to node:
–
Variant 1: Dialing of the node code + internal number (private numbering plan)
or
–
Variant 2: Dialing of the CO number (ISDN numbering plan)
●
Implementation of the 5000 RSM Feature Server for closed numbering only
●
Max. 1000 workpoints in the network when using the 5000 RSM Feature Server (incl. TDM)
●
Max. 32 nodes in the network when using the HiPath 5000 RSM Feature Server
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-101
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Networking Scenarios
For internal use only
●
Max. n times 64 nodes in the network without the 5000 RSM Feature Server
●
An optional HPCO V1.3 can be implemented (for max. 16 nodes in the network) for closed
numbering and open numbering as per variant 1 only
–
●
As an alternative, ProCenter Agile can be used at one node
Central Xpressions Compact
for closed numbering and open numbering as per variant 1 only
4.10.7
Example 7
IP Trunking HiPath 3000/4000/5000,
Location 1 Establishes Open Numbering to Location 2
●
The workpoints of gateway 2 and HiPath 5000 CS establish a closed numbering plan at
location 2.
Dialing from gateway 2 to 5000 CS: node number + internal number.
Dialing gateway 2 or 5000 CS from the PSTN: subscriber line (location 2) + internal number
(ISDN numbering plan).
4-102
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb4.fm
For internal use only
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Networking Scenarios
●
Workpoints at gateway 1 reach workpoints at gateway 2 or the HiPath 5000 CS via an ISDN
numbering plan, i.e. they dial the CO number
●
Workpoints at gateway 2 or the HiPath 5000 CS reach workpoints at gateway 1 via an ISDN
numbering plan, i.e. they dial the CO number
●
The HiPath 5000 RSM Feature Server cannot be implemented if an ISDN numbering plan
is used
●
Max. 64 nodes in the network
●
HPCO cannot be implemented as there is an ISDN numbering plan
●
As an alternative, ProCenter Agile can be used at one node
●
Xpressions Compact cannot be implemented centrally as there is an ISDN numbering plan
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
4-103
3000sb4.fm
HiPath 3000/5000 in the LAN Network
Networking Scenarios
4.10.8
For internal use only
Example 8
Payload Switching with IP Trunking
If there are more than 64 nodes or one domain, Codec G.711 must be implemented to ensure
sufficient voice quality.
4-104
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Overview
For internal use only
5
Serviceability
5.1
Overview
Introduction
This chapter describes the options available to the service technician and the customer for
●
performing system administration tasks on site
●
performing system administration tasks from a remote location (remote operation)
●
performing service and maintenance tasks
●
identifying faults
Chapter Contents
This chapter discusses the topics listed in the table.
Subject
System Administration Options
Page 5-2
●
System Administration from a System Telephone
Page 5-3
●
System Administration using the Service PC
Page 5-3
Options in the Service Department
Page 5-6
●
Customer Database Backup (CDB Backup)
Page 5-6
●
Relocate/Transfer Application Processor Software (APS)
Page 5-8
●
Diagnostics Options
Page 5-12
●
Error correction
Page 5-27
●
Remote Service
Page 5-29
●
Access Security
Page 5-34
●
Automatic Logging of Administration Procedures
Page 5-40
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-1
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
System Administration Options
5.2
For internal use only
System Administration Options
Overview
Administration on site
Cus-
Assistant TC
Access with user name and
password
Technician
Assistant T
Access with user name and
password
Cus-
HiPath 3000 Manager C
Access with customer ID and
password
Limited
system adjustments and
administration
by customer
Technician
HiPath 3000 Manager E
Access with technician ID
and password
Complete
system adjustments and
administration
by service technician
123
456
789
00
ABC
DEF
ABC
DEF
GHI
JKL
MNO
GHI MNO
PQRS
TUV
WXYZ
PQRS
TUV
→
↵←
↑↓
Administration from a remote location
Technician
5-2
HiPath 3000 Manager E
(customized for remote center)
Access via callback with
technician ID and password
Minor
System adjustments
by customer
System adjustments
system adjustments
by service technician
Complete
system adjustments and
administration
by service technician,
APS transfer
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
5.2.1
Serviceability
System Administration Options
System Administration from a System Telephone
All systems in the HiPath 3000/5000 product family can be administered to the full extent via
a system telephone. The rights of the individual user will determine the extent to which he or
she can perform administration tasks. Information on the various user groups and their access
rights is contained in Section 5.3.10.2.
Administration by the Technician using Assistant T
This data area is password-protected to limit access to trained service technicians. With just a
few exceptions, all system settings are available. Assistant T gives you the ability to make
changes spontaneously on site, that is, without requiring any other tools.
You can only enter the service menu with a user ID and password.
Administration by the Customer using Assistant TC
This gives customers the option to perform a defined range of system settings themselves.
These include, for example, configuring and changing speed-dialing destinations, and assigning names for stations and lines.
To protect individual customer data such as speed-dialing destinations or call detail information,
it is not possible to enter the service menu unless you have user ID and password.
5.2.2
System Administration using the Service PC
Service tools with Windows user interface and integrated help functions are available for the
economical modification of larger volumes of data and for setting specific system data. The
rights of the individual user will determine the extent to which he or she can perform administration tasks. Information on the various user groups and their access rights is contained in
Section 5.3.10.2.
You can access the communications platform using:
●
ISDN adapter on the system telephone (64 kbps B-channel access)
●
V.24 (RS-232) interface on the system (9600/19200 baud)
●
Internal S0 bus (64 kbps/CAPI 2.0)
●
Remote access over an ISDN trunk (64 kbps B-channel access)
●
Remote access over an analog trunk (integrated 14400 baud modem)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-3
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
System Administration Options
For internal use only
Technical Requirements for the Service PC
To implement the different service tools, the PC used must meet the technical listed in the following table.
PC Component
Requirement
CPU
PC must fulfill the minimum requirements of the operating system.
Monitor
VGA
RAM
PC must fulfill the minimum requirements of the operating system.
Hard disk
150 MB free capacity (minimum)
Floppy drive
3.5”, 1.44 MB
Serial interface
COM1, (COM2)
Mouse
Microsoft-compatible mouse
Printer
Any Windows-compatible printer
Operating system
Windows 98/2000/NT/XP
Administration by the Customer using HiPath 3000 Manager C
This allows the customer to administer customer-specific data using a PC. The user interface
has been adapted from the HiPath 3000 Manager E interface and the help functions have been
adjusted to the needs of the customer.
Administration by the Technician using HiPath 3000 Manager E
The service tool integrates the following function blocks:
●
Acquiring and generating customer data (including off-line generation)
●
Copying and backing up customer data
●
Loading system software (APS transfer)
●
Displaying stored error messages with error history
●
Service orders, such as restarting boards, etc.
●
Resetting activated features
5-4
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
●
Creation and printing of:
– Key labels for optiPoint 500 and optiset E telephones
– Customer data printouts
– Main distribution frame layout
●
User and password administration for after sales service.
●
Database conversion routine.
Serviceability
System Administration Options
Access to the system using HiPath 3000 Manager E is only possible with a valid user name and
associated password that have been entered in the system.
Online mode has been integrated to enable you to perform changes quickly. Its functionality
corresponds to the Assistant T user interface.
Because sensitive system data can be processed, users are required to undergo the relevant
training course before using the HiPath 3000 Manager E.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-5
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
For internal use only
5.3
Options in the Service Department
5.3.1
Customer Database Backup (CDB Backup)
A distinction is made here between
●
backup of customer data without HiPath Software Manager and
●
backup of customer data with HiPath Software Manager.
5.3.1.1
Customer Data Backup Without HiPath Software Manager
Definition
CDB backup refers to saving the customer database CDB to the multimedia card MMC (HiPath
3000) or copying the cyclic RAM data and saving it in two PDS (Permanent Data Service) files
(HiPath 5000).
5.3.1.1.1
Automatic Customer Data Backup
HiPath 3000
A two-stage concept guarantees automatic customer data backup.
A complete CDB backup version can be found on the MMC at any time. Deltas to this backup
are stored in an SRAM area (with battery backup) in the central control board. If the SRAM
area is full, the customer data is automatically backed up. This means that the entire CDB, including SRAM content, is copied from the SDRAM in the central control board to the MMC. The
current CDB is simultaneously stored on the MMC along with the “old” CDB, which is not deleted until the current CDB is completely stored on the MMC.
In case of a power outage, the SDRAM content that has no battery backup is completely lost.
However, by reaccessing the CDB backup on the MMC, the system’s database can be restored
to the state it was in prior to the power outage.
Regardless of the volume of changes to the database, HiPath 3000 always performs an automatic complete CDB backup at midnight, system-time.
5-6
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
HiPath 5000
On the communication server, RAM data is copied automatically every three minutes and
stored in the file hicom.pds. This file contains the complete data description of the HiPath
5000 with emulated HG 1500 boards. This includes:
●
Customer data
●
Trace
●
error history
●
Call detail data
●
status data
5.3.1.1.2
Manual Customer Data Backup with HiPath 3000
You can perform a manual CDB backup using HiPath 3000 Manager E (in online mode) or Assistant T.
5.3.1.2
Customer Data Backup with HiPath Software Manager
Definition
The HiPath Software Manager supports, among other things, the backup of customer databases (Backup Manager) from all HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 systems in the same customer network
(see also Section 5.3.4, "Backing Up System Components (Backup Manager)").
The CDB backups are stored in a directory which must be defined in advance. The data backup
can either be started manually immediately or performed at a predefined time. A cyclic backup,
which saves the customer data at a set time every day, is also possible.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-7
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.2
>
For internal use only
Relocate/Transfer Application Processor Software (APS)
APS replacement/transfer is not possible with HiPath 5000. You must perform a
complete software upgrade.
For system software updates, a distinction is made between
●
HiPath 3000 systems without HiPath Software Manager and
●
HiPath 3000 systems with HiPath Software Manager.
For networked HiPath 3000 systems with HiPath 5000 Server, an APS update can only be performed with HiPath Software Manager.
5.3.2.1
APS Replacement/Transfer for HiPath 3000 Systems Without HiPath
Software Manager
Two memory areas for the application processor software are reserved on the MMC. To be able
to store two complete APS and to keep the transfer time as low as possible, part of an APS is
stored in a compressed format. The APS is decompressed after it has been transferred from
the MMC into the SDRAM area of the central control board.
5.3.2.1.1
>
5.3.2.1.2
Transferring an APS of HiPath 3000 by Replacing the MMC
APS replacement is only possible within a version and if a logical, compatible CDB
is available.
APS transfer
Options
The APS Transfer feature is available with the HiPath 3000 Manager E. It facilitates
●
an on-site APS transfer by connecting directly using the V.24 interface.
●
an APS transfer via remote service from a central service center using the integrated analog or digital modem or via LAN.
5-8
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
5.3.2.2
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
APS Transfer for HiPath 3000 Systems With HiPath Software Manager
Definition
The HiPath Software Manager supports, among other things, updates of the system software
(Upgrade Manager) of all HiPath 3000 systems in the same customer network. An update of
the software of installed HG 1500 boards (HG 1500 V3.0 SMR-3 or later) can also be performed.
The following options are available under the menu item “Upgrade”:
●
upgrade all HG 1500 boards and HiPath 3000 systems
●
upgrade HG 1500 boards (HG 1500 V3.0 SMR-3 or later)
●
upgrade all HiPath 3000 systems
Note: The file format “*.fli” must be selected for APS transfer using HiPath Software Manager.
The software (APS and/or HG 1500) is updated in two steps. First, the new software is loaded
to a system memory known as the "shadow area". This occurs in the background independently
of the system status.
In the second step, the new software version must be made available, in other words, the switch
from the current software version to the new software version must take place. The current software is replaced by the software in the shadow area and thus deleted. The changeover can
either be started immediately once the software has been loaded or performed at a predefined
time.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-9
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.3
For internal use only
Determining System Information and Installed Software
Components (HiPath Inventory Manager)
Definition
HiPath Inventory Manager is a service for detecting the installed software components and system information in a HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 network. System information is only determined
upon initial start-up of the service.
The relevant information can be displayed in table format by clicking one of the following buttons:
●
Master Setup
Information including version and installation date of the master setup.
●
HiPath 3000
Hardware and software information regarding the HiPath 3000 systems in the network and
the installed HG 1500 boards.
●
HiPath Applications
Information regarding the following software components:
– MS Windows components (MS Internet Explorer, DNS server, DHCP server)
– Media Streaming
– TAPI
– CCMC, CCMS, CMD, CSP
– Administration
– HiPath 5000 Server
– GetAccount
– HiPath 3000 Manager E
– Common Software
●
Operating System
Information regarding the current operating system.
All information can be updated at any time via the "Update data" button.
The system information is automatically determined when the HiPath Inventory Manager service is started for the first time. A cyclic update can be performed every ≥ 1 days. The system
information can be queried manually at any time. This should always be done before an update/
upgrade, for example.
5-10
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
5.3.4
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
Backing Up System Components (Backup Manager)
Definition
The HiPath Software Manager allows the following system components and databases of a HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 network to be backed up:
●
Full backup (= default setting)
This option creates a data backup for all HiPath 3000 systems and HG 1500 boards in the
HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 network as well as databases (Feature Server, SQL Server).
●
Backup HiPath 3000
With this menu item, all HiPath 3000 systems in the HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 network are
displayed in an overview. It is possible to back up the data of a specific system or of all displayed HiPath 3000 systems.
●
Database backup
With this menu item, all databases (Feature Server, SQL Server) are displayed in an overview. It is possible to back up the data of one or of all database(s).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-11
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.5
Diagnostics Options
5.3.5.1
Recording HiPath 3000 Board Status
5.3.5.1.1
Central Control Boards
For internal use only
Run LED
A RUN LED that displays the system’s operating capacity is located on the central control
board.
Options Available?
You can call up the following options using the HiPath 3000 Manager E:
●
CMA
●
CMS
●
LIM
●
IMODN
●
MPPI, UAM (only with HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350) or UAMR (only with HiPath 3500, HiPath
3300)
The presence of one of these announcement and music modules is displayed as
"Option 5".
The ALUM4 option cannot be displayed.
5-12
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
For internal use only
5.3.5.1.2
Power Supplies
Table 5-1
Power Supply Status Displays
Board
Status Display
HiPath 3800
LUNA2
The LED displays the operating status (on or off).
HiPath 3750, HiPath 3700
UPSM
The LED displays the operating status (on or off).
HiPath 3550, HiPath 3350, HiPath 3500, HiPath 3300
PSUP
UPSC-D, UPSC-DR
The LED displays the 5 V output voltage.
●
●
5.3.5.1.3
A green LED displays the 5 V output voltage.
A yellow LED displays the additional power of –48 V output voltage provided by an external power supply unit (EPSU2 or
EPSU2R).
Peripheral Boards
View Status of Peripheral Boards
You can use HiPath 3000 Manager E or Assistant T to view the statuses of all peripheral
boards. Display is limited to the following statuses per board:
●
Board not inserted
●
Board defective (not loaded)
●
Board disabled
●
Board enabled (active)
●
Board busy (at least one station or line from this board is disconnected, is being called, or
is busy).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-13
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
For internal use only
For ISDN boards, the status of the reference clock is displayed:
●
No reference clock
●
Reference clock for clock generator is created.
When viewing the board status using the HiPath 3000 Manager E, all peripheral boards integrated into the system are presented in a table. The status display is updated every 3 seconds.
With the Assistant T, you can only view the status of one board at a time. You can also update
the status display by pressing a key.
You cannot perform additional activities with the HiPath 3000 Manager E and Assistant T while
viewing the status of a board.
Table 5-2
Slot
HiPath 3000 Manager E - Example of Status Display of Peripheral Boards
Board
1
STLS2
2
SLU8
3
SLA4
4
TLA8
not
inserted
Defective
Locked
out
Free
X
Busy
Clock
source
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
5
6
7
TS2
8
16SLA
X
9
10
SLMO24
X
HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700: LEDs on Peripheral Boards
All peripheral boards are equipped with LEDs for displaying the status of a board or port. Information on the meaning of the individual LED statuses can be found in the descriptions of
individual boards in the Service manual.
5-14
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
For internal use only
5.3.5.2
Recording HiPath 3000 Trunk Status
HiPath 3000 records the current status of each individual trunk in a table. If the status changes,
the new status along with the time stamp is entered. You can use HiPath 3000 Manager E to
view the trunk status, in which case the following information is provided.
Data
Content
Date
Date of the event (as stored in system)
Time
Time of the event (as stored in system)
Trunk number
Number of the trunk
Slot/Port
Slot and port number
Status
●
●
Trunk status:
– Inactive
– Incoming call
– Outgoing call
– Trunk-to-trunk connection
– Trunk disabled (using lockout switch or HiPath 3000 Manager E)
– Trunk failure
Number of the connected station
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-15
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.5.3
For internal use only
Recording Station Status
HiPath 3000 records the current status of each individual station in a table. You can use HiPath
3000 Manager E to view the station status, in which case the following information is provided.
Data
Content
Station name
Name of the selected station
Slot, Port
Example: 7-1
Telephone model
Example: optiPoint 500 advance
Telephone status
Active or inactive
DID number
External number of the selected station
Voice
Menu language of selected station
Connection status
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Inactive: The telephone is idle.
Busy: The telephone is off the hook, but not yet dialed.
Waiting: The telephone call is in the queue.
Connected: The telephone is connected to a second telephone with a trunk or a hunt group member.
Holding: The telephone is on hold.
Error: The connection cannot be established due to
an error (for example, invalid telephone number).
Call: The telephone is called.
Connected to
The number of the connected station or trunk
Forwarding status
●
●
●
●
Destination
5-16
Off: No call forwarding activated.
Internal: Call forwarding activated only for internal
calls.
External: Call forwarding activated only for external
calls.
All: Call forwarding activated for all calls.
Number of call forwarding destination
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
Data
Content
Activated features
Status of activated features (on or off):
●
Do not disturb
●
Call forwarding (device status)
●
Advisory text
●
Room monitor
●
Code lock
●
Station number suppression
●
Group ringing
●
Ringer connection
●
Hunt group
●
Silent call waiting
●
Handsfree answerback
●
Call waiting release
●
Transfer of ringing (only for MULAP)
●
Call forwarding MULAP (only for MULAP)
Connected station
List of the connected stations
5.3.5.4
Recording the Status of the HiPath 3000 V.24 Interfaces
You can use HiPath 3000 Manager E to view the current status of the V.24 interfaces, in which
case the following information is provided.
●
Status of the trunks (1 = active trunk, 0 = inactive trunk)
The individual trunks are assigned as follows:
DTR = HiPath 3000
DSR = Telephone
RTS = HiPath 3000
CTS = Telephone
This means, for example, that incorrectly connected or damaged cables can be determined
(for more information on this, refer to the HiPath 3000 Manager E Help.).
●
V.24 Monitoring
The number of sent/received bytes within a selected time period can be recorded and then
displayed/saved using a text editor (default = MS WordPad®).
The failure and restart of a V.24 interface generates an entry in the eventlog and releases a
remote error signal (V.24 failure = “Check printer” error message, V.24 restart = Withdrawal of
error message).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-17
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.5.5
>
For internal use only
Trace Options for HiPath 3000
Special user rights are required for activating the Trace setting in the Maintenance
menu, that are exclusively reserved by the user group Development.
Tracing ISDN Activities
This feature allows the user to trace ISDN telephones (subscriber ports) and ISDN trunks (trunk
ports) in real time. ISDN activities are routed to HiPath 3000 Manager E and saved in a trace
file. Only the ISDN sequences are displayed on the monitor, not the content of the ISDN messages.
The call is made via HiPath 3000 Manager E: Maintenance, "Call Monitoring" tab. The Start button starts Call Monitoring, whereupon the data of all available ports in the system is read out.
If the trace session is over, you can start the ISDN Message Decoder (ISDN Tracer) and use
it to convert the trace file into a readable format (only English). You can also read out the trace
data using remote service.
The ISDN Message Decoder is a 32 bit application which converts the ISDN layer 3 messages
and information elements into a readable format. Since you cannot find out from the trace file
whether it deals with an information element from a Euro ISDN or a QSig configuration, you
have to select the protocol. You may select the following settings from the main menu:
●
Raw (default setting)
●
Euro ISDN
●
QSig V1
●
CorNet-NQ
With the “Raw” setting, the Hex values are only decoded, not interpreted. With the other two
settings, the Hex values are decoded and interpreted per feature (CC, AOC, ...).
Tracing Call-related Activities
You can trace all activities from any telephone, trunk, etc., that is released by a call. These include consultation calls, conference calls, and hunt groups, for example.
5-18
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
5.3.5.6
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
HiPath Manager PCM Trace Monitor for HiPath 5000
Communication between the different HiPath 5000 applications is organized using various buffer tables and messages. You can monitor the individual entries in the different buffer tables, exchanged immediate messages, program and communication messages for the relevant component in a separate trace window, in other words, a separate window is opened for each
component (application).
The trace windows can be viewed using the Trace Monitor and swapped out for further processing.
>
This documentation does not cover interpretation of the trace window contents by
the Trace Monitor. Trace files are used for problem analysis and are interpreted by
Service Support during servicing.
The description below can be used to determine the work steps required for Trace
Monitor navigation and control and for swapping out the trace contents to a file.
Trace messages can be displayed for the following HiPath 5000 applications:
●
●
Feature Server
Two trace files are available:
–
\winnt\system32\carlogfile.txt
provides details on which HG 1500 boards have logged on to the network and when.
–
\winnt\system32\rgtracefile.txt
provides details on when the individual HG 1500 boards were assigned a station number.
Presence Manager
Two trace files are available:
–
\winnt\system32\dssdiagnosefile.txt
–
\winnt\system32\dsslogfile.txt
●
HiPath Manager PCM Administration
Administration of the configuration parameters for component control by the user, for general parameters, for call charge evaluation and analysis.
●
HiPath Manager PCM
Configuration of call handling and call forwarding using definable profiles.
●
HiPath GetAccount
Internal component that is responsible for evaluating and saving call charges and for immediate printing.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-19
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.5.7
For internal use only
Eventlog for HiPath 3000
HiPath 3000 features an eventlog where accrued errors are classified according to error class
and error number with the date/time of the original error. You can use HiPath 3000 Manager E
to read out the eventlog.
5.3.5.8
Testing Telephones
After startup and country adaptation, you can activate the terminal test on any optiPoint 500 or
optiset E telephone using a code or the service menu. This test checks the display (your number is displayed), LEDs, and calls. The tests ends automatically after a period of time.
During the test, you can satisfy yourself that the visual and audio components function properly.
Test procedure on the system telephone
Table 5-3
Terminal test
Step
Entry
1.
*940
2.
–
>
Explanation
Code for terminal test
For approximately five seconds, all LEDs blink quickly (except for the Service menu LED), all display pixels are activated, and you can hear a tone.
If the test does not react as described, an additional power supply (plug-in power
supply unit) for the relevant system telephone may be necessary.
If the time and date do not appear in the display after startup, either the system telephone or
the cable path is defective. Either exchange the system telephone or check the cable path.
5-20
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
5.3.5.9
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
Event Viewer for HiPath 5000 (Eventlog)
Introduction
The Event Viewer (Eventlog) is one of the tools supplied with NT-based operating systems
(Microsoft Windows NT, Microsoft Windows 2000, Microsoft Windows XP, etc.). The Event
Viewer administers logs that record information on programs, security, and system events on
the computer. You can use it to display and administer eventlogs, to gather information on hardware and software problems, and to monitor security events.
You can use this standard tool to obtain status information for the HiPath 5000 server and any
application server present.
All events associated with the server(s) and its (their) applications are saved. The events provide a quick and, above all, time-specific overview of all relevant actions (status, information,
warning, error, etc.).
The tool itself handles the event entries. You can specify the length of the event file, the validity
of events in days, the reaction when the maximum size has been reached, and the display filter,
for example.
You can save the resulting event file (log file) under any name.
Starting the Event Viewer
Start the Event Viewer from the Windows Start menu: Start/Programs/Administrative
Tools/Event Viewer
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-21
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.5.10
For internal use only
HiPath 5000State Viewer
The current status of the HiPath ComScendo service and all associated services can be
checked via the state viewer.
This is invoked via Start/Program Files/HiPath/HiPath 5000 Status Display.
Figure 5-1
HiPath 5000State Viewer
The example in Figure 5-1 illustrates the correct operation of a HiPath ComScendo service. For
the server itself ("= in operation") and all services, the "status indicators are green".
5-22
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
5.3.5.11
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
HiPath Fault Management
HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 systems have a separate SNMP agent that allows access to various system data that is stored in its MIB or Management Information database. The MIB provides basic system information, status information, event-related data, and information on installed hardware (slots) and configured connections (ports).
HiPath Fault Management can read information from the HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 system
MIB via SNMP requests. This allows the system to permanently monitor the status of the network components and to include changes of status in the network administrator information.
A graphic map of the network displays the topology and the current status of the network components.
For detailed information, refer to the product-specific documentation for HiPath Fault Management.
SNMP Functionality
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) represents a convenient platform within the
TCP/IP protocol family for management tasks in the HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 software.
SNMP is used more or less as a management agent on HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 and handles central monitoring and administration of LAN network components, including the HiPath
3000 and HiPath 5000. This involves
●
address the HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 over the TCP/IP protocol family.
●
access data from external management applications such as HiPath Fault Management.
●
implement remote maintenance jobs (such as online port status, disabling and enabling
ports, and determining free ports).
●
transmitting service-related class B errors
●
visualize the operating status of a HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-23
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.5.12
>
For internal use only
Licensing Analysis
This documentation does not cover interpretation of the analysis data. Trace files,
log files, etc. are used for problem analysis and are interpreted by Service Support
during servicing.
5.3.5.12.1
Analysis Using Customer License Manager (CLM)
The CLM installation directory (for example, C:\Program Files\licensing\license
manager) contains the Trace directory among other things. Each time the TomCat Web server is started, a new subdirectory is created to which the trace output is then written. Trace output can be viewed using MS Internet Explorer.
5.3.5.12.2
Analysis Using Customer License Agent (CLA)
The CLA offers two analysis options:
Log files
The Customer License Agent (CLA) manages a configuration log and error log. Both logs are
viewed using the CLM. This provides a good overview of an error situation that helps to narrow
down an error to a specific area, for example.
Trace files
The CLA records detailed information about its internal processes in a text file that is stored in
the bin subdirectory of its installation directory. The degree of detail (off, low, standard, all) and
the size (in MB) of this recorded information can be defined using the Customer License Manager (CLM).
5-24
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
5.3.5.13
>
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
Analysis Using HiPath Software Manager and HiPath Inventory Manager
This documentation does not cover interpretation of the analysis data. Trace files,
log files, etc. are used for problem analysis and are interpreted by Service Support
during servicing.
Trace files
The installation directory of the Common Web Service (default = C:\Program Files\siemens\hipath\commonweb) contains, among other things, the Trace directory, in which the
trace files for the Web applications HiPath Software Manager and HiPath Inventory Manager
are stored.
This directory name is saved in a registry key during installation. If this key cannot be accessed,
the trace files are stored in the temporary system directory (as the Common Web Service is
started as a system service). Under MS Windows 2000, this directory normally has the name
C:\WINNT\temp, while under MS Windows 2003 it is called C:\WINDOWS\temp.
Each time a Web application is started by the Common Web Service (TomCat Web server), a
separate subdirectory is created. This subdirectory contains the trace files in XML format. The
subdirectory name follows the convention date_<DATE>_time_<TIME>.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-25
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.6
For internal use only
HiPath 3000 Error Messages (Entries in the Eventlog for HiPath
3000)
Classification
Accrued errors are classified according to error class and error number. The three different error classes are described below:
●
Error Class A = Customer-related error
HiPath 3000 Manager E fails to issue a signal/message. Class A errors are indicated on
the optiPoint Attendant display. The customer can correct them without service support.
The following error messages are implemented at present:
–
“Printer Alarm” (caused by empty paper tray, for example)
–
“Fan Failure” (caused by failure of the fan with HiPath 3500 or HiPath 3300)
–
“Revisor Alarm” (caused by overflow in the MMC log area, for example).
–
"Too Many Key Modules" (caused by attaching more than the maximum possible number of optiPoint key modules)
●
Error Class B = Service-related errors
Class B errors are signaled to the HiPath 3000 Manager E, and can be automatically forwarded to a service center.
Errors of this class are, for example, failure of the boards, individual ports, or trunks. You
can generally correct these errors by replacing the hardware, reconfiguring the customer
database, or by working together with the carrier.
●
Error Class C = Development-related errors
HiPath 3000 Manager E fails to issue a signal/message.
Class C errors require diagnosis and problem analysis by specialists.
5.3.7
HiPath 5000 Error Messages (Event Viewer Entries for HiPath
5000)
Event Viewer Entries for HiPath 5000
●
Feature server events
●
GetAccount events
●
HiPath Manager PCM events
5-26
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
5.3.8
Error correction
5.3.8.1
Automatic Error Correction
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
One of the below recovery actions is assigned to each error in the error memory. These recovery actions are programmed to automatically correct errors that occur.
●
Hard restart
●
Reload board
●
Reload CDB backup
●
Port lockout
●
Power failure transfer (loop start)
●
None
A watchdog activates continuous loops.
If no recovery measure is assigned or if the one that is assigned fails, a service technician has
to correct the error manually.
5.3.8.2
Manual Error Correction Without HiPath 3000 Manager E
Manually Activating Restart (Reset)/Reload
Pressing the reset button on the central control board
●
initiates a Reset (Hard restart of the entire system with the current CDB) if the button is
pressed for less than 5 seconds. The Run LED lights up when the Reset button is pressed.
●
initiates a Reload if the button is pressed longer than 5 seconds. The Run LED disappears
after approximately five seconds as verification that the reload has been initiated. The entire content of the customer database is replaced by its default version. All country and customer-specific settings are lost.
Locking out and Releasing Boards and Ports
You can lock out and release ports using the lockout switch located on the board. The lockout
prevents renewed seizure after the current connection has finished. It creates
●
a port lockout in an outgoing direction on analog trunk boards.
●
a port lockout in outgoing and incoming directions on trunk boards.
●
a lockout of the entire board for subscriber line modules.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-27
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.8.3
For internal use only
Manual Error Correction With HiPath 3000 Manager E
Initiating Restart (Reset)
This initiates an immediate hard restart of the entire system with the current CDB.
Initiating Reload Card
This the single board (loading Loadware) to reload.
Locking out and Releasing Boards and Ports
HiPath 3000 Manager E enables you to lock out an entire subscriber line module or line circuit
module and individual ports. The lockout prevents renewed seizure after the current connection has finished. Lockout or release settings are also retained after a reset.
You cannot lock out the first SLMO/SLU board because administration through the Assistant T
uses its first two ports.
If you try to lock out the last active trunk, you will be notified that remote service through the
service center is no longer possible.
You cannot use HiPath 3000 Manager E to release boards and ports locked out with the lockout
switch.
ALUM
You cannot initiate a power failure transfer to analog telephones using HiPath 3000 Manager E.
5-28
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
For internal use only
5.3.9
Remote Service
Definition
Remote service is described as communication between the service center and HiPath 3000/
5000 using public telecommunications networks to fulfill service tasks. These tasks are
●
remote system administration,
●
remote administration of Plus products via the system,
●
remote correction of system software (APS transfer),
●
automatic signaling of error messages.
Remote service facilitates the administration and maintenance of various communication systems from a central location. You can establish a connection to the system via an integrated
digital modem
(B channel) or an integrated analog modem (IMODC) or via HG 1500.
HiPath 3000/5000
Central Board
PSTN
(analog or
digital
telecommunications
network)
Modem
Service center
service PC
with
HiPath 3000 Manager E
LIM
Customer
LAN
Plus Products
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-29
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.9.1
For internal use only
HiPath 3000 Connection Options
●
HG 1500
All HiPath 3000 systems can be accessed remotely with a LAN-LAN link via the HG 1500
board.
●
Integrated analog modem IMODN
This modem enables remote access to all systems in the HiPath 3000 product line. Access
is achieved using any trunks, tie trunks, and all subscriber lines. IMODN is designed as a
plug-in card.
7
Caution
Be sure to disconnect the system from the power supply before removing or inserting integrated analog modems (IMODN).
The IMODN is treated as a pseudo port. It receives a number in the system that can be
reached internally through direct internal dialing (DID). You can cancel the DID number
manually to prevent external access.
●
Integrated digital modem (B channel)
An integrated B channel modem is available with all systems in the HiPath 3000/5000
product line. This type of modem facilitates remote access using both digital trunks, tie
trunks, as well as S0 subscriber lines. Data transmission is supported according to Protocol X.75.
The digital modem is treated as a pseudo port. It receives a number in the system that can
be reached internally and through direct internal dialing. You can cancel the DID number
manually to prevent external access.
Access to the analog/digital modem
The customer must enable the access to both modems by entering a six-digit PIN code. If the
service center is to make a connection to the HiPath 3000/5000 over a modem, it may be necessary to enter this individual code. It depends on which trunk type is used for the modem access. The following applies to the system default:
●
Access over ISDN trunk = enable procedure: customer must enter PIN code.
●
Access over another trunk = login without code: PIN code is not necessary.
If necessary, the system administration (only by using Assistant T) can reset the PIN code back
to the default value.
5-30
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
5.3.9.2
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
HiPath 5000 Connection Options
In general, the connection to HiPath 5000 is established via special software programs, such
as pcANYWHERE. Please refer to the relevant product documentation for information on possible applications.
If the customer agrees, Remote Access Service RAS can also be used, provided this service
is active on the HiPath 5000 server.
5.3.9.3
Remote System Administration
Remote Administration with HiPath 3000 Manager E
To establish a remote connection between HiPath 3000/5000 and the service center (HiPath
3000 Manager E), the following options are available:
●
Callback
●
Service call via code
●
Automatic error signaling
Any one of these options establishes a connection using the integrated digital modem (B channel) or the integrated analog modem (IMODN).
Callback
HiPath 3000/5000 can manage up to 6 different callback indices (callback passwords and their
relevant callback numbers), in which case the first callback connection is also the destination
of the automatic error signaling. For each callback connection, you can select either the digital
modem (B channel) or the analog modem (IMODN).
Service call via code
You can use any telephone to initiate a HiPath 3000/5000 service call to the service center by
selecting the connection setup option “Service call using a code” and activating the feature “Remote access immediately after installation”. In contrast to the usual callback procedure, this
callback (service call) is not activated by HiPath 3000 Manager E itself, but by any telephone
you choose. Callback initialization is essentially skipped.
The service call destinations are the six callback indices that also apply to callback. You are
not required to enter the relevant passwords.
Automatic error signaling
Error Class B errors can be transferred to a service center automatically. For more information
on this, see Section 5.3.9.5.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-31
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
For internal use only
DTMF Remote Administration
This feature facilitates remote system administration by transmitting DTMF signals. The user
interface (menu prompt) is the same as that of the Assistant T for system administration on site.
DTMF remote administration can be performed using either the analog or digital trunks.
5.3.9.4
Remote Correction of System Software (APS)
The service center performs the APS transfer.
5.3.9.5
Remote Error Signaling
Error Class B errors can be transferred to a service center automatically. To do this, the “Error
signaling” flag has to be activated and a number entered under the callback index 1.
The error report consists of one header and the error information that is transmitted in binary
form. The header contains a unique identifier that recognizes the customer system that sent
the error reports.
5.3.9.6
Remote Administration and Access Using PPP
You can establish a connection between the system/Plus product and the service center using
either the integrated digital modem (B channel) or the integrated analog modem (IMODN). Data
is exchanged in both cases using Point-to-Point-Protocols (PPP).
For more detailed information on the possible functions, see Chapter 4, "HiPath 3000/5000 in
the LAN Network".
Remote System Administration
You can also operate HiPath 3000 Manager E in conjunction with the relevant infrastructure
(RDT network, router) using PPP.
For more information on this, see Section 4.9.4.
Remote Administration of Plus Products
You can use HiPath 3000/5000 to administer Plus Products from a central service center. HiPath 3000/5000 merely provides the transmission medium for this. The actual Plus Product
administration is performed via special software programs, such as pcANYWHERE.
For more information on this, see Section 4.9.5.
Remote Error Signaling Using SNMP
Plus products and the HiPath 3000/5000 can transmit error messages (SNMP traps) to the service center.
5-32
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
For more information on this, see Section 4.9.2.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-33
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.10
Access Security
5.3.10.1
Logon With User Name and Password
For internal use only
Security
To ensure that authorized users have access to the HiPath 3000/5000 and to prevent unauthorized accesses, users must be identified by a user name and authorized by a password. This
applies to all local and remote administration and maintenance procedures using HiPath 3000
Manager E, Assistant T, HiPath 3000 Manager C, Assistant TC, and AMHOST.
After the first system startup and during country initialization, you can select between the following security options:
●
variable password (default)
●
fixed password concept
variable password
Up to 16 users can be assigned their own user ID with individual name, password, and a user
group consisting of six pre-determined user groups. Only the data authorized for the relevant
user group can be read and administered.
During the first login, the system requests the identity of the user and asks for a new password
(max. 15 characters from the optiPoint 500 character set). This then overwrites the default user
name (31994) and default password (31994). This first user is then automatically assigned to
the user group “System Maintenance”. The system informs the user that no user is configured
in the system and that the user has been assigned with “System Maintenance” authorization.
Using HiPath 3000 Manager E or Assistant T, additional users and their passwords can be configured in the user administration.
If a user forgets a password, it has to be deleted and reconfigured by a different authorized user.
If all authorized users forget their passwords, the system must be regenerated.
Fixed Password
When using the fixed password, only fixed user groups with unchangeable default user names
and default passwords are used. Also, new users cannot be configured in the user administration.
5-34
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
Changing Password Types
Only with Assistant T can you change from a variable password to a fixed password type and
vice versa. To do this, you have to re-initialize the country settings. This switches the entire
content of the customer database (including user names and passwords) to a default state.
If you perform country initialization in a system with a variable password, the previously created
user names and passwords remain intact as long as you do not subsequently change the password type.
If a CDB is read from a system in which the default user names and passwords were changed,
this CDB cannot be loaded into a HiPath 3000/5000 system that was changed to a fixed password type. Before reading this CDB, you have to set up a user (user name and password) in
the system that matches a user group with a fixed password. Once this user has been set up,
the CDB can be read from the HiPath 3000/5000 . With this user name and ID, you can now
load the CDB into the system switched to the fixed password type.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-35
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.10.2
For internal use only
Pre-determined User Groups and Their Access Rights
User Groups With a Variable Password
The following table shows the six pre-determined user groups and their access rights.
1.
●
●
2.
●
●
Assessing and archiving backup-related log
files
Reader rights to system data (error memory,
for example), not including confidential customer information
X
X2
●
Access rights to all system data (not including
development access rights) as long as no users are assigned to other user groups.
X
4.
●
Access rights to confidential customer information
Executing customer actions (printing out certain lists, for example)
X3
X
X
X
X3, 4
X4
5.
●
Access rights to non-confidential customer
information
6.
●
Access rights to parameters and call detail
recording actions (not including interface parameters for the output device)
7.
●
Access rights of the “System Maintenance”
user group
Setting up and reading certain parameters to
which no other user group has access.
●
Development
X1
X
3.
●
1
2
3
4
Setting up/deleting users
Assigning users to user groups
Accounting
User rights
Audit
User groups
User
admin.
No
.
Customer admin.
(Customer)
Variable Password: Pre-determined User Groups and Their Access Rights
System maint.
(Service)
Table 5-4
X
X
As long as no user is assigned to the “User Administration” user group.
As long as no user is assigned to the “Audit” user group.
As long as no user is assigned to the “Customer administration” user group.
As long as no user is assigned to the “Accounting” user group.
5-36
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
User Groups With a Fixed Password
The following table shows the unchangeable user groups and their rights.
User groups
User rights
1.
●
●
System maint. (Service)
Name/Password=
31994/31994
No.
Development
Fixed Password Concept: Fixed User Groups and their Access Rights
Customer admin. (Cust.)
Name/Password:
– Manager TC=*95/(Password
not necessary)
– Manager C=office/office
Table 5-5
Assessing and archiving backup-related log files
Reader rights to system data (error memory, for example), not including confidential customer information
X
X
X
2.
●
Access rights to all system data (not including development access rights)
X
3.
●
X
X
X
●
Access rights to confidential customer information
Executing customer actions (printing out certain lists,
for example)
4.
●
Access rights to non-confidential customer information
X
X
X
5.
●
Access rights to parameters and call detail recording
actions (not including interface parameters for the output device)
6.
●
Setting up and reading certain parameters to which no
other user group has access.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
X
X
5-37
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.10.3
For internal use only
System Access Options
The user’s access rights, in other words the data that the user may read or manage, always
depend on the user group to which the user is assigned.
Service Tools
●
Assistant T and Assistant TC
Log on by entering your user name and password
(independently of the lock code)
The system can only be accessed using the first two UP0/E connections from the first
SLMO/SLU board in the system.
●
HiPath 3000 Manager E and HiPath 3000 Manager C (local)
Log on by entering your user name and password
●
HiPath 3000 Manager E (remote), direct connection
Log on by entering your user name and password
The system can be accessed directly using the integrated digital modem (B channel) or the
integrated analog modem. However, the user is required to establish a 5 digit access code
beforehand.
●
HiPath 3000 Manager E (remote), callback connection
Log on by entering your user name and password
The system can be accessed using the integrated digital modem (B channel) or the integrated analog modem. However, you have to set up a callback index beforehand.
●
HiPath Software Manager
Log on by entering your user name and password
AMHOST
The AMHOST (Administration and Maintenance via HOST) feature allows Plus products to
read certain system information and to change it, if necessary. To enable Plus products to access the system, you have to set up a user without a user group in the HiPath 3000/5000 default user administration. Enter “AMHOST” as the user name and “77777” as the default user
password.
You can only change this password if the system is configured using a variable password. In
this case, delete the “AMHOST” user and reconfigure the system with the same user name and
a new password.
5-38
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
5.3.10.4
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
Customer Data Security
When saving a customer database on the hard disk, a user table (part of the user administration) with user name and encrypted passwords are also saved. This guarantees access security when the customer database is opened offline later on.
When opening the customer database offline, you are requested to enter your user name and
password. The data that you enter is compared to the data in the user table. In this case, the
user group verified during this process also determines the access rights.
When loading an offline customer database into HiPath 3000/5000 , the user table that goes
with it should not be loaded into the system. Otherwise, the system-specific user administration
would be distorted.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-39
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
5.3.11
For internal use only
Automatic Logging of Administration Procedures
Definition
All accesses to customer-related data in the HiPath 3000/5000 are automatically logged in an
area of the MMC (LOG area) reserved for this purpose. The information recorded includes who
the user is, the data manipulated by the user, and the time. An authorized user (member of the
“Audit” user group) can transfer the system data to a PC and assess it.
5.3.11.1
Logging
A log entry contains the following information:
●
Date and time
●
User name and user group
●
Type of activity (format identification) and activity (command entry)
5.3.11.1.1 Format Identification and Command Entry
The following format information is logged:
●
Assistant T (1)
All activities are logged, regardless of system access. The respective code with the most
important parameters is recorded as the command entry (station/number, for example).
●
Assistant TC (2)
Same as Assistant T (1)
●
Session Information (3)
The system access is logged, regardless whether it is logged using Assistant T, HiPath
3000 Manager E, or other HiPath systems. Possible command entries are:
A0-1 = Login procedure
A0-2 = Logout procedure
A0-3 = Unauthorized login attempt
●
HiPath 3000 Manager E Database (4)
Access to the database is logged using HiPath 3000 Manager E. Possible command entries are:
A1-1 = Database read
A1-2 = Regeneration of CDB (Load CDB into the system)
A1-3 = Write database
●
Program Systems (5)
APS transfers and system boots (first bootup, for example) are recorded. Possible command entries are:
5-40
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
– A2-1 = APSXF started
– A2-2 = APSXF ended
– A2-3 = APS boot (APS stamp also included)
●
HiPath 3000 Manager E Maintenance (6)
Maintenance activities which can be assigned with the following command entries are
logged:
– B1-1 = Read error memory
– B1-2 = Delete error memory
– B2-1 = Out of service
– B3-1 = Read Direct Memory Access
– B3-2 = Write Direct Memory Access
– B4-1 = Delete base station status overload
– B4-2 = Delete base station restart
– B5-1 = Digital loopback change
– B6-1 = Trunk rolling change
– B7-1 = Read trunk status
– B8-1 = Delete trunk error counter
●
Simulated or pseudo Assistant T format (7)
The HiPath 3000 Manager E records the offline changes of a CDB as a “simulated” Assistant T command. For data areas subject to change by HiPath 3000 Manager E, pseudo
areas are generated. When loading an offline CDB into the system, the following simulated
commands are logged as command entries:
C1 = Pseudo area “System parameter”
– C1-1 System fags/CMI
– C1-2 System intercept/AC
– C1-3 Tones and calls
– C1-4 Direction flag special (Variable direction#)
– C1-5 System settings
– C1-6 Host Link Interface
– C1-7 Relocate activation
C2 = Pseudo area “System timer”
– C2-1 System timer
C3 = Pseudo area “S0 configuration”
– C3-1 Station bus
– C3-2 Line supervision
– C3-3 Mode
C4 = Pseudo area “Lines”
– C4-1 Loop start parameter (Variable Slot/Line#)
C5 = Pseudo area “Digit analysis”
– C5-1 Internal number (Variable Stn#, Grp#)
– C5-2 Service codes
C6 = Pseudo area “Summer time”
– C6-1 Summer time
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-41
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
For internal use only
C7 = Pseudo area “Directions”
– C7-1 Direction flags (Variable direction#)
C8 = Pseudo area “Door setup”
– C8-1 Door setup (Variable door#)
C9 = Pseudo area “UCD Flags”
– C9-1 UCD Flags
C10 = Pseud area “Delete system counter”
– C10-1 Delete system counter
●
HiPath 3000 Manager E online (8)
Archives from the log file and the user administration are logged. Possible command entries are:
– D1-1 = Archive
– D2-1 = New user
– D2-2 = Delete user
– D3-1 = Change password
>
5-42
Logging External Accesses (Solutions, Applications)
Plus products used with “AMHOST” can only make limited changes. Because these
changes ’automatically’ run simultaneously (Check In and Check Out for hotel solutions, for example), these are not logged. Only the session information (user name
is “amhost”) with the command entries “Login procedure” and “Logout procedure”
are logged.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb5.fm
For internal use only
5.3.11.2
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
Issuing and Saving Log Data
Data is automatically logged in an area (LOG area) on the MCC reserved for this purpose. It
cannot be switched off.
If approximately 80 % of the MMC log area capacity is exceeded, a Class A error is issued.
This error is dealt with like all Class A errors and is displayed on the optiPoint Attendant as “Revisor Alarm.”
The log should now be read out and archived, in other words it should be saved in an archive file
(file extension = arc). If an archive is not created, the oldest datablock is overwritten if there is
a danger of overflow.
You can only issue log entries using HiPath 3000 Manager E. You cannot retrieve the log entries from the system until you have logged on as a user with “Revisor” rights.
Archive
If you request an archive (storage), the system checks whether or not there is already an archive file (file extension = arc). If it is a file with log data from a previous archive, the file must
match the current customer. In case of a positive result, the system log entries are retrieved
and attached to the existing data in the archive file. At the same time, the data in the system
is deleted.
If malfunctions occur during this procedure (for example, line interruption), the entire procedure
ends and the archive has to be restarted.
If no archive is requested, the revisor can retrieve, view, and print the log entries. However, log
entries remain in the system.
Multimedia Card (MMC)
When replacing the multimedia card, the following applies:
●
If the memory area for logging data is empty, logging restarts.
●
If the memory area for logging data is not empty, logging continues.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
5-43
3000sb5.fm
Serviceability
Options in the Service Department
For internal use only
Example of a Log Printout
The following assumption applies as an example: The first system boot up has taken place.
Customer-specific programming was completed.
1050
00-11-25 15:57:10
rev(R)
(6)D1-1
Archive
1051
00-11-25 15:58:22
rev(R)
(3)A0-2
Logout procedure
1052
00-11-26 09:20:15
serv(S)
(3)A0-1
Login procedure
1053
00-11-26 09:21:35
serv(S)
(4)A1-1
Database read
1054
00-11-26 09:21:52
serv(S)
(7)14-12-*(20)
Station name
1055
00-11-26 09:22:45
serv(S)
(4)A1-3
Write database
1056
00-11-26 09:23:25
serv(S)
(3)A0-2
Logout procedure
1057
00-11-26 10:10:15
pnkm(A) (3)A0-1
Login procedure
1058
00-11-26 10:11:15
pnkm(A) (2)14-12-”30”
Station name
1059
00-11-26 10:11:35
pnkm(A) (2)14-12-”31”
Station name
1060
00-11-26 10:12:15
pnkm(A) (3)A0-2
Logout procedure
1061
00-11-27 11:20:30
rev(R)
Login procedure
(3)A0-1
The sample printout (without consideration of headers and footers) refers to the following information concerning administration procedures:
●
The Revisor (“rev” user in “R” (Revision) user group) has generated an initial archive.
●
The Service (“serv” user in “S” (system maintenance) user group) has read out the system
database, changed 20 station names, and written them again to the system.
●
The Customer (“pnkm” user in “A” (Administration) user group) has changed two additional
station names.
●
The Revisor has retrieved the most recent log entries and printed them out.
5-44
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb6.fm
Middleware
HiPath TAPI 120 V2.0
For internal use only
6
Middleware
6.1
HiPath TAPI 120 V2.0
The 1st party CTI functionality is available for all HiPath 3000 models in conjunction with HG
1500. Up to six TAPI 120 can be operated without a license. Licenses are mandatory for any
additional TAPI 120s installed. The software, installation manual and additional information
(data sheet) can be found on the Internet at http://www.siemens.de/hipath.
6.1.1
HiPath TAPI 170 V2.0
This TAPI driver supports Microsoft TAPI 2.1 (Windows NT 4.0) and TAPI 3.0 (Windows 2000/
XP). The software is enabled by a license server. Test software, installation manual and additional information (data sheet) can be found on the Internet at http://www.siemens.de/hipath.
server
Operating
systems
Windows NT 4.0 (SP 6 or higher) or Windows 2000
Clients
Operating systems
Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0 (SP 6 or higher), Windows 2000
or Windows XP Professional
Connection
variants
V.24, S0 or LAN
Basic software
package
10 clients, 4 expansion packages up to 10, 25, 50 and 100 clients
CSTA
Interfaces
Depending on the model, up to four interfaces are available
Applications
Several applications can run in parallel, but they cannot send
conflicting commands or be mutually exclusive
Monitor points
1000
Four monitor points are required, for example, to monitor a station with four applications over CSTA
Call number
length
Maximum of 6 digits
Load behavior
incoming calls are rejected (busy) as soon as a traffic volume of
1400 BHCA is exceeded. This happens when more than four
calls are received within ten seconds. This does not affect call
traffic within the node
CSTA
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
6-1
3000sb6.fm
Middleware
HiPath TAPI 120 V2.0
server
6.1.2
For internal use only
Operating
systems
Windows NT 4.0 (SP 6 or higher) or Windows 2000
CallCenter
operation
If, as a customer of Siemens AG, you want to operate a call center with more than 32 agents at the CSTA interface, contact your
country-specific Siemens organization to inspect additional configurations. For direct sales, please use the planning tool to inspect the dynamic performance limit of a HiPath 37x0 configuration.
Data Synchronization
Data Synchronization
When using TAPI 170 in the networked system, synchronization of the configuration data is
carried out via the CCMS/CCMC components:
●
Synchronization of the configuration data between the feature provider database and the
central HiPath 3000/5000 database (SQL) is administered via the CCMS (Central Configuration Manager Server) on the HiPath 3000/5000 server.
●
The central administration tool updates the client configuration data in the central HiPath
3000/5000 database (SQL).
●
Synchronization of the configuration data between the HiPath 3000/5000 database (SQL)
and the local HiPath 3000/5000 databases (mdb) is administered via the CCMC (Central
Configuration Manager Client) on the respective PCs.
Data Synchronization (HiPath AllServe)
When using TAPI 170 in the HiPath AllServe network, the configuration data is synchronized
via the CCMS/CCMC components:
6-2
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb6.fm
For internal use only
Middleware
HiPath TAPI 120 V2.0
●
The central administration tool updates the client configuration data in the central HiPath
3000/5000 database (SQL).
●
The configuration data in the HiPath 3000/5000 database (SQL) and the local HiPath 3000/
5000 databases (mdb) is synchronized via the CCMC (Central Configuration Manager Client) on the respective PCs.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
6-3
3000sb6.fm
Middleware
HiPath TAPI 120 V2.0
6.1.3
For internal use only
Features
The following features are available depending on the system used and the support of the TAPI
applications:
Features of the Components TSP/CMD
●
Outgoing connection setup, incoming call acceptance, ending calls
●
Call status display, call number display
●
Call logging
●
Call pick-up (group), consultation hold, toggle, call transfer, conference
●
Speed transfer, redirect and call hold
●
Touchtone dialing (DTMF) during conversation
●
Call detail information
●
Description of display
●
Hookswitch status setting/retrieval
●
Volume control for handset, speaker and headset
●
Set LED mode
●
Park/unpark
●
Dynamic generation of lines via the application
●
Call center features
6-4
–
Retrieve/set/delete mailbox indicator (message waiting)
–
Retrieve/set/delete call forwarding/do not disturb
–
Additional information for forwarded/ redirected/switched calls
–
Playing Music On Hold and recorded announcements (RCA)
–
Trunk and UCD monitoring
–
Call detail recording (with respect to call status)
–
Unique call identification (in the general domain)
–
Call data exchange between TAPI applications (in the general domain)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb6.fm
For internal use only
Middleware
HiPath TAPI 120 V2.0
TSP (TAPI Extended Services) Features
●
Central recording of call charges
●
Support of ACD proxy request handler
●
Telephone Data Service (TDS)
●
Heartbeat/loopback
●
AMHOST
6.1.4
System Connection Hardware
TAPI 170 for HiPath 3000/5000 or in the HiPath Network
The CTI components are usually connected to one another or to the system(s) via TCP/IP.
TAPI 170 as a Standalone Solution
Alternatively, the TSP/CMD components can be connected to one another or to the system as
follows:
●
via the DIVA Pro 2.0. ISDN card supplied
●
via a V24 interface with a null modem cable (part number: C39195-Z7267-C13); in order
to achieve the best performance possible, the baud rate used can be increased to 19200
bauds.
●
via TCP/IP (recommended default).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
6-5
3000sb6.fm
Middleware
HiPath TAPI 120 V2.0
6.1.5
For internal use only
Software and Hardware Requirements
Hardware Requirements for Server and Client PCs
The hardware requirements valid here are those specified in Microsoft’s PC documentation for
Windows NT 4.0 or Windows 2000. For more information see the Windows documentation.
Software Requirements for the Server PC
●
Windows NT Server 4.0 Service Pack 4 and later
●
or Windows 2000 Server
●
or Windows 2000 Advanced Server
>
When using TAPI 170 for HiPath 3000/5000 network, the server PC will normally
only operate under Windows 2000.
Software Requirements for Client PCs
●
Windows 98
●
or Windows ME
●
or Windows NT Server 4.0 Service Pack 4 and later
●
or Windows NT Workstation 4.0 Service Pack 4 and later
●
or Windows 2000 Server
●
or Windows 2000 Advanced Server
●
or Windows 2000 Professional
●
or Windows XP Office
The Windows NT Service Pack can be downloaded in the Internet at:
>
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/
Other Requirements
●
Network protocol: TCP/IP must be configured.
●
The server PC and the client PC must belong to a Windows NT or Windows 2000 domain.
●
When using Windows NT4 (to read the MAC ID), NETBIOS must be activated.
6-6
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb6.fm
For internal use only
6.1.6
Middleware
HiPath TAPI 120 V2.0
Installation Medium and Order of Installation
Depending on the TAPI 170 system variant, the following applies:
Installation of TAPI 170 for HiPath 3000/5000 or HiPath 5000
The installation files for TAPI 170 are included in the installation media for HiPath 5000 or HiPath 3000/5000 software installation.
The order in which the components are installed is automatically selected by the installation
program. The components to be installed can be specified during installation. After installing
the components, the necessary parameters may be individually configured before carrying out
further installations. However, the components can also be configured at a later time.
Installation of TAPI 170 (Standalone)
An installation CD with the title
HiPath TAPI 170 V2.0
is included. Since the installation comprises components from various manufacturers, it is essential that the installation is performed in the following order.
Order of Installation
1.
Component installation
2.
Component configuration
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
6-7
3000sb6.fm
Middleware
HiPath CAP 3.0
6.2
For internal use only
HiPath CAP 3.0
HiPath CAP is a powerful middleware solution with modular scalability. It delivers efficient improvements and promotes cost reduction by:
●
supporting standard APIs for application developers,
●
supporting application developments with services for CTI, management, and licensing,
available over an SDK,
●
supporting migration from Hicom 300 E/H to HiPath 4000 with multifaceted connection to
various communication platforms, making an application virtually independent of the underlying infrastructure.
The following diagram shows the basic structure of HiPath CAP with detailed information on
the protocols supported and the encryption variants, the CAP-specific services and a number
of telecommunication systems supported.
6-8
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb6.fm
For internal use only
Middleware
HiPath CAP 3.0
Highlights
●
Standard protocols and APIs: Microsoft TAPI 2.x/3.0, JTAPI, CSTA III ASN.1, CSTA XML,
Microsoft Wave API
●
Call Control Service (SCC) for CTI
●
–
multi-domain features
–
harmonization of the call models for Hicom 300 H, HiPath 3000, HiPath 4000, HiPath
5000, HiPath 8000, Octopus E300/800 Rel. 6.5/10, Realitis, Alcatel, Nortel Meridian,
Cisco, and Avaya - for TAPI- and CSTA-based applications
Media Service (MEB) for CTI
–
●
Fault Management Service
–
●
●
Media streaming as a new HiPath CAP feature for applications
Integration in HiPath Management (not dependent on CAP Management)
License, User, and Configuration Management Services
–
uniform license structure
–
integrated License and User Management tool
–
connection to the HiPath License Server (CLS)
–
feature as a service for licensing HiPath CAP and applications in the same manner
Support for special features
–
LiRus, AP emergency, XML PhoneServices
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
6-9
3000sb6.fm
Middleware
HiPath CAP Management
6.3
For internal use only
HiPath CAP Management
CAP Management is the central component in a CAP cluster. It manages and controls all processes and services in a local or distributed HiPath CAP installation. The cluster ID is a unique
form of identification for CAP components in the same CAP cluster.
The following diagram illustrates the position and configuration of the individual CAP components in a distributed installation.
CAP Management is started via the Windows service Siemens HiPath CTI and features a
Web-based interface for administration.
6-10
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb6.fm
For internal use only
Middleware
HiPath CAP Management
CAP Management tasks
●
Administration of central and distributed components
●
Administration of users
●
Administration of devices
●
Administration of licenses
●
License inspection and access control for users and devices
●
Administration of status information for the various processes and services
HiPath CAP Management services
CAP Management can be split into different services that have different tasks:
●
Configuration Management (SCM)
●
User Management (SUM)
●
License Management (SLM)
●
CallIdRepository
●
Address Translation Service (SAT)
●
Open LDAP Server
●
Fault Management (SFM) (independent of CAP Management)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
6-11
3000sb6.fm
Middleware
HiPath CAP Management
6.3.1
For internal use only
HiPath CAP Client/Server Architecture
The HiPath CAP system is based on a client/server architecture. This architecture allows third
party CTI solutions to be implemented. CAP Call Control Service enables the connection to the
telecommunication system and provides application interfaces both on the CTI server and on
the CTI terminals.
The architecture consists of three components:
●
Telecommunication system
●
CSTA-based CTI server
●
Microsoft TAPI-based CTI client
The telecommunication systems supported by the HiPath CAP system differ in particular in the
scope of the telephony functions available via CSTA and the type of physical connection between the telecommunication system and the CTI server.
The HiPath CAP system itself consists of the CAP Management server component, CAP Call
Control Service and the CAP TAPI Service Provider client component. There is a separate installation procedure for each component.
Several telecommunication systems can be controlled collectively by CAP Call Control Services (one service per telecommunication system).
6-12
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb6.fm
For internal use only
Middleware
CAP TAPI Service Provider
CAP Call Control Service runs in conjunction with CAP Management, which facilitates the administration of the individual servers. In addition, all telephone numbers are protected with a
password via CAP Management.
CAP Call Control Service runs in conjunction with CAP Management, which facilitates the administration of the individual servers. In addition, all telephone numbers are protected with a
password via CAP Management.
Connections are established between Version 6.0 and CAP Call Control Service indirectly via
CAP Management. CAP Management is responsible for authentication (by means of a password) and the determination of the CAP Call Control Server responsible for a line. This means
that reconfigurations on the part of the telecommunication systems are transparent for the Version 6.0 and the client applications on the basis of this service provider.
For example, if telephone numbers are moved from once telecommunication system to another, and become the responsibility of a different CAP Call Control server (with a different IP address/port number), then the relevant configuration can only be implemented via CAP Management.
Conversely, there is no need to configure client applications in the HiPath CAP system. This
means that the IP addresses of clients can change, for example through dynamic assignment
via DHCP. The client and CAP Call Control Service are dynamically assigned via CAP Management at every login.
>
6.4
Further information about CAP can be found in the relevant manuals:
●
HiPath CAP 3.0, Installation and Administration Manual
●
HiPath CAP 3.0, CAP TAPI Service Provider,
Installation and Administration Manual
CAP TAPI Service Provider
HiPath CAP is a software platform for Computer Telephony Integration (CTI) on telecommunication systems. Version 6.0 links the CTI client applications. Version 6.0 supports all telecommunication systems accessible over HiPath CAP.
The HiPath CAP system uses interfaces to supply the telecommunication system functionality
that can be used in random CTI applications.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
6-13
3000sb6.fm
Middleware
CAP TAPI Service Provider
6-14
For internal use only
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
For internal use only
7
Workpoints
7.1
optiClient 130 V5.0
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiClient 130 V5.0
The optiClient 130 V5.0 is a PC-based multimedia application that offers connection services
for different communication media over a LAN (network). Voice, video, or chat connections can
be managed and controlled using the optiClient 130 V5.0. For voice connections, this means
that the optiClient 130 V5.0 can be used on a PC like a telephone.
Modular structure
The optiClient 130 V5.0 has a modular structure for the functional elements which can be extended or replaced to change the scope of functions available.
●
The basic module of the optiClient 130 V5.0 is the main bar. The main bar does not provide
any communication functions itself, but instead serves as a central component that works
together with the various modules to define the communication functions and display of the
optiClient 130 V5.0.
●
Interface modules are the modules that allow the available functions to be operated in windows and dialogs. Examples of interface modules are: telephone windows, directories, call
list management, etc.
●
Provider modules determine which communication systems or communication service providers the optiClient 130 V5.0 can be connected to.
●
Manager modules run in the background and are not visible. They assume general communication control functions. Examples of manager modules include the Keyboard Manager and ScreenSaver Manager.
Requirements for the PC
●
Windows 2000 (SP4 or higher) or Windows XP operating system (SP 1)
●
Processor: recommended from 1 GHz
●
RAM memory: at least 512 MB
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-1
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiClient 130 V5.0
For internal use only
Documentation
German and English documentation is available for optiClient V5 Step 2.
Other languages - French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch documentation – at present only
available for optiClient V5 Step 1.
New Features
●
Support for HiPath 3000
●
Contact list/ personal internal phonebook
●
Contact list
●
Web browser
●
easyCom module
●
Migration tool (V2.5/V4.0 è V5.0 Step 2)
●
Small Remote Site Redundancy
7.1.1
optiClient S V2.0
optiClient 130 S V2.0 is the PC client for SIP-protocol-based telephony and videoconferencing
on the real-time IP system HiPath 8000 and on Cisco Proxy.
optiClient 130 S V2.0 is the latest PC client from the Siemens client family. It delivers a PCbased VoIP solution as well as videoconferencing with three stations.
As a member of the optiClient family, optiClient 130 S V2.0 offers the same look and feel as
optiClient 130 V5.0. And as it supports the SIP protocol, only minor adjustments are required
for operation with other SIP-based systems.
The optiClient 130 S V2.0 architecture features modular functional elements that guarantee
maximum flexibility and alignment with user requirements. These elements include:
●
Main bar – The main bar acts as a central element which, together with the modules listed
below, determines the functions available and the display mode for the users.
●
User interface modules – These are used for operating the various functions available in
windows and dialogs, including the phone module for telephony features, Audio Manager
for operating audio telephones, call lists, and address books.
●
Provider modules – You can enter the communication system or service provider that the
optiClient 130 connects to here.
●
Manager modules – These work invisibly in the background and perform general communication control functions. Manager modules include the Keyboard Manager and ScreenSaver Manager
7-2
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
●
Workpoints
optiClient 130 V5.0
Video modules – These modules display the actual video image and the external partner
or both conference partners.
7.1.1.1
User Interface
The optiClient 130 user interface consists of a main bar (system bar) that features a range of
associated dialogs for selecting the individual functions and settings and for identifying ringing
state.
User interface features:
●
The optiClient main bar can be positioned anywhere on the desktop.
●
Open windows can be dragged from the main bar and positioned anywhere on the screen.
Extended keypad
This option lets the user add programmable keys to the keypad. The number of columns, the
number of function keys per column, and the default
function key programming depend both on the preferred settings and the HiPath provider connected.
The application’s individual modules can be dragged from the main bar and positioned anywhere on the screen. For example, frequently used functions, such as, speed dialing keys, can
be anchored anywhere on the screen.
Also provided for optiClient 130 S V2.0 is the easyCom module that is based on a simple and
intuitive principle. The actual subscriber appears in the "communication circle" and communicates with his or her environment by dragging other parties to the communication circle.
●
New and modern user interface designed to meet the needs of the user
●
Enhanced telephony functions, such as, the extended keypad
●
Ideal solution for mobile workers – no matter where he or she is, the user always keeps the
same internal number
●
Individual access privileges and other parameters are maintained, for example, initiated
call forwarding, do not disturb
TAPI support: TAPI 2.0 (first party TAPI) driver for dialing from standard TAPI PC applications
PC requirements
●
Operating system: Windows 2000 (SP4 or higher) or Windows XP (SP1 or higher).
Please make sure you always use the latest operating system software release.
●
Processor: 1 GHz or more recommended
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-3
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiClient 130 V5.0
●
RAM memory: 512 MB or more recommended
●
At least 150 MB of free space on the hard disk
●
CD-ROM drive
●
Ethernet network card
For internal use only
Network requirement/QoS
●
for the Quality of Service (QoS) function with 802.1p support
●
USB support for connecting the optiPoint handset as an audio device
7-4
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
7.2
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
The IP telephones in the optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 families allow users to conduct telephone calls in the simple, familiar way over a data network.
All HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 features that are offered in the display dialog, in the service menu,
and on function keys are available (except for Relocate).
The three dialog keys and the display guarantee convenient and interactive operation (not available for optiPoint 410 entry). Furthermore, the key lamp principle visualizes the activated functions.
The difference between the optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 families lies in the design of the
function key panels:
●
optiPoint 410 family: the function keys have panels with labeling strips on which the function or call number currently saved can be entered.
●
optiPoint 420 family: the function keys are self-labeling keys. Self-labeling means that each
key is assigned a display (1 line with 12 characters) in which the function or call number
currently saved is shown.
The optiPoint SLK add-on device allows you to increase the number of function keys available
(not applicable for optiPoint 410 entry, optiPoint 410 economy, optiPoint 420 economy and optiPoint 420 economy plus). The add-on devices optiPoint key module and optiPoint BLF can be
used with the optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 families.
The optiPoint 410 display module is used as an add-on device for optiPoint 410 standard, optiPoint 410 advance, optiPoint 420 standard and optiPoint 420 advance. Its graphical LCD display (320 x 240 dots), the touchscreen and the navigation keys mean that many functions can
be used intuitively and therefore more effectively.
The use of different optiPoint 500 adapters guarantees flexibility for the expansion of the telephone workstation (not optiPoint410 entry, optiPoint 410 economy, optiPoint 420 economy and
optiPoint 420 economy plus).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-5
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
7.2.1
optiPoint 410 Telephones
7.2.1.1
optiPoint 410 entry
For internal use only
Main Features
●
Protocols
–
H.323, HFA/V3 + V4, CorNet IP
–
HTTP, DHCP, SNMP, FTP
–
H.235 (security)
–
QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.1 p/Q
●
Voice compression G.711, G.722, G.723 and G.729 A/B
●
Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.3af)
●
CTI (for example, via TAPI 3rd party)
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection
●
8 function keys (can be modified with HiPath 3000 Manager E) with LEDs
●
2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus) and pitch
●
Suitable for wall mounting
●
no modularity (no connecting capability for adapters or add-on devices), no display
7-6
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
For internal use only
Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 410 entry
Consultation hold
Number redial
Message
Callback
Speed dialing
Microphone on/off
Loudspeaker
Disconnect
Figure 7-1
optiPoint 410 entry - Standard Key Assignment (Default)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-7
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
7.2.1.2
For internal use only
optiPoint 410 economy
Main Features
●
Protocols
–
H.323, HFA/V3 + V4, CorNet IP
–
HTTP, DHCP, SNMP, FTP
–
H.235 (security)
–
QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.1 p/Q
●
Voice compression G.711, G.722, G.723 and G.729 A/B
●
Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.3af)
●
CTI (for example, via TAPI 3rd party)
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection
●
12 function keys with LEDs (4 that can be programmed with HiPath 3000 Manager E, 8
freely programmable)
●
Alphanumeric LCD swivel display with 2 lines, 24 characters each
●
Three dialog keys for interactive prompting “Yes”, “Back”, and “Next”
●
Open listening
●
2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus), pitch and display contrast
●
Suitable for wall mounting
●
No modularity (no connecting capability for adapters or add-on devices)
7-8
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
For internal use only
Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 410 economy
Service
Programmable
Number redial
Programmable
Microphone on/off
Programmable
Loudspeaker
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Disconnect
Figure 7-2
optiPoint 410 economy - Standard Key Assignment (Default)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-9
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
7.2.1.3
For internal use only
optiPoint 410 standard
Main Features
●
Protocols
–
H.323, HFA/V3 + V4, CorNet IP, SIP
–
HTTP, DHCP, SNMP, FTP
–
H.235 (security)
–
QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.1 p/Q
●
Voice compression G.711, G.722, G.723 and G.729 A/B
●
Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.3af)
●
CTI (for example, via TAPI 1st Party)
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection
●
12 function keys with LEDs (4 that can be programmed with HiPath 3000 Manager E, 8
freely programmable)
●
Alphanumeric LCD swivel display with 2 lines, 24 characters each
●
Three dialog keys for interactive prompting “Yes”, “Back”, and “Next”
●
Full duplex speakerphone mode with echo suppression for adapting to the room
●
Port for headset (121 TR 9-5)
●
2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus), pitch, speaker quality and display contrast
●
Modularity:
●
–
2 adapter slots (option bays)
–
1 interface for max. 2 add-on devices
Suitable for wall mounting
7-10
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
For internal use only
Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 410 standard
Service
Programmable
Number redial
Programmable
Microphone on/off
Programmable
Loudspeaker
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Disconnect
Figure 7-3
optiPoint 410 standard - Standard Key Assignment (Default)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-11
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
7.2.1.4
For internal use only
optiPoint 410 advance
Main Features
●
Protocols
–
H.323, HFA/V3 + V4, CorNet IP, SIP
–
HTTP, DHCP, SNMP, FTP
–
H.235 (security)
–
QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.1 p/Q
●
Voice compression G.711, G.722, G.723 and G.729 A/B
●
Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.3af)
●
CTI (for example, via TAPI 1st Party)
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection
●
1 integrated USB 1.1 interface
●
19 function keys with LEDs (4 that can be programmed with HiPath 3000 Manager E, 15
freely programmable)
●
Graphic display (swivel) with 4 lines, 24 characters each
●
Three dialog keys for interactive prompting “Yes”, “Back”, and “Next”
●
Full duplex speakerphone mode with echo suppression for adapting to the room
●
Port for headset (121 TR 9-5)
●
2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus), pitch, speaker quality and display contrast
●
Modularity:
●
–
1 adapter slot (option bay)
–
1 interface for max. 2 add-on devices
Suitable for wall mounting
7-12
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 410 advance
Service
Programmable
Number redial
Programmable
Microphone on/off
Programmable
Loudspeaker
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Disconnect
Figure 7-4
optiPoint 410 advance - Standard Key Assignment (Default)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-13
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
7.2.2
For internal use only
optiPoint 420 Telephones
The IP telephones of the optiPoint 420 family feature self-labeling keys. Self-labeling means
that each key is assigned a display (1 line with 12 characters) where the currently-stored function or station number is shown.
7.2.2.1
optiPoint 420 economy
Main Features
●
Protocols
–
H.323, HFA/V3 + V4, CorNet IP, SIP
–
HTTP, DHCP, SNMP, FTP
–
H.235 (security)
–
QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.1 p/Q
●
Voice compression G.711, G.722, G.723 and G.729 A/B
●
Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.3af)
●
CTI (for example, via TAPI 1st Party)
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection
●
12 function keys (5 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 7 user-programmable) with
LEDs and self-labeling keys
●
Graphic display (swivel) with 2 lines, 24 characters each
●
Three dialog keys for interactive prompting “Yes”, “Back”, and “Next”
●
Open listening
●
2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus), pitch and display contrast
●
Suitable for wall mounting
●
No modularity (no connecting capability for adapters or add-on devices)
7-14
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
For internal use only
Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 420 economy
Service
Programmable
Number redial
Programmable
Mailbox
Programmable
Microphone on/off
Programmable
Loudspeaker
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Disconnect
Figure 7-5
optiPoint 420 economy - Standard Key Assignment (Default)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-15
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
7.2.2.2
For internal use only
optiPoint 420 economy plus
Main Features
●
Protocols
–
H.323, HFA/V3 + V4, CorNet IP, SIP
–
HTTP, DHCP, SNMP, FTP
–
H.235 (security)
–
QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.1 p/Q
●
Voice compression G.711, G.722, G.723 and G.729 A/B
●
Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.3af)
●
CTI (for example, via TAPI 1st Party)
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection
●
12 function keys (5 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 7 user-programmable) with
LEDs and self-labeling keys
●
Graphic display (swivel) with 2 lines, 24 characters each
●
Three dialog keys for interactive prompting “Yes”, “Back”, and “Next”
●
Open listening
●
Port for headset (121 TR 9-5)
●
2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus), pitch and display contrast
●
Suitable for wall mounting
●
No modularity (no connecting capability for adapters or add-on devices)
7-16
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
For internal use only
Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 420 economy plus
Service
Programmable
Number redial
Programmable
Mailbox
Programmable
Microphone on/off
Programmable
Loudspeaker
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Disconnect
Figure 7-6
optiPoint 420 economy - Standard Key Assignment (Default)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-17
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
7.2.2.3
For internal use only
optiPoint 420 standard
Main Features
●
Protocols
–
H.323, HFA/V3 + V4, CorNet IP, SIP
–
HTTP, DHCP, SNMP, FTP
–
H.235 (security)
–
QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.1 p/Q
●
Voice compression G.711, G.722, G.723 and G.729 A/B
●
Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.3af)
●
CTI (for example, via TAPI 1st Party)
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection
●
12 function keys (5 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 7 user-programmable) with
LEDs and self-labeling keys
●
Graphic display (swivel) with 2 lines, 24 characters each
●
Three dialog keys for interactive prompting “Yes”, “Back”, and “Next”
●
Full duplex speakerphone mode with echo suppression for adapting to the room
●
Port for headset (121 TR 9-5)
●
2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus), pitch, speaker quality and display contrast
●
Modularity:
●
–
2 adapter slots (option bays)
–
1 interface for max. 2 add-on devices
Suitable for wall mounting
7-18
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
For internal use only
Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 420 standard
Service
Programmable
Number redial
Programmable
Mailbox
Programmable
Microphone on/off
Programmable
Loudspeaker
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Disconnect
Figure 7-7
optiPoint 420 standard - Standard Key Assignment (Default)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-19
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
7.2.2.4
For internal use only
optiPoint 420 advance
Main Features
●
Protocols
–
H.323, HFA/V3 + V4, CorNet IP, SIP
–
HTTP, DHCP, SNMP, FTP
–
H.235 (security)
–
QoS to DIFFSERV and IEEE 802.1 p/Q
●
Voice compression G.711, G.722, G.723 and G.729 A/B
●
Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and standard pre802.3af)
●
CTI (for example, via TAPI 1st Party)
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for LAN connection
●
1 Ethernet (10/100BaseT) interface (self-configuring) for the PC connection
●
1 integrated USB 1.1 interface
●
18 function keys (5 changeable using HiPath 3000 Manager E, 13 user-programmable)
with LEDs and self-labeling keys
●
Graphic display (swivel) with 4 lines, 24 characters each
●
Three dialog keys for interactive prompting “Yes”, “Back”, and “Next”
●
Full duplex speakerphone mode with echo suppression for adapting to the room
●
Port for headset (121 TR 9-5)
●
2 volume adjustment keys (plus/minus), pitch, speaker quality and display contrast
●
Modularity:
●
–
1 adapter slot (option bay)
–
1 interface for max. 2 add-on devices
Suitable for wall mounting
7-20
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
Standard key assignment (default) for optiPoint 420 advance
Service
Programmable
Number redial
Programmable
Mailbox
Programmable
Microphone on/off
Programmable
Loudspeaker
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Programmable
Disconnect
Figure 7-8
optiPoint 420 advance - Standard Key Assignment (Default)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-21
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
7.2.3
For internal use only
optiPoint 410 advance S and optiPoint 420 advance S
optiPoint 410 and 420 advance S V4.0 are top-of-the-range models from the optiPoint 410 and
420 families and the first IP phones to offer full SIP protocol support.
optiPoint modules are implemented to guarantee alignment with your workplace requirements.
Applications, such as, Electronic Notebook, WAP Browser or LDAP address finder can be used
in conjunction with the optiPoint display module.
optiPoint 410 advance
optiPoint 410 advance is the optiPoint 410 family’s top-of-the-range model and, like the other
models in the latest series of Siemens IP telephones, not only offers a wide range of features
for IP-based telephony, but also permits the modular expansion of these features, where necessary, through the addition of optiPoint modules and optiPoint adapters (depending in some
cases on the software version).
Features common to optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 models range from the numerous codecs
supported including the new broadband codec G.722 to QoS mechanisms and standard-specific Power-over-LAN. These models also offer flexible administration and maintenance options
as well as opportunities for using additional features and new applications after downloading
the appropriate software.
The optiPoint 410 advance model offers a range of special hardware features:
●
Modular configuration (optiPoint key module, optiPoint key module SLK, optiPoint display
module, optiPoint adapter).
●
Large, illuminated four-line display.
●
Interfaces for headset, USB port.
●
Speakerphone in full-duplex mode.
7-22
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
●
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
Additional functions are available through enhancement with the optiPoint display module
(including graphical user prompts, voice dialing, notebook).
optiPoint 420 advance
In addition to the features already mentioned, optiPoint 420 advance offers even greater userfriendliness: "self-labeling key" technology provides an LCD representation of function key programming – and makes it easy to ensure that the display is always up to date.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-23
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
For internal use only
Overview of advantages
●
optiPoint 410 and 420 advance S V4.0 are versatile and high-performance IP phones that
use both SIP standards and SIP-based features from the Siemens real-time communication system, HiPath 8000.
●
Support for optiPoint key module and optiPoint display module.
●
Integrated 10/100-Mbps mini switch – only one cable to the workstation for telephone and
PC.
●
Best voice quality for VoIP thanks to versatile codes, QoS mechanisms, and full-duplex
speakerphone equipment.
●
Numerous applications on the optiPoint display module to improve telephone integration in
workflows: LDAP access to directories, Electronic Notebook, access to network data with
WAP Browser.
List of features
●
Backlit, pivoting, four-line graphical LCD display with 24 characters per line
●
Eighteen/nineteen programmable function keys with LEDs.
●
Three dialog keys for user prompting
●
Two control keys (plus/minus) for volume/pitch adjustment
●
Loudspeaker and microphone integrated for full-duplex speakerphone mode.
●
Built-in port for headset connection.
●
Integrated, configurable 10/100-Mbps mini switch for connecting the telephone and PC
over a shared LAN connection.
●
Connection of up to two optiPoint key modules or (alternatively) up to two optiPoint selflabeling key modules. Sixteen or 13 additional keys are available in each module and can
be programmed on two levels.
7-24
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
Use of applications over the optiPoint display module
●
Graphic display with 240 (320) pixels with touchscreen functionality,
backlit and pivoting.
●
Five navigation/control keys
●
"Electronic Notebook (ENB)" application
●
Stores up to 640 entries with contact information, such as, names and telephone numbers,
to simplify dialing.
●
"WAP Browser" application
– Access to Internet and intranet content in WML format over WAP gateway or proxy
server.
– Online telephone help can be accessed via WAP Browser.
●
"LDAP" application
– Online address databases can be accessed rapidly over the LDAP interface and data
entered at a central location can be conveniently used to set up connections.
●
Java applications
– The integrated JavaTM Virtual Machine can be used to implement Java applications on
the optiPoint display module.
– For example, the speed-dial application supplied which can be used to program and
dial the 40 speed-dial destinations over a graphical user interface.
– In addition, customer-specific applications can be created in general as a free Java
SDK is also provided for the telephone.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-25
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
7.2.4
7
For internal use only
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 Add-On Devices
Caution
Always disconnect the line cord before connecting add-on devices to the telephone.
The user usually installs the add-on devices. The installation instructions are on the “Electronic
Operating Instructions” CD.
>
A maximum of two add-on devices may be installed on an optiPoint 410 or optiPoint
420 telephone (not optiPoint 410 entry, optiPoint 410 economy optiPoint 420 economy and optiPoint 420 economy plus).
optiPoint key module and optiPoint BLF can be used in addition to the two add-on
devices described below. Table 7-1 shows the possible add-on device configurations.
7.2.4.1
optiPoint SLK module
The optiPoint SLK module is an add-on device that should be mounted on the side of the telephone; it provides an additional 13 keys, LEDs, and displays for all purposes. SLK (self-labeling
key) means that each key is assigned a display (1 line with 12 characters) in which the function
or call number currently saved is shown.
Figure 7-9
optiPoint SLK module
Double assignment can be performed for the keys if only call numbers without LED support are
saved on the first level. It is also possible to program call numbers without LED support on the
second level. These can be internal station numbers, DID call numbers and call numbers from
a HiPath network.
7-26
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
The bottom key of the first key module installed on the telephone (optiPoint SLK module or optiPoint key module) is automatically defined as “Shift key” (default). A Shift key must not already
be programmed.
7.2.4.2
optiPoint 410 display module
This is an add-on device with a graphic swivel display (240 x 320 pixels) with touchscreen functionality, background illumination, and navigation keys.
Figure 7-10
optiPoint 410 display module
Main Features
●
Graphical user interface
●
Local personal telephone directory
●
Access to company-wide telephone directory via LDAP
●
WAP browser
●
Voice-controlled dialing
●
Call list containing all incoming and outgoing calls
●
Speed-dialing list
●
Online help
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-27
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 product family
7.2.4.3
For internal use only
Possible Configurations for the Add-On Devices
The following table shows the possible configurations for add-on devices on telephones from
the optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 families (not optiPoint 410 entry, optiPoint 410 economy,
optiPoint 420 economy and optiPoint 420 economy plus).
Table 7-1
Add-On Device Configuration at an optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 Telephone
optiPoint 410 telephone
optiPoint 420 telephone
1st add-on device
2nd add-on device
optiPoint key module
–
optiPoint key module
optiPoint key module
optiPoint key module
optiPoint BLF
optiPoint410 standard
optiPoint 410 display module
–
optiPoint 410 advance
optiPoint 410 display module
optiPoint key module
optiPoint 410 display module
optiPoint BLF
optiPoint 420 standard
optiPoint 410 display module
optiPoint SLK module
optiPoint 420 advance
optiPoint BLF
–
optiPoint BLF
optiPoint BLF1
optiPoint SLK module
–
optiPoint SLK module
optiPoint SLK module
1
Configuration with two optiPoint BLFs only with HiPath 3800, HiPath 3750, and HiPath 3700
7.2.4.4
Use of optiPoint 500 Adapters
The following optiPoint 500 adapters are available for use on telephones from the optiPoint 410
and optiPoint 420 families (not optiPoint 410 entry, optiPoint 410 economy optiPoint 420 economy and optiPoint 420 economy plus):
●
The adapter must always have a local power supply for operating the connected analog
device.
Note: Floating contacts are not supported when using the adapter on optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420.
●
optiPoint recorder adapter
7-28
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
For internal use only
7.3
>
optiPoint 500 Product Family
The optiPoint 500 telephones described in this section are compatible with the optiset E telephones. It is possible to operate both telephone families on one SLMO
board. You can also use telephones from the two families in mixed host-client configurations (earlier called the master-slave or primary-secondary configuration).
Introduction
optiPoint 500 telephones handle the digital communication of voice and data (voice communication only for optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy). The three dialog keys and the
display guarantee convenient and interactive operation. Furthermore, the key lamp principle
visualizes the activated functions.
With the exception of optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy, the optiPoint 500 telephones have a USB 1.1 interface. This allows for PC-supported telephoning and Internet access over the USB interface of a PC.
The add-on devices optiPoint key module and optiPoint BLF allow you to increase the number
of available function keys.
The various optiPoint 500 adapters allow flexible extension of the telephone workstation. Additional devices (such as personal computers, fax equipment, telephones, headsets) can be connected quickly because it is easy to connect them to the underside of the telephones (not
optiPoint 500entry and optiPoint 500 economy) and because the adapters are "plug’n’play".
The optiPoint 500 product family includes the following telephones:
Telephone (product name)
Remark
optiPoint 500 entry
Telephone without display
optiPoint 500 economy
Telephone with display
optiPoint 500 basic
Telephone with display
optiPoint500 standard
Telephone with display
optiPoint 500 advance
Telephone with display
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-29
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
For internal use only
Key Programming
>
Double key assignment
The programmable function keys of the optiPoint 500 telephones and the optiPoint
key modules can have double assignments if only call numbers without LED support
are saved on the first level. It is also possible to program call numbers without LED
support on the second level. These can be internal station numbers, DID call numbers and call numbers from a HiPath network.
When the Shift function is pressed, the LED lights the Shift key. This signals that the
phone numbers on the second key level are available. The Shift function is deactivated after 5 s or after you press a phone number or if the you press the Shift key
again.
The optiPoint BLF function keys cannot have double assignments.
HiPath 3000/5000 < V3.0 does not automatically detect optiPoint 500 telephones; it treats
them as if they were optiset E telephones:
optiPoint 500 telephone
Generation/detection by HiPath 3000/5000 and HiPath
3000 Manager E
optiPoint 500 entry
–>
optiset E basic
optiPoint 500 economy
–>
optiset E advance plus/comfort
optiPoint 500 basic
–>
optiset E advance plus/comfort
optiPoint500 standard
–>
optiset E advance plus/comfort
optiPoint 500 advance
–>
optiset E advance plus/comfort + optiset E key module
Because optiPoint 500 advance has more function keys (4 + 15) than any optiset E telephones
(max. 4 + 8), the system generates an optiset E advance plus/comfort with optiset E key module
for the optiPoint 500 advance. HiPath 3000 Manager E also recognizes this combination.
Use the 4 + 8 function keys of the optiset E advance plus/comfort and the first 7 keys of the
optiset E key module to program the 4 + 15 function keys of the optiPoint 500 advance.
7-30
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
For internal use only
7.3.1
optiPoint 500 Telephones without Display
optiPoint 500 entry
The optiPoint 500 entry telephone is an economical
entry-level model for access to the digital technology
of the HiPath 3000/5000 system. It is designed for
common areas and users who require minimal features. The optiPoint 500 entry model has:
●
Eight preassigned function keys with LEDs (can
be reprogrammed with HiPath 3000 Manager E)
●
Open listening
●
Two settings keys (plus/minus) for ringer volume,
ringer pitch, alerting tone, open listening
●
Suitable for wall mounting
●
no modularity (no connecting capability for
adapters or add-on devices), no display
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-31
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
7.3.2
For internal use only
optiPoint 500 Telephones with Display
The following telephones include alphanumeric displays and provide interactive prompting
while a call is in progress. Interactive prompting means that you are offered only functions that
are relevant to the current call status. You can access these features using three optiGuide dialog keys: OK, Next and Previous.
Display
Peter Parker
Consultation?
Scroll
>
Invoke Conference?
Invoke Transfer?
Select
>
>
Display
Dialog keys
For clarity, the functions are arranged in submenus.
You can also select the features directly by using the service key to enter their codes.
You can also assign functions or function loops (macros) to the specific function keys.
7-32
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
optiPoint 500 economy (not for U.S.)
The optiPoint 500 economy is an entry-level display telephone. It has a comprehensive function
package, including the following features:
●
12 function keys with LEDs (4 that can be
programmed with HiPath 3000 Manager E, 8
freely programmable)
●
Alphanumeric LCD swivel display with 2
lines, 24 characters each
●
Three dialog keys for interactive prompting
“Yes”, “Back”, and “Next”
●
Open listening
●
Two settings keys (plus/minus) for ringer volume, ringer pitch, alerting tone, open listening
●
Suitable for wall mounting
●
no modularity (no connecting capability for
adapters or add-on devices)
optiPoint 500 basic
The optiPoint 500 basic is a professional telephone with all the features of the optiPoint 500
economy, plus:
●
Interfaces and slots:
– 1 USB 1.1 interface
– 1 adapter slot (option bay)
– 1 interface for max. 2 add-on devices
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-33
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
For internal use only
optiPoint 500 standard
The optiPoint 500 standard is a professional telephone with all the features of the optiPoint 500 basic, plus:
●
Full duplex speakerphone mode with echo
suppression for adapting to the room
optiPoint 500 advance
The optiPoint 500 advance is a professional telephone with all the features of the optiPoint 500
standard, plus:
●
19 function keys with LEDs (4 that can be programmed with HiPath 3000 Manager E, 15
freely programmable)
●
Interfaces and slots:
– 1 integrated USB 1.1 interface
– 2 adapter slots (option bays)
– 1 interface for max. 2 add-on devices
– 1 headset connection (121 TR9-5)
7-34
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
For internal use only
7.3.3
Comparison of Features on all optiPoint 500 Telephones
Feature
optiPoint 500 telephone
entry economy basic standard advance
Function keys with LEDs:
variable using HiPath 3000 Manager E)
8
4
4
4
4
Function keys with LEDs:
programmable
–
8
8
8
15
12-element keypad (0 - 9, #, *)
x
x
x
x
x
Two settings keys (plus/minus)
x
x
x
x
x
Open listening
x
x
x
x
x
Full duplex speakerphone mode
–
–
–
x
x
Adapter slots (bay options)
–
–
1
1
2
USB interface
–
–
1
1
1
Three dialog keys
–
x
x
x
x
Display
–
2 x 24
2 x 24
2 x 24
2 x 24
Connection for optiPoint key module
–
–
x
x
x
Connection for optiPoint BLF
–
–
x
x
x
Optional wall mounting
x
x
x
x
x
159
220
64
214
220
68
214
220
68
214
220
68
214
220
68
Dimensions in mm:
●
Width
●
Depth
●
Height
Maximum length of the connecting line in
meters:
●
Without plug-type AC adapter
●
With plug-type AC adapter
Maximum length of connecting line between
primary and secondary telephone (through
phone adapter) in meters
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
500
1000
100
7-35
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
7.3.4
For internal use only
optiPoint 500 Add-On Devices
You can use the optiPoint key module and optiPoint BLF add-on devices to increase the number
of available function keys on the optiPoint 500 basic, optiPoint 500 standard, and optiPoint 500
advance telephones.
The user usually installs the add-on devices. The installation instructions are on the “Electronic
Operating Instructions” CD.
7
Caution
Always disconnect the line cord before connecting add-on devices to the telephone.
Refer to Section 4.9.3 for model-specific information on the optiPoint key module and the optiPoint BLF.
optiPoint key module
The optiPoint key module is an add-on device (BSG) that
should be mounted on the side of the telephone; it provides
an additional 16 keys, LEDs and labelling areas for all purposes.
Double assignment can be performed for the keys if only call
numbers without LED support are saved on the first level. It
is also possible to program call numbers without LED support on the second level. These can be internal station numbers, DID call numbers and call numbers from a HiPath network (see also Page 7-30).
7-36
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
optiPoint BLF
The optiPoint BLF is an add-on device that
provides 90 additional keys, LEDs and labeling areas for all purposes.
The connection to the telephone or to an
optiPoint key module is made over an interface cable with the following connectors: input MW6 (RJ11), output MW8
(RJ45).
A local power supply (C39280-Z4-C58,
C39280-Z4-C70 = USA, C39280-Z4C66 = UK) is provides power; it can supply
a maximum of two optiPoint BLFs.
Programming Add-On Devices
An inserted add-on device automatically registers with the system and is then ready for operation. You can program keys with HiPath 3000 Manager E or Assistant T. If you replace the
device, the information programmed under the keys is maintained (stored in the customer database).
If a configuration other than the one shown in the figure is used, the LEDs and keys may not
function correctly. You must update the database with HiPath 3000 Manager E.
Example: You replace configuration E by configuration B. You must use HiPath 3000 Manager
E to remove the optiPoint key module 2 from the database so that the LEDs and keys function
correctly.
You can also use Assistant T to delete optiPoint BLFs and optiPoint key modules.
The first optiPoint BLF that is initially connected to HiPath 3750, HiPath 3550, HiPath 3700, or
HiPath 3500 automatically receives standard key assignments (default) for the first 90 system
ports. No standard assignment is made if you already configured an optiPoint BLF with HiPath
3000 Manager E or if other optiPoint BLFs are connected.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-37
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
For internal use only
Possible Configurations for the Add-On Devices
A
optiPoint
BLF
B
optiPoint
key
modules
C
optiPoint
BLF
optiPoint
BLF
D
optiPoint
key
module
optiPoint
BLF
E
optiPoint
key
module
optiPoint
key
module
optiPoint 500 basic,
optiPoint 500 standard or
optiPoint 500 advance
7-38
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
7.3.5
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
optiPoint 500 Adapter
The various optiPoint 500 adapters (not optiPoint 500 entry and optiPoint 500 economy) allow
flexible expansion of the telephone workstation by providing additional device connections
(such as PC, fax equipment, telephones, headsets).
The adapters, which are to be mounted on the underside of the telephone, are “plug’n’play”.
When a new telephone-adapter configuration is plugged in, it generates a reset; a setup message notifies the system of the new configuration.
Option bays
Option bays (adapter slots):
●
2 x for optiPoint 500 advance (shown here)
●
1 x for optiPoint 500 basic and optiPoint 500
standard
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-39
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
For internal use only
optiPoint analog adapter
The optiPoint analog adapter allows an analog device
(such as telephone (DTMF only), group 3 fax, modem,
cordless telephone) to be connected to the optiPoint
500 telephone.
The connected analog device can send and receive
calls to the system on the UP0/E interface regardless
of the connection status of the optiPoint 500 telephone, as long as a B channel is available.
The adapter must always have a local power supply for operating the connected analog device.
T/R interface properties:
●
Supply current: 30 mA
●
Busy signal when both B channels are busy
●
Ring sequence: 2.2
●
Supports only DTMF with Flash
●
No ground signaling allowed
Does not support: VoiceMail server with a/b interface, message waiting lamp, dictating equipment, speaker, announcement device (such as start/stop).
7-40
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
For internal use only
optiPoint acoustic adapter
The optiPoint acoustic adapter is used for connecting
●
a headset (121 TR 9-5) (see Section 7.4.3)
●
an active loudspeaker box and a desk microphone
via the Y cable
●
busy display/door opener and secondary bell/light
paging, etc. (each with its own power supply) via
floating contacts (not supported when using the
adapter on optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420).
Notes on the optiPoint acoustic adapter
●
The internal components of the optiPoint terminal are deactivated in speakerphone mode
if an external microphone and an external loudspeaker are used (sense lead).
●
optiPoint 500 basic does not support the connection of an external microphone to the optiPoint acoustic adapter.
●
The speakerphone mode selection is independent of whether the internal or an external
speakerphone is used. External speakerphones have precedence over internal speakerphones with the exception of manual intercom and signaling procedures.
●
The internal microphone, the transmitter inset and any microphone connected to the optiPoint acoustic adapter are muted in the “Mute” audio state.
●
Ring, alarm and key tones are transferred to the internal loudspeaker and not to an external
loudspeaker connected to the optiPoint acoustic adapter.
●
The volume keys on the optiPoint terminal are used to adjust the volume level of the internal loudspeaker and any connected external loudspeaker. The volume of the external loudspeaker can also be adjusted using the external amplifier.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-41
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
For internal use only
optiPoint recorder adapter
The optiPoint recorder adapter allows an external recorder or second headset to be connected. Attention: The
other party to the conversation must be informed that the
conversation is being recorded.
optiPoint ISDN adapter
The optiPoint ISDN adapter provides the basic
ISDN access for S0 devices (max. 2), such as S0
PC card, group 4 fax equipment, or video communication devices (such as videoset or videokit).
S0 telephones must have their own power supply for connection.
S0 interface properties:
●
Supports point-to-point and passive bus connections
●
Wired for short passive bus configurations
7-42
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
For internal use only
●
Cable lengths
– Maximum 100 m (328 feet) with a cable impedance of 75 ohms
– Maximum 200 m (656 feet) with a cable impedance of 150 ohms (complies with CCITT
recommendation I.430)
The NT terminating resistors are integrated into the ISDN adapter.
optiPoint phone adapter
The optiPoint phone adapter is used for connecting a
second optiPoint 500 telephone (client telephone)
with its own power supply.
The system treats the client as an independent telephone with its own phone number and B channel
which can make or receive calls regardless of the host
telephone’s status.
The maximum distance between the host and client
telephones is approx. 100 m (J-Y (ST) 2x2x0.6, ∅ 0.6
mm).
7.3.6
Restrictions for Using optiPoint Adapters
Adapter Categories
Each UP0/E port in the system provides two B channels. This means that you can connect two
telephones, each with a separate phone number, to one UP0/E port.
Category 1 optiPoint 500 adapters
Each of the following adapters needs both B channels and can therefore only be used once on
a host telephone.
●
optiPoint analog adapter
●
optiPoint ISDN adapter
●
optiPoint phone adapter
If one of these adapters is used in the optiPoint 500 advance, only a category 2 adapter can be
operated in the second slot.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-43
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 500 Product Family
For internal use only
Category 2 optiPoint 500 adapters
The following adapters can be used on the host and client telephones. This is also true if a
category 1 optiPoint 500 adapter is already connected.
●
optiPoint acoustic adapter
●
optiPoint recorder adapter
7-44
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Accessories for optiPoint Telephone Solutions
For internal use only
7.4
Accessories for optiPoint Telephone Solutions
7.4.1
Local Power Supply for optiset E, optiPoint 500 and optiPoint 600
office
You may need a local power supply if you are using large configurations or if you need to extend
the range.
You can connect the local power supply to the line cords of a host or client telephone using two
MW6 jacks and the included connecting cable (part number see Section 7.4.4).
Data for local power supply AUL:06D1284:
●
Line voltage: 220 (230) V AC
●
AC line frequency: 47 to 53 Hz
●
Output voltage: Max. 50 V, min. 30 V
●
Output current: Max. 250 mA
7.4.2
optiPoint 410 and optiPoint 420 Power Supply
The power supply unit features two MW6 jacks. Power is fed to the terminals over the left jack
labelled "Digital".
Technical specifications
Technical specifications
Local power supply, Euro
C39280-Z4-C510
Local power supply, UK
C39280-Z4-C512
Local power supply 110 V U.S.
C39280-Z4-C511
230 VAC
230 VAC
120 VAC
50 Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
Output voltage
max. 43 VDC,
min. 30 VDC
max. 43 VDC,
min. 30 VDC
max. 43 VDC,
min. 30 VDC
Output current
480 mA
480 mA
480 mA
Line voltage
AC line frequency
7.4.3
Headsets
A headset replaces the telephone handset, which means that the user’s hands are free when
telephoning. It is also possible to use of a cordless headset (121 TR 9-.5)
Section 7.4.4 provides details on the various headset models together with the corresponding
part numbers.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-45
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Accessories for optiPoint Telephone Solutions
For internal use only
A headset key can be configured for optiPoint or optiset E telephones. This allows the user to
take calls and to toggle between the handset and the headset.
Figure 7-11
7-46
Example of a Corded and a Cordless Headset
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Accessories for optiPoint Telephone Solutions
For internal use only
Connection options
optiPoint and optiset E telephones not included in the table below do not support headset connection.
Tabelle 7-2
Connection Options for Corded and Cordless Headsets
Telephone
Connection Options for Corded and Cordless Headsets
Direct
Using an opti- Using an optiset Using an optiset
E
E
Point
1
acoustic adapter headset adapter control adapter
headset plus
adapter
optiPoint 500 basic
X
optiPoint 500 standard
X
optiPoint 500 advance
X
X
optiPoint 600 office
X
X
optiPoint 410 standard
X
X
optiPoint 410 advance
X
X
optiPoint 420 economy
plus
X
optiPoint 420 standard
X
X
optiPoint 420 advance
X
X
optiset E basic
X
optiset E advance plus/
comfort
X
X
optiset E advance conference/conference
X
X
optiset E memory
X
X
1
Accepting and ending calls using the headset keys is only supported if the connection is established using an optiPoint
acoustic adapter.
Information on connecting the headset is provided in the relevant installation instructions.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-47
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Accessories for optiPoint Telephone Solutions
7.4.4
For internal use only
Part Numbers
The current sales information contains the complete overview of all certified and deliverable
products.
Telephone/Accessories
optiPoint 500 entry
Color
Part Number
arctic
S30817-S7101-A101-*
manganese
S30817-S7101-A107-*
arctic
S30817-S7108-A101-*
manganese
S30817-S7108-A107-*
arctic
S30817-S7102-A101-*
manganese
S30817-S7102-A107-*
arctic
S30817-S7103-A101-*
manganese
S30817-S7103-A107-*
arctic
S30817-S7104-A101-*
manganese
S30817-S7104-A107-*
arctic
S30817-S7105-A101-*
manganese
S30817-S7105-A107-*
arctic
S30817-S7107-A101-*
manganese
S30817-S7107-A107-*
optiPoint phone adapter
arsenic
S30817-K7110-B108-*
optiPoint analog adapter
arsenic
S30817-K7110-B208-*
optiPoint ISDN adapter
arsenic
S30817-K7110-B308-*
optiPoint acoustic adapter
arsenic
S30817-K7110-B508-*
optiPoint recorder adapter
arsenic
S30817-K7110-B408-*
optiPoint 500 entry wall bracket
arsenic
C39363-A328-C338
optiPoint 500 basic wall bracket
arsenic
C39363-A329-C338
optiPoint 500 economy
optiPoint 500 basic
optiPoint500 standard
optiPoint 500 advance
optiPoint key module
optiPoint BLF
Local power supply
AUL:06D1284
Local power supply, UK
AUL:06D1287
Local power supply, 110 V U.S.
AUL:51A4827
Local power supply, Euro
C39280-Z4-C510
Local power supply, UK
C39280-Z4-C512
Local power supply 110 V U.S.
C39280-Z4-C511
Headset Encore monaural
L30460-X1282-X1
7-48
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiset E
For internal use only
Telephone/Accessories
Color
Part Number
Headset Encore binaural
L30460-X1282-X2
Headset Tristar
L30460-X1282-X3
Headset Supra
L30460-X1282-X4
Headset DuoSet
L30460-X1282-X5
Headset Profile monaural
L30460-X1283-X1
Headset Profile binaural
L30460-X1283-X2
Cordless headset
Part number not available.
7.5
optiset E
Telephones in the optiset E product family are supported on a system-specific basis.
7.6
optiPoint 600 office
The optiPoint 600 office convergence telephone offers complete flexibility when it comes to using different network or communication protocols. It supports both Voice over IP and TDMbased switching, and provides access to the relevant HiPath 3000/5000 features.
Features
●
Provides both a TDM UP0/E interface and an Ethernet interface, ensuring support for TDM
and IP telephony
●
Extra-large grayscale display with touchscreen functionality, graphics capability, and optiGuide user interface, offering the highest degree of user-friendliness through practical,
straightforward menu guidance
●
Local electronic notebook, allowing for fast, convenient access to personal contact details
●
Based on the H.323 standard for VoIP
●
Support for the entire range of HiPath 3000/5000 telephone features, including automatic
callback, executive/security features, conference calls, and group calls
●
Excellent voice quality in the LAN through Quality of Service (QoS)
●
Integrated 10/100-Mbps mini-switch allowing for the direct connection of a PC workstation
to the LAN
●
Central power supply over the LAN based on the 802.3a/f standard
●
Software updates and feature extensions via FTP
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-49
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 600 office
●
For internal use only
Easy relocation, as the telephone automatically registers with the system following connection to the LAN
7.6.1
optiPoint 600 office
TDM and IP-based feature telephone with large display
Convergence telephone optiPoint 600 office offers users absolute
flexibility in relation to the network or communication protocol to be used.
optiPoint 600 office supports both Voice over IP and TDM-based switching, and provides access
to the
relevant HiPathTM features.
●
Provision of the TDM interface
The UP0/E and Ethernet interfaces permit flexible use for TDM or IP telephony.
●
Extra-large grayscale display with touchscreen functionality, graphics capability, and
optiGuide user interface, offering the highest degree of user-friendliness through practical, straightforward menu guidance
●
Local electronic notebook, allowing for fast, convenient access to personal contact details.
●
Based on the H.323 standard for VoIP
7-50
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
optiPoint 600 office
●
Support for the entire range of HiPath 3000/HiPath 4000 telephone features, including
automatic callback, executive/security features, conference calls, and group calls
●
High voice quality in the LAN with Quality of Service (QoS).
●
Integrated 10/100-Mbps mini-switch allowing for the direct connection of a PC workstation to the LAN
●
Central power supply over the LAN based on the pre802.3af standard
●
Administrative measures are not necessary
●
Software updates and feature extensions via FTP
●
Easy relocation, as the telephone automatically registers with the system following
connection to the LAN
With UP0/E and Ethernet interfaces, optiPoint 600 office offers maximum flexibility in terms of
which network should be used. optiPoint 600 office transforms the vision of converging networks into a reality.
7.6.1.1
optiPoint 600 office as System Telephone
optiPoint 600 office completes the optiPoint 500 system telephone family. It provides all HiPathTM features quickly and easily.
The integrated USB 1.1 interface can be used for PC connection. TAPI Service Provider Call
Bridge lets you set up calls quickly and easily directly from the PC.
7.6.1.2
optiPoint 600 office as IP Telephone
Developed on the basis of H.323, the CorNet IP protocol supports all telephone features associated with the HiPath 3000 and HiPath 4000 IP communications platform. This means that all
telephone features, such as executive/secretary features, group calls, and automatic callback
are available as usual. For operation, this telephone uses the same menu system as the optiPoint 500 telephones directly connected to HiPath 3000/HiPath 4000.
Special Digital Signal Processors (DSP) and acoustic algorithms (echo cancellation) guarantee
excellent voice quality. Speakerphone mode and open listening are therefore available at a very
high acoustic level.
The use of Quality of Service (QoS) protocols both at Ethernet and IP level provides optimum
voice quality in the LAN. optiPoint 600 office voice packets are assigned priority bits and are
therefore transported through the LAN ahead of any other data packets.
The workstation PC connects to the optiPoint 600 office over the integrated 2-port Ethernet
switch. Cost savings can thus be achieved in terms of inhouse cabling and the IP network.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-51
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 600 office
7.6.1.3
For internal use only
Advantages at a Glance
Cost Reduction
●
Cabling costs
No additional wiring necessary for
optiPoint 600 office necessary. The PC is connected over the integrated switch.
●
Infrastructure costs for the data and voice network
●
–
one network,
–
one investment, and
–
one team for maintenance and service.
Follow-on costs
No telephone and system reconfiguration following relocation in IP mode
Investment Protection
●
A single device for TDM and VoIP providing for future migration to VoIP
●
A single device for the HiPath 3000 and HiPath 4000 IP communications platforms
●
The latest feature releases available as software downloads
Intuitive Operation
●
Clear overview with large
display and direct selection via touchscreen functionality
●
Interactive prompting with
dialog keys and display using optiGuide
●
Programmable direct access keys
●
Direct dialing from the PC with CTI (TAPI)
Flexibility
●
Upgrades available as software downloads
●
Administration with Web browser and SNMP
●
Quick configuration with DHCP (plug and call)
●
Compatibility with different workstation environments using adapters and key modules
7-52
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
optiPoint 600 office
Covenience
●
Optimum voice quality in the LAN through Quality of Service (QoS)
●
Speakerphone for spontaneous inclusion of parties present in call with excellent voice
quality
●
Full access to all HiPath 3000 and HiPath 4000 telephony features
●
Direct dialing from the PC
●
Large display with touchscreen functionality
7.6.1.4
General Local Features
●
Tilting grayscale graphics display with 320*240 pixels (8*24 characters), touchscreen functionality, background lighting and adjustable contrast
●
Nineteen programmable function keys with LEDs
●
Three dialog keys for interactive user guidance with optiGuide
●
Two control key (plus and minus) for setting ringer pitch and volume
●
Speakerphone mode and open listening
●
Offhook dialing
●
Calling party identification
●
Key click
●
Password protection for administrator-specific data
●
DTMF/signaling, inband and outband
●
Feature updating with software downloads (via FTP)
●
Electronic notebook for 640 entries
●
Headset interface
(121 TR9-5 and Polaris)
●
Hearing-aid compatibility
●
CTI in TDM and IP Mode
●
CAPI over USB and CallBridge for Data*
●
JAVA Virtual Machine (VM) plus JAVA Development Kit (JDK) for generating user-specific
JAVA applications
●
Virtual key module (speed dialing application) with 40 speed dialing keys
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-53
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 600 office
For internal use only
●
WAP bookmarks
●
Input of WAP/URL addresses
●
Resource sharing for optiPoint 600 entries over the PC keyboard
7.6.1.5
Accessories
Adapter
●
optiPoint acoustic adapter
●
optiPoint analog adapter*
●
optiPoint ISDN adapter*
●
optiPoint phone adapter*
●
optiPoint recorder adapter
Add-on devices
●
optiPoint key module
●
optiPoint signature module
●
optiPoint BLF
7-54
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
7.6.2
Workpoints
optiPoint 600 office
optiPoint 600 office S V2.4
The optiPoint 600 office SIP V2.4 telephone lets the user conduct calls over an IP network
(VoIP). If offers the user a particularly good range of features and various hardware options.
This IP telephone uses SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) for connections with VoIP communication systems.
The extra-large, background-lit display is graphics-capable and uses touchscreen functionality.
This guarantees the user maximum clarity and the highest degree of user-friendliness. A headset port and a wide range of headsets released for the optiPoint family give the user the option
of using speakerphone mode.
The optiPoint 600 office SIP V2.4 telephone permits simple Internet surfing based on the WAP
protocol that is currently supported by a large number of cell phones. Using a content transformation engine, users can access business information on the local intranet or applications on
the Internet. The content scope available is established by the network administrator.
Advantages at a glance
●
Compatible and flexible SIP telephone that supports both standard SIP and Siemens SIP
implementations as well as enhanced SIP server functionality from third-party vendors.
●
Extra-large, background-lit, graphics-capable display with touchscreen function
●
Local electronic notebook for fast, convenient access to personal contact details
●
Access to internal corporate telephone directories over the LDAP protocol
●
Integrated WAP browser for accessing business information in WML format
●
Excellent voice quality in the LAN through Quality of Service (QoS)
●
Connection over the integrated 10/100-Mbps mini switch means that PC and VoIP share a
single cable.
●
Software updates and feature extensions via FTP
●
Simple workstation switching: the telephone automatically registers with the system following connection to the LAN.
optiPoint 600 office SIP V2.4 overview
The telephone offers numerous features to speed up and enhance business communication,
for example, forwarding calls to another connection, call waiting, holding a connection, call forwarding, and conference initiation.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-55
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 600 office
For internal use only
Special digital signal processors (DSP) and acoustic algorithms (echo compensation) guarantee continuous high voice quality, even for speakerphone mode and open listening. Appropriate
protocols are used on Layer 2 and 3 to guarantee high voice quality in the LAN environment
and thereby achieve QoS. In addition, voice packets can be assigned specific priorities so that
they receive priority over data packets for forwarding in the LAN.
An integrated Ethernet switch with two ports permits the connection of a workstation to the LAN
network over the optiPoint 600 office SIP. This leads to savings in cabling and IP infrastructure
costs.
Accessories
The optiPoint family delivers a range of accessories for optiPoint 600 office SIP V2.4, such as,
wall bracket, desk microphone, second handset, and additional connection lines.
7.6.2.1
Features
General features
●
Pivoting graphic display with 320 x 240 pixels
●
Touchscreen function for all applications (telephony, electronic notebook, etc.) and adjustable contrast
●
Nineteen programmable function keys with LEDs
●
Sixteen programmable function keys with additional key modules. Double key assignment
is possible and up to two modules can be connected.
●
Three dialog keys for interactive user guidance
(available as an alternative to the touchscreen functionality)
●
Two control key (plus and minus) for setting ringer pitch and volume
●
Country-specific menu system in different languages:
German, English (U.S.), French, Italian, Spanish
●
Speakerphone mode and open listening
●
Electronic notebook for storing contact information, such as, names, departments, and
telephone numbers
●
Headset port
●
Separate password protection for user and administration data
●
Time on the display (SNTP or local)
●
Configurable corporate logo on the display
7-56
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
optiPoint 600 office
Call management features
●
Connection hold (explicit hold)
●
Toggle/alternate between two stations
●
Call forwarding (CFU, CFB, CFNR)
●
Call waiting
●
Consultation hold (implicit hold)
●
Transfer call (direct/after consultation)
●
Multiple call appearance
●
Local conference with three parties
●
Monitoring option
●
Call rejection
●
Telephone name and number display (caller identification)
●
Message waiting indication
●
Endpoint-generated music in the queue
●
Do-not-disturb function
●
Adjustable ring tone (up to 15 different ring tones)
●
DTMF in-band and DTMF in RTP payload
Call features
●
Ten speed-dialing memories over speed-dialing function keys
●
URL dialing over the user’s Web page
●
Redial for the last ten calls in each category: outgoing, missed, forwarded, and answered
calls (over call application)
●
Last number redial
●
On-hook dialing
●
Emergency dialing
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-57
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 600 office
For internal use only
Network features
●
Three ways to route the call:
direct, over an SIP server or over an SIP gateway
●
Basic and digest authentication
●
DNS SRV support
●
VLAN support (VLAN ID configuration either manual or by DHCP manufacturer)
●
VLAN tagging (IEEE 802.1p/Q)
●
Layer 2 and Layer 3 can be set for Quality of Service (QoS)
●
Outbound proxy support
●
Silence suppression
●
Handling of out-of-sequence packets
●
Support for 10-ms and 20-ms data packets
●
Jitter buffer
Application features
●
WAP Push to receive and show WAP messages on the display
●
WAP browser that supports bookmarks and WAP/URL entries
●
Speed-dialing application (based on the integrated JAVA Virtual Machine)
●
Resource-partitioning application (for navigating the optiPoint 600 office display with the
existing PC keyboard and mouse)
●
Integration of the internal telephone directory over LDAP
●
Electronic notebook for saving the personal address book
(up to 640 entries)
●
Call log function (to store up to ten calls in each category: outgoing, missed, forwarded,
and answered calls). The data can be used for calls or incorporated in the electronic notebook.
7-58
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
optiPoint 600 office
Accessories
Adapter
●
optiPoint acoustic adapter
●
optiPoint phone adapter
Add-on devices
●
optiPoint key module
>
Adapters and add-on devices from the optiPoint 500 family can also be used.
Accessories
●
Wall bracket
●
Connecting lines:
– RJ6/RJ6 cable – Cat 5 LAN cable
●
Cable accessory:
– USB 1.1 cable with USB angular plug connector
– Y cable for an additional loudspeaker and a desk microphone
●
Headsets: all Siemens or Plantronics headsets
●
Desk microphone
●
Active loudspeaker
7.6.2.2
Technical Specifications
Protocols
●
SIP (over TCP/UDP/TLS), HTTP, FTP, DHCP, SNMP, SNTP, DNS
●
QoS in accordance with DIFFSERV and
IEEE 802.1 p/Q
Administrative features
●
Straightforward administration over the Siemens Deployment Tool or the SIP server
(Centralized Management), over the local telephone menu or Web pages
●
DHCP, SNMP and DNS support
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-59
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint 600 office
For internal use only
Hardware properties/interfaces
●
2-port 10/100-Mbps mini switch
●
2 RJ 45 TP
●
USB host for connecting a keyboard
●
USB client
●
Voice compression in accordance with G.711, G.723.1, and G.729
●
Echo compensation
Power supply unit
●
Local power supply unit (separate module for EU, UK, and US)
●
Power-over-LAN in accordance with the pre-standard 802.3 (used pairs/unused pairs) and
Cisco-proprietary PoL implementation (without CDP support)
Dimensions, weight, color
●
Dimensions: (L) 235 mm x (W) 215 mm x (H) 91 mm
●
Colors: arctic and manganese
●
Weight: 940 g
7-60
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
7.7
Telephones for HiPath cordless
7.7.1
Gigaset 3000 Comfort Feature Handset
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
The Gigaset 3000 Comfort feature handset has elements that allow the user to easily set up
and release voice connections as well as initialize and invoke procedures and enhanced features.
A tango version for Latin America (frequency range 1.91 - 1.93 GHz) is not available.
Main Features
●
12-button alphanumeric keypad (0-9,*,#)
●
3 function keys:
–
1 menu key for menu selection
–
2 dual-mode keys for up to four soft key functions
●
Seizure key (on-hook)
●
Release key (off-hook)
●
Hookswitch (register recall)
●
Speakerphone
●
Illuminated display (up to four lines and 16 columns)
●
Enhanced user prompting with on-screen messages (multilingual)
●
Handset phone book for approx. 100 entries. Redial option for last five numbers dialed.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-61
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
For internal use only
Technical Specifications
●
Power supply by two battery cells:
–
NiCd (700 mAh is supplied): Talk time up to 10 hours, standby time up to 100 hours
–
NiMH (1100 mAh): Talk time up to 15 hours, standby time up to 160 hours
–
NiMH (1500 mAh): Talk time up to 20 hours, standby time up to 220 hours
●
Weight incl. battery: approx. 165 g
●
Dimensions: approx. 160 x 50 x 28 mm (L x W x D)
●
Permitted environmental conditions for operation:
–
+5 °C to +45 °C
–
20% to 75% relative humidity
7-62
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
7.7.2
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
Gigaset 3000 Micro Handset
The Gigaset 3000 Micro handset has elements that allow the user to easily set up and release
voice connections as well as initialize and invoke procedures and enhanced features.
Main Features
●
12-button alphanumeric keypad (0-9,*,#)
●
3 function keys:
–
1 menu key for menu selection
–
2 dual-mode keys for up to four soft key functions
●
Seizure key (on-hook)
●
Release key (off-hook)
●
Hookswitch (register recall)
●
Illuminated display (up to four lines and 16 columns)
●
Enhanced user prompting with on-screen messages (multilingual)
●
Handset phone book for approx. 100 entries. Redial option for last five numbers dialed.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-63
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
For internal use only
Technical Specifications
●
Weight incl. battery: Approx. 98 g
●
Dimensions: Approx. 122 x 43 x 18 mm (L x W x H)
●
Permitted environmental conditions for operation:
–
+5 °C to +45 °C
–
20% to 75% relative humidity
7-64
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
7.7.3
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
Gigaset 4000 Comfort Handset
The Gigaset 4000 Comfort handset has elements that allow the user to easily set up and release voice connections as well as initialize and invoke procedures and enhanced features.
Main Features
●
Alphanumeric 12-digit keypad
●
2 display keys
●
Control key (navigation key)
●
6 function keys:
–
Off-hook key
–
On-hook and on/off key
–
Speakerphone key
–
Caller list
–
Keylock (#)
–
Star key (*)
●
Hookswitch key function (flash)
●
Speakerphone mode and open listening
●
Illuminated graphics display (5 lines, 101 x 64 pixels)
●
Multilingual (13) user prompts
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-65
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
●
For internal use only
Handset phone book for approx. 200 entries. Redial option for last five numbers dialed.
Technical Specifications
●
Power supply by two NiMH battery cells: Talk time up to 34 hours, standby time up to 400
hours
●
Weight incl. battery: approx. 150 g
●
Dimensions: approx. 155.5 x 53.6 x 36.2 mm (L x W x D)
●
Permitted environmental conditions for operation:
–
+5 °C to +45 °C
–
20% to 75% relative humidity
7-66
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
7.7.4
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
Gigaset 4000 Micro Handset
The Gigaset 4000 Micro feature handset has elements that allow the user to easily set up and
release voice connections as well as initialize and invoke procedures and enhanced features.
Main Features
●
Alphanumeric 12-digit keypad
●
2 display keys
●
Control key (navigation key)
●
6 function keys:
–
Off-hook key
–
On-hook and on/off key
–
Speakerphone key
–
Caller list
–
Keylock (#)
–
Star key (*)
●
Hookswitch key function (flash)
●
Illuminated graphics display (5 lines, 101 x 64 pixels)
●
Multilingual (13) user prompts
●
Handset phone book for approx. 200 entries. Redial option for last five numbers dialed.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-67
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
●
For internal use only
Vibrating alarm
Technical Specifications
●
Power supply by NiMH battery pack: Talk time up to 15 hours, standby time up to 250
hours
●
Weight incl. battery: approx. 100 g
●
Dimensions: approx. 112.5 x 45.1 x 24.7 mm (L x W x D)
●
Permitted environmental conditions for operation:
–
+5 °C to +45 °C
–
20% to 75% relative humidity
7-68
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
For internal use only
7.7.5
Gigaset 3000L Charger
Charging option for the Gigaset 3000C handset.
Main Features
●
Easy wall or desktop mounting
●
Visual display indicating the charging status
●
Charging times:
– For NiCd cells (600m Ah): 4 to 5 hours (in the handset)
– For NiMH cells (1100/1300 mAh):
8 to 10 hours (in the handset)
7.7.6
Gigaset 3000L Micro Charger
Charging option for the Gigaset 3000 Micro handset.
Main Features
●
Visual display indicating the charging status
●
Approximate charging time for NiMH-Power Pack (600 mAh) in
handsets: 5 hours
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-69
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
7.7.7
For internal use only
Gigaset S1 professional Handset
●
Handset lock with four-digit PIN code
●
Charging option in disabled status (PIN set)
●
Illuminated speakerphone key
●
Illuminated MWI key
– Easy access to message list
– New message signal
●
Telephone directory
– Telephone directory for up to 200 call numbers/names
– Text input assistance for telephone directory
●
Voice dialing for up to 29 entries
●
Display
– Illuminated five-line graphics display
In idle state:
– Local display editing
– Date/time display
– Background image (logo) display (with date/time below)
– Status display for battery charging and receive field strength
7-70
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
For internal use only
●
Telephoning
– Dial preparation (call number entry before line seizure) with correction option
– Redial option for last ten numbers dialed
– Automatic redial
– Delete function for entire redial memory
– Speed dialing keys 2-9, 0
●
DPS (DECT Position System)
Personal Settings
●
Adjustable ringer settings for internal and external calls with 10 tones/melodies
– Ring tones 1-3, freely selectable
– Ringer melodies 4-10, freely selectable
●
Adjustable handset volume (three levels)
●
Visual call signaling (LED speakerphone key)
●
Menu guidance in 19 languages
German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Danish, Swedish, Norwegian, Finnish, Turkish, Czech, Polish, Greek, Hungarian, Slovenian, Croat, Russian.
>
7.7.7.1
Individual signaling of internal and external calls: Internal call is set by default to melody 4, and external call is set to melody 8.
Technical Specifications
Ranges
Outdoors: up to 300 m
Indoors: up to 50 m
Handset operating times
Standby up to 170 hours
Talk time up to 13 hours
Dimensions (L × W × D in mm)
Handset: 147 × 54 × 26
Color
Dark blue
Gigaset S1 Charger
Charging time for NiMH battery cells 8 to 9 hours
Power supply unit
Local power supply 220/230 Vac
Local power supply 110 Vac
Dimensions (L x W x D in mm) 101 x 74 x 41
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-71
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
7.7.8
For internal use only
Gigaset S2 professional Handset
●
Handset lock with four-digit PIN code
●
Charging option in disabled status (PIN set)
●
Illuminated speakerphone key
●
Illuminated MWI key
– Easy access to message list
– New message signal
●
Telephone directory
– Telephone directory for up to 200 call numbers/names
– Predictive text for telephone directory
●
Voice dialing for up to 29 entries
●
Display
– Illuminated five-line graphic display (101 x 80 pixels, 4096 colors)
In idle state:
– Local display editing
– Date/time display
– Background image (logo) display (with date/time below)
7-72
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
For internal use only
–
Status display for battery charging and receive field strength
●
Telephoning
– Dial preparation (call number entry before line seizure) with correction option
– Redial option for last ten numbers dialed
– Automatic redial
– Delete function for entire redial memory
– Speed dialing keys 2-9, 0
●
V.24 PC interface (via data cable/mini-Lumberg)
– Administration of telephone directory/e-mail entries/call-by-call list/redial list
– Setting ring tones and volumes
– Loading polyphonic ring tone melodies and logos
●
Headset connection via Lumberg mini connector
Personal Settings
●
Ring tone can be set for internal and external calls
– three ring tones
– 17 standard melodies
– 16 loadable polyphonic ring tone
melodies
●
Adjustable handset volume (three levels)
●
Visual call signaling (LED speakerphone key)
●
Menu guidance in 19 languages
German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Danish, Swedish, Norwegian, Finnish, Turkish, Czech, Polish, Greek, Hungarian, Slovenian, Croat, Russian.
7.7.8.1
Technical Specifications
Ranges
Outdoors: up to 300 m
Indoors: up to 50 m
Handset operating times
Standby time up to 150 hours
Talk time up to 10 hours
Dimensions (L × W × D in mm)
Handset: 141 × 51 × 28
Weight
110 g including batteries
Color
Dark blue
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-73
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
Gigaset S2 professional charger
For internal use only
Charging time for NiMH battery cells 8 to 9 hours
Power supply unit
Local power supply 220/230 Vac
Local power supply 110 Vac
Dimensions (L x W x D in mm) 95 x 80 x 60
7-74
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
7.7.9
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
Gigaset S1 professional Handset
Gigaset SL1 professional is the smallest and lightest DECT telephone.
●
Handset with illuminated, five-line graphic display
●
Handset lock with four-digit PIN code
●
Charging option in disabled status (PIN set)
●
Illuminated speakerphone key
●
Menu prompts in 19 languages
●
Illuminated MWI key
– Easy access to message list
– New message signal
●
Telephone directory
– Telephone directory for up to 200 call numbers and names
– Voice dialing for up to 23 numbers on the handset
– Predictive text for telephone directory
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-75
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
For internal use only
●
Telephoning
– Dial preparation (call number entry before line seizure) with correction option
– Redial option for last ten numbers dialed
– Automatic redial
– New menu options: redial memory deletion option
– Speed dialing keys 2 – 9, 0
– Enhanced speakerphone
●
Display:
– Local display editing
– Date/time display
– Background image (logo) display (with date/time below),
– Status display of battery charging and receive field strength
●
PC interface for telephone directory transfer, download of polyphonic melodies and background logos
●
Headset connection (slim Lumberg connector, MP accessory)
●
Programmable ring tones for internal and external calls with ten standard melodies and 16
polyphonic ring tone melodies
●
Vibrating alarm
●
Calendar function for alarm clock, appointments (reset after switching off)
– Visual and acoustic signaling of appointments
– Insertion of texts for appointments (five appointments)
●
Adjustable handset volume (three levels)
7.7.9.1
Technical Specifications
Handset operating times
Standby time up to 250 hours
Talk time up to 15 hours
Dimensions (L × W × D in mm)
Handset: 114 × 47 × 22
Weight
100 g including batteries
Color
Dark blue
Gigaset SL1 professional charger Charging time for NiMH battery cells 8 to 9 hours
Power supply unit
Local power supply 220/230 Vac
Local power supply 110 Vac
Dimensions (L x W x D in mm) 76 x 76 x 28
7-76
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
7.7.10
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
Gigaset M1 professional Handset
Gigaset M1 professional is an extremely sturdy handset based on the digital DECT/GAP standard for use in areas where devices need to be
●
shockproof and unbreakable,
●
impervious to spray water and
●
dust.
●
Housing
– Spray-resistant (IEC 529 IP64)
– Dustproof
– Break- and shockproof
– Silicon-free interface
– Sturdy carry clip
●
Immunity to interference in compliance with EN 50 082-2 (industrial environment)
●
Acoustics optimized for industrial environments
●
Keyboard
– Modified key layout
– Illuminated display
– Direct call for alarm
●
Telephone directory
– Telephone directory for up to 200 entries
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-77
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
–
–
●
For internal use only
Voice dialing for up to 28 numbers on the handset
PC-based telephone directory management
Display
– Illuminated, five-line graphic display
In idle state:
– Date/time display
– Status display for battery charging and receive field strength
●
Speakerphone
– Illuminated speakerphone key
– Full-duplex speakerphone mode
●
Telephoning
– Dial preparation (call number entry before line seizure) with correction option
– Redial option for last ten numbers dialed
– Automatic redial
– Optical call and appointment signaling
– External room monitoring
●
PC interface via data cable (Lumberg)
– Used for:
telephone directory entry management
– PC software and data cable as accessories compatible with C35, C45; M35; ME45,
S25, S35; S45, SL45
– SoftDataLink 5.0 software can be obtained from retail outlets/ICM or downloaded free
of charge from
www.siemens-mobile.com/gigaset-sds
Personal Settings
●
Ring tone combined with vibrating alarm (deactivation possible)
●
Can be charged by external charging unit connected via Lumberg jack
●
Key-based ringer cutoff
●
Telephone volume (five settings)
●
Ringer volume (seven settings)
●
Ringer melody (ten settings)
●
Handset volume (three settings)
Languages
●
Menu prompts in 14 languages, including Polish
7-78
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Telephones for HiPath cordless
For internal use only
7.7.10.1
Technical Specifications
Handset operating times
Standby time up to 250 hours
Talk time up to 15 hours
Dimensions (L × W × D in mm)
Handset: 150 × 57 × 25
Weight
141 g including batteries
Operating temperature
Handset: -10 °C to +55 °C
Charger
Charging time for NiMH battery cells (500 mAh) approximately 5.5 hours
Power supply unit
Local power supply 220/230 Vac
Local power supply 110 Vac
Dimensions (L x W x D in mm) 80 x 110 x 52
Headset
Lumberg-based connection
Gigaset 4000H ear clip
GN2100 NC headband
(1 or 2 ears), noise-suppressing microphone
GN2100 UNC headband
(1 or 2 ears), microphone with advanced noise suppression
MickeyMouse headband
with hearing protection for use in extremely loud environments.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-79
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint WL2 professional/optiPoint WL2 professional S
7.8
For internal use only
optiPoint WL2 professional/optiPoint WL2 professional S
optiPoint WL2 professional is a telephone designed to simplify corporate access to data and
resources over WLAN.
WLANs are transparent within the context of IP traffic and therefore provide an ideal environment for IP multimedia applications. The advent of real-time IP communication in the form of
voice, for example, represents a logical step forward because it implements investments made
in converging LANs and extends the range of a company’s IP telephony and multimedia communication system.
The Siemens optiPoint WL2 professional and optiPoint WL2 professional S 802.11 WLAN telephones offer all the features currently needed for wireless telephony (for example, polyphonic
ring tone melodies, graphic display, and different applications in the telephone). optiPoint WL2
professional is CorNet-compliant and offers a wide range of HiPath 4000 and HiPath 3000 telephony features and applications for wireless users. optiPoint WL2 professional S supports
SIP and is thus the ideal solution for the growing SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) market. It supports SIP-capable systems from both Siemens and other vendors.
Properties
Wireless LAN Voice-over-IP telephone with color graphic display.
optiPoint WL2 professional can be operated with HiPath 3000/5000 V5.0 or later.
optiPoint WL2 professional S is the ideal solution for SIP systems and can be used with HiPath
3000/5000 V6.0.
●
Interfaces: WLAN, USB
●
Standards: WLAN, 802.11b (11 Mbps), 802.11g (full support for 54 Mbps), CorNet IP, SIP
Configuration
●
Wireless connection with a WLAN access point as the link to a LAN switch
●
IP connection to the HG1500 gateway in the HiPath 3000 system; CorNet-IP registration
●
IP connection to an SIP proxy/registrar: SIP registration
●
Basic DHCP configuration
●
Advanced configuration over the telephone’s Web page (single telephone) or using the HiPath Deployment Service.
7-80
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
optiPoint WL2 professional/optiPoint WL2 professional S
Features
Telephone
●
Telephone with color graphic display
(six lines, 128x128 pixel resolution, 4096 colors, 3.1 cm x 3.1 cm)
●
Call animation and caller display (CLIP)/caller ID for incoming calls
●
Illuminated keypad
●
Two softkeys for dynamic access to features
●
Intuitive user prompting
●
Illuminated MWI key
●
Speakerphone key
●
Status display in standby or idle mode shows: date, time, battery status, RF signal strength,
access point connected
●
Status display during the call shows: battery status, RF signal strength, time per call, offhook handset, CLIP/caller ID
●
Missed calls display
●
Speakerphone function
●
Display of all answered calls
●
Dialing by entering numbers, SIP-URI (professional S), and IP address (direct IP call)
●
Multi-line functionality
●
Configurable speed-dialing keys
●
Dial preparation (telephone number entry without line seizure) with correction option
●
Redial for the last ten different numbers dialed
●
Key-activated keypad lock and ringer cutoff with icon display
●
Same user interface as Siemens desktop telephones over the optiGuide user interface
(professional S)
●
Access to HiPath features (depends on the HiPath system connected) for call features,
such as, callback, conference, consultation hold, etc.
●
Local SIP features (professional S): hold, mute, transfer, three-party conference, MWI,
DND, etc.
●
SIP features with server support: group pickup, priority alerting, distinctive ringing, keyset,
shared call appearance, bridge line appearance, etc.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-81
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint WL2 professional/optiPoint WL2 professional S
For internal use only
Local telephone directory
●
Extensive local telephone directory/address book
●
CLIP is replaced by the telephone directory entry in the telephone or in the HiPath system
Audio
●
Six polyphonic ring tones (adjustable volume)
●
Sixteen ring tones, 12 of which are managed by the HiPath system and four of which are
managed by the user
●
Ring tones can be downloaded
●
Volume adjustment in eight levels
●
CLIP-/caller-ID-dependent ring tones
●
VIP calls
Value-added applications and features
●
Caller voice announcement1)
(CLIP/caller ID)
●
Voice dialing
●
Polyphonic ring tones (available for download)
●
Access to LDAP directories
●
Headset connection via a Slim Lumberg connector
●
Vibrating alarm
●
Dimensioned for broadband voice transmission (optional, G.722)
●
CTI interface
●
Upgrades and configurations can be performed by radio OTA (Over The Air) with the HiPath Deployment Service, an advanced management application
●
Support for HiPath applications
Codecs
●
G.711 (a-law and µ-law)
●
G.729ab (G.729a with VAD (Voice Activity Detection))
●
G.723
●
G.722 (optional)
7-82
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
●
Workpoints
optiPoint WL2 professional/optiPoint WL2 professional S
Advanced Echo Cancellation (AEC)
QoS*
●
ToS
●
DiffServ
●
802.1q
●
802.11e (WME subset)
Accessories
●
Desktop charger
●
Desktop charger with option for charging a second battery
●
USB data cable
●
Wide range of available headsets
●
Various carry options available
●
Mains voltage adapter (suitable for the relevant geographical region)
Additional features
●
WEB Browser-based administration
●
Multilingual user interface
●
Date and time synchronization with NTP server or HiPath system
●
Range: indoors: up to 30 m (depending on the environment)
outdoors: up to 300 m (depending on the environment)
●
Power supply unit (Li-Ion, 3.7 V, battery)
●
Operating times: talk time up to 4 hours; standby time up to 80 hours
●
Weight: approx.100 g
●
Dimensions:
Telephone: 132 x 52 x 22 mm (LxWxH),
Charger: 70 x 73 x 35 mm
●
Color: Light Cashmere Silver
Wireless features
●
802.11g (fallback to 802.11b)
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-83
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
optiPoint WL2 professional/optiPoint WL2 professional S
For internal use only
●
Frequency range: 2.4 – 2.497 GHz
●
Number of channels available: 13 (ETSI) or 11 (North America)
●
Adjustable output power: approx. +20 dBm EIRP
●
Site Survey Tool integrated in the telephone
●
Data rates: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 11, 9, 6, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps
●
SSID
Security features
●
WEP (64, 128 bits)
●
WPA
●
Cisco infrastructure support over CCX
●
Telephone can be PIN-protected
●
VPN client
●
Authentication (login/password)
●
802.11i (optional, if the standard is agreed)
Authentication
●
EAP-TLS
●
LEAP
Protocol/network features
●
DHCP client
●
FTP client
●
VLAN support
●
SNMP Trap Agent
●
VoIP (SIP, RTP, RTCP, TLS)
●
DNS
●
HTTP and HTTPS server
●
PPTP for VPN support
●
UPNP (checkpoint and device)
7-84
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
●
Workpoints
optiPoint WL2 professional/optiPoint WL2 professional S
IP addressing: fixed, DHCP, PPPoE
PC software
●
PC tool for replacing telephone directory data from Microsoft Outlook and the WLAN telephone’s local telephone directory
●
Downloading ring tones from the PC to the telephone
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-85
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
For internal use only
7.9
Attendant Consoles
7.9.1
HiPath Attendant B Braille Console
Definition
The HiPath 3750, HiPath 3550, HiPath 3700 and HiPath 3500 systems include a convenient,
user-friendly braille console as an attendant position for visually impaired attendants.
optiClient Attendant (PC attendant console) is required to operate the HiPath Attendant B
braille console.
Braille console
optiClient Attendant
HiPath Attendant B
The braille console’s braille output line (40 characters) displays the current optiClient Attendant
status information. The keys on the braille console provide access to nearly all optiClient Attendant functions. So visually impaired users can perform most of the same switching tasks as
their seeing colleagues.
At power-on, the console starts in auto-information mode, providing the user with instructions
on the main functions for orientation purposes. For further instructions, the attendant can activate an information mode that provides extensive operating information on the braille output
line.
The braille console automatically uses the language set in optiClient Attendant. It currently
supports German and English. Other languages are under preparation.
7-86
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
For internal use only
Model-Specific Data
Subject
HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3250 HiPath 3150
HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300
Feature available in
x
Hardware requirements
Software requirements
Braille console
–
–
–
–
–
–
V1.0 or
later
V1.0 or
later
–
–
–
1
1
–
–
–
Number of connectable braille
consoles
>
x
The Attendant B braille console can be ordered directly from:
Winkler Kommunikationstechnik
Ahornstrasse 12
26180 Rastede/Ipwege
Germany
Tel.: ++49-4402-929292
Fax: ++49-4402-929294
http://www.juergen-Winkler.com
Ordering designation: BT-H150 Office-PCVF-001-A
Delivery time is roughly six weeks after receipt of order.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-87
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
7.9.2
For internal use only
optiClient Attendant (V7.0)
Definition
The optiClient Attendant is a PC-based attendant console which can be connected to the
HiPath 33xx, 35xx, 37xx, 38xx and HiPath 5000 systems. Depending on the model, up to six
optiClient Attendants can be installed per node.
The optiClient Attendant can also be used as a central attendant console in a network with multiple HiPath 3000 systems.
>
optiClient Attendant V7.0 replaces the previous optiClient Attendant V6.0 for all connection types (USB, V24 and LAN).
optiClient Attendant V6.0 will no longer be marketed.
>
optiClient Attendant V7.0 has been approved for HiPath 3000 V1.2, V3.0, V4.0 and
V5.0.
Changes in comparison to version 6.0:
●
With the TCP/IP connection variant, the optiClient Attendant V7.0 runs independently. In
the optiClient Attendant V7.0 installation package, all software components for LAN-based
operation are already included. The only other requirement for operation is a ComScendo
license for IP workpoints. This does away with the need to market the
optiClient 130 as a base for an optiClient Attendant based on TCP/IP-. In the TCP/IP connection variant the optiClient Attendant can be connected to HiPath 3000 V3.0, V4.0 and
V5.0 via HG 1500 V3.0.
●
optiClient Attendant V7.0 is licensed centrally via HiPath License Management.
●
In terms of the features offered, version 7.0 corresponds to the latest version of optiClient
Attendant V6.0 (version 6.0.11).
●
Because of the released Windows 2000 and XP operating systems, the system property
requirements for the PC are higher.
Connection Types
1.
Connection using TCP/IP via HG 1500 V3.0
2.
Connection with optiPoint 500 or 600 USB interface
3.
Connection to optiset E Control Adapter
7-88
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
optiClient Attendant V7.0 features
●
Waiting calls are displayed with type, name and phone number
●
Acoustic signaling with volume control
●
Display of switching state for calling and destination stations
●
Answer pending calls
●
Selection of telephone directories:
–
Outlook contacts
–
HiPath telephone directory
–
Internal Attendant telephone directory, based on Microsoft Access
–
LDAP on Microsoft Active Directory server
–
Access to telephone directory CD
●
Notepad functionality for saving and dialing phone numbers
●
Call statistics for incoming calls with sort function according to various criteria
●
Convenient caller list with an almost unlimited number of entries, sorted according to date
and time
●
Extra functions such as hold button, call override, callback, conferencing, radio paging,
speaker announcements, alarms, call detail display, redial (last 10 numbers dialed)
●
Windows online help
●
Convenient configuration of individual features
●
Service tools for diagnosis and logging
●
Simple installation program
●
User interface currently available in German, English, Dutch, Portuguese, Italian, French
and Spanish
●
Associate call detail information for individual calls with automatic display in notepad (printable).
●
Optional braille console connection. More detailed information on the braille console can
be found in the system description.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-89
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
●
For internal use only
Busy lamp fields offer the following features:
–
Each busy lamp field contains 140 names with 16 characters each
or 240 call numbers of 6 digits each
–
Display of up to three busy lamp fields
–
Optional connection of second monitor
–
Configuration of busy lamp fields to suit individual user requirements
–
BLF zooming with automatic font size adjustment
–
Speed dialing via busy lamp field
–
Color display of station status: idle, calling, busy internal,
External Res., diverted, Do Not Disturb
–
Memo function for each BLF station for individual user information
–
Configuration of up to two representatives for each BLF station with dialing function
–
Sort function to list BLFs or their components according to station number or in alphabetical order
–
Name definition for BLFs
–
Definition of titles for groups of BLF stations
>
The scope of functions can vary when connected to
HiPath 3000 < V5.0.
Upgrading earlier versions of optiClient Attendant:
optiClient Attendant V5.0 and earlier Attendant P systems:
●
for each new optiClient Attendant V7.0: Order item L30250-U600-A213
optiClient Attendant V6.0:
●
7-90
for each optiClient Attendant V7.0 upgrade: Order item L30250-U600-A214
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
For internal use only
optiClient Attendant compatibility with HiPath 3000
HiPath
3000/5000 V5.0
HiPath
3000/5000 V4.0
HiPath
3000/5000 V3.0
HiPath
3000/5000 V1.2
optiClient Attendant V7.0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes, via V.24,
USB
optiClient Attendant V6.0
No, i.e. cannot
start up
Yes
Yes
Yes
optiClient Attendant V5.0
No, i.e. cannot
start up
No
Yes
Yes
PC system requirements:
●
PC Pentium III 750 MHz, at least 128 MB RAM
●
Minimum graphics resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels
●
Sound card with speaker for ringer signaling
●
In the case of Windows®2000, the following configuration must be carried out for signalling
via the soundcard: Select Start/Settings/Control Panel/Sounds and Multimedia/Sounds
and activate "Only use preferred devices".
●
Microsoft-compatible mouse
●
CD-ROM or DVD drive
●
Min. 40 MB free space on the hard disk
●
Either Windows 2000® or Windows XP® operating system
●
For operation with TCP/IP connection:
–
●
For operation with USB:
–
●
Functional operating system with network and sound card configured
optiPoint 500/600 telephone with USB interface,
USB cable (code number: S30267-Z360-A30-1),
USB driver (included in CallBridge TU software)
and a free USB port on the PC.
For operation with optiset E control/data adapter:
optiset E telephone with adapter slot and a free RS 232 interface on the PC
(COM port 1 – 4).
If the licensing components CLA and CLM are installed on the same PC, you also have to
consider their system requirements.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-91
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
For internal use only
Overview of supported Microsoft operating systems by connection type
Connection type
Windows 98
Windows NT
V4.0
Windows 2000 Windows XP
control adapter
No
No
X
X
USB interface
No
No
X
X
TCP/IP
No
No
X
X
7-92
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
For internal use only
Licensing
A license is required for optiClient Attendant V7.0. optiClient Attendant V7.0 is licensed centrally via HiPath License Management.
When optiClient Attendant V7.0 is initially started on HiPath 3000 5.0, it can be operated within
the grace period of the HiPath 3000 without a license for a maximum of 30 days.
When optiClient Attendant V7.0 is initially started on HiPath 3000 <V5.0, it can be operated
within the grace period of the optiClient Attendant without a license for a maximum of 30 days.
Depending on the HiPath 3000 software version, licensing is performed either at the HiPath
3000 or optiClient Attendant terminal.
Marketing
optiClient
Attendant
License Serv- Comments
er (CLS)
Creates
License for
V7.0 (new) V5.0
New product
L30250-U600A213
HiPath 3000
V5.0
V7.0 to be installed, licensed on
HiPath 3000
2
V6.0 ->
V7.0
Upgrade version
L30250-U600A214
HiPath 3000
V5.0
License switch from Attendant
V6.0 to licensing on HiPath 3000
V5.0. A HiPath 3000 V5.0 license
is generated using the CD key as
proof of an existing license.
3
V3.0, 4.0
< V5.0
5.0 -> V7.0
New product
L30250-U600A213
Attendant V7.0 V7.0 to be installed, licensed on
Attendant V7.0
4
V6.0 -->
V7.0
<= V4.0
Upgrade version
L30250-U600A214
Attendant V7.0 License switch from Attendant
V6.0 to Attendant V7.0. An
Attendant V7.0 license is generated using the CD key as proof of an
existing license.
5
V7.0
V4.0 -->
V5.0
Upgrade version
L30250-U600A214
HiPath 3000
V5.0
License switch from Attendant
V7.0 to HiPath 3000.
6
V6.0 -->
V6.0
Rehosting
<= V4.0
Not relevant.
Not relevant.
When rehosting the optiClient Attendant V6.0, for example, PC exchange at the customer site, licensing is performed as described
in V6.0. Rehosting is not possible
on the CLS. The upgrade item incurs only minimal costs for CD
shipping
Line
optiClient
Attendant
1
HiPath 3000
< V5.0 ->
V5.0
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-93
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
For internal use only
Model-Specific Data
Subject
Feature available in
HiPath 3800
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
x
x
x
X
Hardware requirements
Software requirements
Max. no. of
optiClient Attendants
7-94
–
V5.0 or later V1.0 or later V1.0 or later V1.0 or later
6
6
4
4
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
For internal use only
7.9.2.1
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
optiClient Attendant V7.0 as a Central Attendant Console
The optiClient Attendant can be used as a central attendant console throughout an IP network
(max. 6 optiClient Attendants per network). The attendant consoles must be connected to one
of the network’s HiPath 3000 nodes, or registered, to enable network-wide BLF functionality.
This functionality is independent of the optiClient Attendant connection type. (IP, UP0E or
USB). For network-wide BLF functionality, all decentralized systems send their station status
information (e.g. free, busy) to the central system on which the optiClient Attendant(s) is (are)
connected (signaling in Cornet IP protocol).
In an IP network, a maximum of 100 stations per node can be defined that send their status
information to the central optiClient Attendant for display on the busy lamp field. All stations on
the central node can be displayed on the BLF.
>
The optiClient Attendant’s control of network-wide busy signaling is independent of
the network-wide busy signaling to workpoints by the HiPath 5000 Presence Manager.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-95
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
For internal use only
Each HiPath 3000 has its own BLF functionality; it receives no BLF information from other HiPath 3000 systems.
7-96
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
For internal use only
7.9.3
optiPoint Attendant
Definition
Switching services can be performed in HiPath 3000/5000 using a specially configured telephone. This optiPoint Attendant (AC) also serves as an intercept position at the same time. At
the AC all calls accumulate if there is no direct inward dialing option, or if a station could not be
contacted using the call allocation algorithm in Call Management (intercept). The operator then
forwards the incoming calls to the relevant stations.
The system telephones optiset E standard, optiset E advance plus/comfort, optiset E advance
conference/conference, optiset E memory, optiPoint 500 basic, optiPoint 500 standard and optiPoint 500 advance can be configured as a optiPoint Attendant system.
The function keys of the system telephone used for optiPoint Attendant are preset as follows
and can be changed by the service technician if necessary:
●
Night answer (switches night answer on/off)
●
Telephone directory (opens the internal telephone directory)
●
Held calls (provides information on the number of held calls)
●
Busy override (goes into a busy connection)
●
Hold (puts a party on hold)
●
External 1 (first external call, incoming/outgoing)
●
External 2 (second external call, incoming/outgoing)
●
Disconnect (disconnect or connect a call)
Depending on the individual customer’s requirements, optiPoint Attendant can be equipped
with key modules and/or with busy lamp fields (optiPoint BLF). The number of function keys
(particularly the internal name keys) is increased accordingly (Table 7-3).
Total number of keys
16
32
48
64
90
Number of key modules
1
2
3
4
–
1
2
–
1
2
Keys on key modules
16
32
48
64
–
16
32
–
16
32
Number of BLFs (optiPoint BLF)
–
–
–
–
1
1
1
2
2
2
Keys on BLFs (optiPoint BLF)
–
–
–
–
90
90
90
Table 7-3
106 122 180 196 212
180 180 180
optiPoint Attendant - Function key totals for additional key modules and BLFs
When a total of 2 key modules and 2 optiPoint BLFs are connected up a maximum of 212 internal name keys (with internal station number) with busy lamp indicator can be shown.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
7-97
3000sb7.fm
Workpoints
Attendant Consoles
7-98
For internal use only
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
For internal use only
8
Applications
8.1
Overview
3000sb8.fm
Applications
Overview
The scope of HiPath 3000/5000 systems can be extended by connecting additional applications. These include products for automatic call distribution (ACD), hotel applications, voice
messaging services, call charge computing, video conferences, and mobile communication.
HiPath 3000/5000 and applications running on host computers (plus products) can communication over
●
the V.24 application interface (CSTA protocol, 19200 bauds)
–
plus products that support the CSTA protocol standardized by ECMA can be connected directly (for example, Hicom Agentline Office V1.1 CSTA).
●
an S0 interface (ISDN/USBS) configured as a station
●
an ISDN adapter (TA S0) (ISDN/USBS)
●
the LAN interface (Ethernet)
for details, see Chapter 4.
●
the PSTN interface
for details, see Chapter 4.
HiPath 3000/5000 supports CSTA Phase II and CSTA Phase III.
The application connected decides whether to use CSTA Phase II or Phase 3 III during connection setup.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-1
3000sb8.fm
Applications
List of Approved Applications
8.2
For internal use only
List of Approved Applications
Application
Name
Version
Standalone on
HiPath 3000
HiPath 3000
HiPath 3000 V6.0 V6.0 with HiPath V6.0 with HiPath
5000 RSM
5000 RSM and
PC CS
eCRM applications
HiPath ProCenter E/S/A V5.1 V5.1
X
X
HiPath ProCenter Agile Stan- V6.5
dard V6.5
X
X
HiPath ProCenter Office V1.3 V1.3
X
X
HiPath ProCenter Agile V6.0
HiPath ProCenter Compact
V2.0
X
V6.0
V2.0
X
HiPath ComResponse V1.0
(SMR 1)
V1.0
(SMR 1)
X
X
X
HiPath ComAssistant V1.0
V1.0
X
X
X
HiPath Xpressions (HiPath
Xpressions V3.0/HiPath
Xpressions V4.0)
V3.0
X
X
X
HiPath Xpressions (HiPath
Xpressions V3.0/HiPath
Xpressions V4.0)
V4.0
X
X
X
HiPath Xpressions Compact
V2.0
V2.0
X
X
X
Phone Mail LDN (Long Distance Network)
Release 6.4
X
X
X
HiPath SimplyPhone for Outlook (see Section 8.12)
V3.1
X
X
X
HiPath SimplyPhone for Notes V3.1
(see Section 8.12)
X
X
X
HiPath SimplyPhone for Notes V4.0
(see Section 8.12)
X
X
X
Smartset 2000 V3.0 (Level 1/ V3.0
2)
(level 1/2)
X
Smartset BLF
X
Mobile Office
8-2
X
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
Applications
List of Approved Applications
For internal use only
Vertical applications
HiPath Hospitality Service
Center Compact V2.0
V2.0
X
X
X
HiPath Hospitality Service
Center Business V2.0
V2.0
X
X
X
HiPath Hotel Standard V4.1
V4.1
X
HiPath Hotel Advanced V4.2
V4.2
X
Management applications
HiPath Accounting Management V2.0
V2.0
X
X
X
HiPath User Management
V1.0
V1.0
X
HiPath Fault Management
V3.0
V3.0
X
X
X
TeleData Office V3.0
V3.0
X
X
X
HiPath TAPI 120 V2.0
V2.0
X
X
X
HiPath TAPI 170 V2.0
V2.0
X
X
X
CAP TAPI Service Provider
V3.0
X
X
X
Middleware
You can access the current list of approved plus products/applications via the HiPath Ready
solution portal on the intranet:
https://partnerdialog.siemens.com/content/storyshow.php?CatID=495&NewsID=1676&lang=de
or
http://vd-infochannel.icn.siemens.de/cfdocs/loesungen/loesungen.cfm
>
Release dates, national releases and other details can be found in the relevant product-specific sales information or is available from product management.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-3
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath ProCenter E/S/A V5.1
8.3
For internal use only
HiPath ProCenter E/S/A V5.1
HiPath ProCenter Entry V5.1
Siemens HiPath™ ProCenter® Entry is a solution that provides all the tools needed for perfect
customer relationship maintenance and lets you add agents, media or locations as required
and without difficulty to your contact center in addition to increasing agent mobility.
HiPath ProCenter Entry features, such as, skill-based routing and comprehensive report generation lead to greater customer satisfaction, increased profitability, and better employee retention - now and in future.
●
Intelligent customer forwarding to optimum agents
●
Real-time overview of contact center processes and comprehensive reporting
●
Optimum alignment of agent competence with customer requirements for more job satisfaction
The best agent for your customer
Siemens HiPath ProCenter Entry performs intelligent skill-based routing. A highly qualified staff
group ideally suited to meeting the individual requirements of your customers is automatically
created on the basis of defined contact profiles, a database of agent skills, and virtual group
functions.
Contact profile
Several requirements that increase routing efficiency are identified for every incoming customer call. These are obtained from several sources: information about the calling party (ANI), dialed numbers (DNIS), voice-based dialing, data input in an interactive voice response system,
and information from the customer database.
Agent skills database
All agent skills are stored in the skills database. The skills are used as a guide when choosing
the most suitable agent for the defined customer profile. Skills are used to describe agent
know-how, training, characteristics or transaction-based experience. You can use this feature
to add new training courses to the staff descriptions and therefore also ascertain when further
training is needed. At the same time, you can ensure that the relevant agents are not required
to process calls beyond their capability.
Virtual group
A virtual call-specific group is automatically created to set up contact with a suitable agent. The
agents assigned to this group are fully qualified to handle the special requirements of the customer. The virtual group can also be dynamically redefined depending on the age of the call or
the real-time performance requirements of the contact center so that service quality remains at
optimum levels. The transaction type can also be used to link priority levels so that important
customers get the highest level of attention and service.
8-4
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
HiPath ProCenter Agile V6.0
HiPath ProCenter Standard and Advanced V5.1
No matter how your customers choose to contact you, they always expect the same levels of
service and individual support on the telephone. They expect you to demonstrate real-time familiarity with all previous contacts - irrespective of the media used.
How can these different communication channels be integrated in a unique infrastructure for a
contact center? The solution is called HiPath™ ProCenter® Standard and Advanced.
●
Forwarding customers to the best-qualified agent over random channels or media
●
More effective use of resources in customer interaction in all channels
●
Integration of contact center, CRM, and e-business applications
HiPath ProCenter helps you to integrate new media into your contact center’s workflow. Multimedia integration in turn lets your company perform real electronic Customer Relationship
Management (eCRM). CRM helps to optimize development, control, and assessment of your
customer relationships and at the same time increase profitability.
8.4
HiPath ProCenter Agile V6.0
HiPath ProCenter Agile was designed with the concrete objective of developing a comprehensive and immediately executable solution that was easy to operate, configure, and expand in
response to changing requirements.
Agile delivers intelligent call routing, diagram reporting, and innovative productivity tools, both
for agents and for managers – and all this with a whole new level of user-friendliness.
Small and medium-sized companies and ’informal’ call centers can now enjoy the benefits of a
multi-functional solution at a fair price.
Siemens delivers a cost-effective solution with the following features:
●
complete packet with a wide-range of intuitive options
●
rational implementation without expensive special services
●
presence and cooperation tools for optimum utilization of corporate know-how so that all
issues raised by a customer are dealt with in full during the very first call
●
Intuitive, ‘idiot-proof’ management programs that guarantee effective strategy planning for
call routing
Your customers benefit from more efficient and more effective customer service.
The agents are more satisfied and productive because they are working at an integrated desktop that has everything they need for top-level customer service. Managers will be impressed
by faster call processing speeds and higher agent productivity and will value the greater level
of clarity in terms of work procedures provided by adaptable real-time and historical reporting.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-5
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath ProCenter Agile V6.0
For internal use only
These components are very easy to implement using a visual workflow designer because this
tool automatically has full control over the call processing item you assembled with drag-anddrop operations and your routing concept.
The report center provides an engine that is powerful yet easy to adapt for defining and displaying a practical, unlimited number of real-time and historical reports.
Real-time and cumulated views are constantly updated and contain key data, such as, agent
workload, service levels, abandon rates, and average talktime. These reports and views can
be output in a multitude of graphical and table formats.
An integrated analytical model uses real data trends to forecast call patterns and traffic in real
time. This allows for more precise planning of personal requirements and call routing.
Limits and notifications can be configured without difficulty to visually or acoustically inform the
manager when set operating parameters are exceeded.
For historical reporting, views can be created quickly and easily by selecting data elements and
report parameters with simple point-and-click operations.
Reports can be planned and, depending on requirements, displayed, printed or exported, for
example, in Excel, HTML or PDF formats.
Detailed and comprehensible activity logs are even available to examine the step-by-step
progress of a random customer call or to trace the details of the work of a particular agent over
an entire day.
The Report Center offers an unbelievable amount of information about how your contact center
works. The wide range of functions available in this flexible and adaptable tools makes it easier
to monitor operations and reach decisions. In addition, the Report Center helps agents to proactively detect patterns so that they can respond to a situation before it becomes a problem.
For agents
The Agent Desktop offers tools and information for improved call processing and significantly
boosts the quality of customer service. The features include:
●
Intuitive, flexible interface that supports simple alignment to random formats and styles.
●
Practical screen elements and toolbars based on the "Disconnect and park" principle.
●
Real-time streaming for statistics and personal performance data.
●
Visual indication of waiting contacts.
●
Wide-ranging control elements and tools for call management, including speed dialing, directory, and contact log.
●
Automatic pop-up window with customer and call data that is synchronized when an appropriate call is received on the desktop.
8-6
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
HiPath ProCenter Agile Standard V6.5
●
Interface to CRM systems (own and third-party vendors) to automate customer data retrieval on the agent screen.
●
Availability status and wrap-up reasons with report option.
●
Compact mode that reduces the screen output to an icon on the taskbar.
●
Agents can also access the "Teamlist" feature to ensure that all issues raised by a customer contacts are dealt with in full during the first call. This feature displays the presence and
availability of co-workers, superiors or experts outside the contact center in real time - with
a simple mouse click.
For managers
HiPath ProCenter Agile features a standardized Manager Desktop, a flexible interface, and a
familiar Outlook-based screen layout. Planning and configuration are easier to perform with an
integrated tool for all administration tasks.
The Manager Desktop encompasses the following activity centers:
●
The Administration Center is used to define users, groups, queues, and devices.
With predefined, editable profiles and appropriate classes of service, the configuration of
system users and resources is child’s play. Call-specific wrap-up and availability reasons
are also configured here.
●
In the Broadcast Center, views and real-time statistics are defined for filtering purposes,
representation on wallboards or streaming transmission to the Agent Desktops. You can
quickly define your own business rules, limits and display parameters for immediate implementation with simple point-and-click operations.
●
The Design Center is a powerful program with configurable and reusable components that
can be used in intelligent routing concepts, schedules, call processing, and queues.
8.5
HiPath ProCenter Agile Standard V6.5
HiPathTM ProCenter© Agile offers small and medium-sized companies as well as "unofficial"
call centers with up to 150 agents a cost-effective, high-performance solution with the following
features:
●
Intuitive Agent Desktops for the efficient processing of voice and e-mail interaction
●
Unique presence and cooperation tool for increasing the initial contact resolution rate
●
Advanced visual display tools for optimum contact center design, supervision, and reporting
●
Intelligent, group-based routing and call processing, including optional basic IVR
●
Rational implementation for rapid, simple, and cost-effective application
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-7
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath ProCenter Agile Standard V6.5
For internal use only
Companies are nowadays under increasing pressure to meet growing customers’ demands for
higher levels of service. Routing, customer contact processing and administration are of key
importance to offering excellent customer service and increasing customer loyalty.
At the same time, you want to ensure that your agents have the necessary tools to efficiently
process contacts at all customer interaction interfaces. Your managers should also be issued
with user-friendly tools so that they can guarantee top-quality customer service and optimum
staff productivity.
Presence and cooperation in the contact center
HiPath ProCenter Agile satisfies not only the daily requirements of your contact center manager and agents, it also delivers unique presence and cooperation tools. You can use these tools
to increase the initial contact resolution rate. These tools also make it easier to expand the customer service team beyond the limits of the contact center and involve experts from other corporate divisions in the process of problem resolution.
The HiPath ProCenter Agile Agent Desktop supplies contact processors with real-time data on
co-worker presence and availability, irrespective of their current location – even for external users or those operating from home.
Experts, managers or specialists from the entire company can use the function-optimized Associate Desktop to advertise their skills to assist in resolving a customer problem.
Simplified contact center administration
HiPath ProCenter Agile features a standardized Manager Desktop with a flexible interface
based on the familiar Outlook screen layout. Thanks to the Manager Desktop, all administrative
functions can be designed and configured quickly and easily with a single integrated tool.
The Manager Desktop features the following work centers:
Users, groups, and resources can be defined in the Administration Center. User creation is
simplified with predefined, editable profiles and appropriate classes of service. With profiles
you can also control which contacts are processed by every user: voice, e-mail, callback or a
combination of these media.
Agents can be assigned multiple groups (up to ten) for the simplified configuration of individual
groups or for more complex contact editing strategies.
Views and real-time statistics for voice and e-mail can be defined in the Broadcast Center before being filtered and shown on wallboards and plasma display panels linked to the client or
transferred by means of streaming to Agent Desktops. Business rules, limits, and display parameters can be quickly defined for immediate use with simple point-and-click operations.
The Design Center features configurable, reusable components for use in intelligent groupbased routing concept and queue process sequences for voice and e-mail interaction. All incoming voice and e-mail contacts are analyzed, categorized, and forwarded on the basis of
these sequences.
8-8
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
HiPath ProCenter Agile Standard V6.5
The Design Editor - a visual, workflow-based tool - automatically examines and validates your
strategies in the course of creation.
The Call Director, HiPath ProCenter Agile’s basic IVR unit, is fully integrated in the Design
Center. Managers can use the Design Editor’s practical drag-and-drop interface to generate intelligent "frond-end" call processing sequences.
Interactive components, such as
●
call menu prompt
●
digit entry via caller input
●
read/write access to external databases
●
"numbers-to-speech" playback
deliver a basic self-service functionality and provide for the interactive front-end processing of
incoming calls without complicated and expensive IVR integration.
A component for reading and writing data in external databases simplifies the use of existing
customer data for data-driven routing and makes it easier to collect new customer data.
Managers can also easily configure conditional routing concepts based on real-time measurements, such as, the current service level, the average waiting time or schedules for routing after
close of business.
The preinstalled Microsoft CRM integration uses contact center data, such as, the caller’s telephone number or dialed digits, for example, a customer number, for the automatic retrieval of
customer files in the Microsoft CRM desktop. As this feature is fully integrated in the Design
Center, no special services are required.
The Report Center features a high-performance reporting module for defining and displaying
a practically unlimited number of real-time, summation, and historical reports for all media. You
can edit and modify reports without difficulty over this flexible interface, without needing an external Report Writer tool.
The Report Center provides detailed views of your contact center operations and makes it easier to monitor operations and reach decisions. It also gives you the skills to proactively detect
and respond to patterns – before they turn into problems.
Real-time and summation reports
Real-time and summation views are constantly updated and contain important data, such as,
agent workload, service levels, abandon rates, and average processing time for voice and email interaction.
An integrated analysis model uses current data trends to forecast patterns and contact traffic
in real time and in this way makes it easier to reach decisions on human resources or contact
forwarding.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-9
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath ProCenter Agile Standard V6.5
For internal use only
Limits and alarms can easily be programmed to send a manager an acoustic or visual signal
when set operating measurements are exceeded.
Activity logs
Using detailed, traceable activity logs, managers can examine the step-by-step sequence of a
customer contact or check the detailed activities of an agent during the day for voice, e-mail,
and callback contacts.
Historical reporting
Comprehensive historical reports can be configured quickly by selecting data elements and report parameters with simple point-and-click operations.
The Report Center generates historical reports with diagram and table views.
The report output can be planned, where necessary, printed or in exported in formats, such as,
Excel, HTML, PDF or text.
Agent tools for top-level customer service
The media-integrated Agent Desktop provides tools and information to effectively process
voice and e-mail interaction and at the same time improve the quality of customer service.
The Desktop features include
●
an intuitive standardized interface for processing voice, e-mail, and callback interaction,
●
unique presence and cooperation tool for increasing the initial contact resolution rate
●
a user-friendly feature for "detaching and anchoring" screen elements and toolbars,
●
real-time statistics and personal performance data via streaming,
●
a visual indication of waiting contacts for incoming calls, e-mails, and callbacks,
●
report-based availability status and wrap-up reasons
●
an "icon mode" display option that uses taskbar icons to keep the screen free.
Voice and callback processing
A complete set of telephony control elements and tools optimizes the processing of inbound
calls as well as agent- and Web-initiated callback interaction.
All inbound interaction is signaled to the agent by a pop-up window on the desktop containing
customer data and contact details.
An interface to third-party or internal CRM systems can also be used for the automatic retrieval
of customer files for presentation on the agent’s display.
8-10
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
HiPath ProCenter Agile Standard V6.5
Presence and cooperation tools
Agents can use the Teamlist and Teambar functions to further improve the initial contact resolution rate and response time. They are used to display the real-time presence and availability statuses of co-workers, managers or even experts outside the contact center. Detailed presence information is displayed for all media so that the agents can easily find the most suitable
partner for cooperation in voice and e-mail contacts.
Available users can be included in the call processing operation with the forwarding, consultation hold or conference function by simply clicking the relevant parties.
E-mail processing
The Agent Desktop offers tools to effectively process inbound and agent-initiated e-mail interaction. Incoming e-mail contacts are displayed in a pop-up window.
Functions are available for internal and external forwarding and consultation hold to improve
the response time and speed up contact resolution.
Agents can proactively address customers by initiating new e-mails. Agent-initiated e-mails
and the associated replies can be tracked and displayed in reports to assess the success of email campaigns or the reactivation of customer relationships.
Information sent via e-mail to a caller is monitored and recorded in reports. This improves the
quality of customer service and reduces the need for follow-up activities by the agents.
Various different search criteria can be used in the e-mail history program to trace the progress
of interaction and to search existing e-mail threads. Agents and managers can then create a
sequence of interactions that help to achieve an appropriate solution.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-11
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath ProCenter Office V1.3
8.6
For internal use only
HiPath ProCenter Office V1.3
HiPath ProCenter Office V1.3 is a standardized solution for call centers in small and mediumsized companies. All communication processes can be individually customized and optimized
for corporate workflows.
HiPath ProCenter Office comes with all the necessary interfaces for integration in the customer’s existing EDP environment. This means that callers can be identified, for example, on the
basis of their call number and customer-specific data can be displayed on the call center workstation’s monitor.
Features
Call distribution
HiPath ProCenter Office offers both group-based and skill-based routing (optional). Both routing mechanisms can also be combined with classical distribution list criteria (linear, cyclical,
longest-idle, time-based).
CTI/outbound/campaigns
Specific interfaces are available for CTI functions:
●
Tray bar displays information on the status of the other agent.
●
Tray phone shows a history window with an overview of inbound and outbound calls.
Both interfaces can be used for dialing operations.
CTI platforms, such as, the DDE interface and TAPI First-Party driver, are available for integration in the EDP environment as well as for corporate processes. These platforms support caller
identification based on the call number and customer-specific data display on the call center
workstation’s monitor (for example, screen pop-up with customer history).
Campaigns can still be planned and performed via the supervisors and the agents. Campaigns
are allocated in accordance with predefined criteria and priorities.
Outbound/dialing functions are available for performing telephone campaigns. Dialing lists can
be used to perform customer queries at scheduled times, for example, and to draw conclusions
about lost calls.
Agent workstation
Agents have two tools at their disposal: The telephone and the PC. The telephone, preferably
optiPoint 400/500 with display, is used for voice connections and shows the agent status, group
assignments, waiting calls, and the call status. optiClient 130 V2.0 or later and analog devices
are also supported.
8-12
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
HiPath ProCenter Office V1.3
The remote agent logs onto the system by telephone and can specify his or her status by entering a code (DTMF tone dialing).
LAN access is required for using a client PC.
Supervisor/administrator
The supervisor or administrator logs onto the system and is automatically assigned his or her
predefined rights. The user interface can be customized.
The information provided about agents, groups, reporting, queues, service level, and alarm
messages allows the supervisor or administrator to play an active role in call center communication processes.
Queues
Integrated queues are used for initial, interim, or final announcements. The supervisor/administrator can modify queue sizes and announcements.
Wallboard
ACD information is displayed in real time on the wallboards. This gives the user a group-specific overview, for example, of queued calls, service level, and available agents.
Security
User identification prevents unauthorized persons from accessing corporate HiPath ProCenter
Office data. Special measures are needed for additional security mechanisms, such as, a firewall within a customer LAN.
Unified Messaging
This functionality is implemented in combination with HiPath Xpressions V3.0 (Step 2).
HiPath ProCenter Office offers ACD users
voicemail, faxmail, e-mail and SMS messaging functions.
Inbound messages are distributed to agents or agent groups on the basis of defined priorities
and volumes. Unified Messaging is operated via a separate messaging client and, in the case
of voicemail, a telephone operation function.
An option is available for embedding the messaging functions in MS Outlook® or Lotus Notes.
Technical specifications
●
Connection of HiPath ProCenter
Office V1.3 to HiPath 35x0, 37x0 version 3.0 or later
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-13
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath ProCenter Office V1.3
For internal use only
●
Group-based routing in up to 30 groups or skill-based routing with up to 20 skills, each with
100 priorities per agent
●
Eight supervisors/administrators
●
Connection of up to 30 wallboards
●
Integrated ACD queues with multiple simultaneous announcements for up to 20 callers
bundled for each channel
●
64 agents
●
Optional integration of messaging applications in MS Exchange 5.5 and 2000 or Lotus
Notes 4 V4.6 or later and Lotus Notes 5 V5.08 or later
●
CTI with information and dial functions over the PC using Windows-based user interfaces
(connection of CTI software possible via TAPI Third Party)
●
Integration in existing databases via DDE and TAPI First Party
●
Statistics for evaluating communication processes
●
Minimum server PC requirements:
Intel Pentium III with 650 MHz and 512 MB RAM, PS/2 mouse and keyboard, 9 GB hard
disk, 3.5-inch FD (1.44 MB), CD-ROM drive, LAN adapter: 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (TCP/IP
protocol), 17-inch SVGA color monitor, Windows 2000 Server with Service Pack 2 or higher (subject to market changes)
●
Remote service including security logon
8-14
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
8.7
Applications
HiPath ProCenter Compact V2.0
HiPath ProCenter Compact V2.0
Medium-sized companies are increasingly calling for options in the simple ACD solutions segment to visualize and evaluate customer call behavior.
For HiPath 3000/5000, HiPath ProCenter Compact represents a professional, cost-effective
call-center application that extends the integrated uniform call distribution (UCD) service to include
●
supervisor station with real-time reporting
●
statistics
●
wallboards
for up to 64 active agents.
HiPath ProCenter Compact is operated on a standard PC under Microsoft Windows NT 4
Workstation, 2000 Professional or XP.
HiPath ProCenter Compact is a multi-user application that assigns each user individual rights
to use the application and evaluate recorded data.
The integrated administration interface permits the user-friendly configuration of users, classes
of service, reports, licenses, etc. A special database backup feature is used to protect customer-specific data on the PC against unauthorized evaluation.
Statutory provisions involving data capture and evaluations and subject to the co-determination
act are satisfied by implementing a second password for the administration of this data.
8.8
HiPath ComResponse V1.0 (SMR 1)
The HiPath ComResponse voice application platform translates Web pages into voice data and
thus makes Web content accessible to telephone users.
HiPath ComResponse uses the advantages of the Web to process dynamic voice processing
requirements made by customers and employees. It is easy to configure and supports the configuration of individual applications with conventional Web-editing tools, such as, Microsoft
Word.
The voice application platform HiPath ComResponse offers three application packages:
●
Auto Answering: this is a cost-effective and dynamic package for automatic call acceptance with the following functions: Intelligent Announcement, Auto Attendant (DTMF) and
Music-on-Hold.
●
Web IVR: this provides the Web-based interactive voice dialog system function
for customers of the "HiPath ProCenter Suite Contact Center" solution.
●
Portal: this combines the HiPath ComResponse platform with professional services and in
this way supports individual draft applications for customer-specific requirements.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-15
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath ComResponse V1.0 (SMR 1)
For internal use only
The Auto Answering and Web IVR application packages are particularly attractive to all companies that want to benefit from the convenience and cost-savings offered by internal configuration and modification options. Companies that do not have any in-house technology experts
and that frequently change their customer interfaces can benefit from the simple configuration
and administration options offered by the HiPath ComResponse packages.
In addition to the features that are already available as part of the Auto Answering and Web
IVR application packages, the Portal package provides an exceptionally flexible platform for the
development of voice applications used to provide an almost unlimited range of individual
voice-capable solutions. HiPath services can be used to customize applications and configure
them for voice control or telephone access based on DTMF telephones. In conjunction with Microsoft Outlook Calendars, customers can use this function, for example, to plan meetings with
sales representatives or manage electronically saved documents, such as, brochures and
product information, that were sent via e-mail or fax.
In the same way, mobile knowledge workers can use their mobile telephones to access a wide
range of company resources, such as, Microsoft Outlook systems, folders distributed company-wide or electronically saved documents.
Features
●
Music-on-Hold
●
Intelligent Announcement
●
Auto Attendant
●
Access to saved information over voice commands or DTMF-driven navigation
●
Voice recognition in German and English
●
Text-to-speech conversion in German and English
●
Simple IVR functionality:
●
–
Front-end menus
–
Announcements, such as, queue position or estimated waiting time
–
Digit entry for identification purposes
Turnkey delivery options
(pure software solution and preinstalled server)
Technical specifications
●
Based on standard TAPI and SAPI interfaces:
–
TAPI for telephony applications
–
SAPI for text-to-speech conversion and voice recognition
8-16
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
HiPath ComAssistant V1.0
●
Supports analog connections (T/R) over VMIs for connection to the communication platform
●
PC-based solution with scalability for up to 30 ports per system
●
More complex installations integrate multiple systems in a central network
●
User interface in English and German
●
Supports the integration of additional language components over the TAPI-interface
8.9
HiPath ComAssistant V1.0
ComAssistant is a server-based CTI solution for the intranet. Software installation and configuration are performed centrally on the server. User-specific journal data and settings are saved
on this server. This totally eliminates the need for client installations. It ensures fast and simple
distribution on the intranet.
As the function is offered via HTML pages and HTTP requests, all you need is a Web browser
to use ComAssistant from any computer in the intranet.
Even if the user’s PC is deactivated, all journal information relevant to him or her is displayed
on the server.
User data backup is performed centrally.
In addition to a key option for integrating the telephony function in own Web pages using HTTP
requests, ComAssistant delivers a standard user interface with which all functions can be used.
ComAssistant Rules is the ComAssistant component that performs rule definition and interpretation.
ComAssistant Rules extends the ComAssistant CTI, Exchange (Outlook) or Lotus Notes/Domino functionality to include rules/rule sets for forwarding calls or e-mails and supports userfriendly voice connection.
ComAssistant Rules lets you schedule call forwarding - depending on the importance of the
caller - either to the voice info system or the mobile telephone and execute it at a specified time.
ComAssistant consists of four components:
●
ComAssistant CTI
HiPath ComAssistant CTI is a server-driven application that delivers Web-based telephony
functionality on the intranet. HiPath ComAssistant CTI is ideally suited for the integration
of CTI in existing intranet solutions.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-17
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath Xpressions (HiPath Xpressions V3.0/HiPath Xpressions V4.0)
For internal use only
●
ComAssistant Rules
ComAssistant extends the function of ComAssistant CTI, Exchange (Outlook) or Lotus
Notes/Domino to include rules/rule sets for forwarding calls or e-mails and supports userfriendly voice connection.
●
ComAssistant DB
ComAssistant DB is the database for ComAssistant. It is installed as a component of ComAssistant Rules and is the basis for all user-specific data.
●
ComAssistant Group
ComAssistant Group is the groupware component in ComAssistant.
This add-on component provides connections for Lotus and Exchange. It must be installed
on the groupware computer and run on the Lotus or Exchange Server.
8.10
HiPath Xpressions
(HiPath Xpressions V3.0/HiPath Xpressions V4.0)
HiPath Xpressions provides user support for the daily exchange of voice, fax, and e-mail information.
The current location of the user is of no importance here. Flexible telephone- or PC-based access means that you can operate HiPath Xpressions in the office, from home (for example,
as a teleworker) or when travelling (on business trips, at the customer facility, etc.). Groups of
persons who mainly communication with mobile telephones can use SMS texts (Short Message Service) to keep abreast of new messages, have SMS messages sent to their mobile telephone and access all voice, fax, and e-mail messages. HiPath Xpressions delivers a flexible
solution for all user groups in the company.
HiPath Xpressions combines the services
●
voicemail,
●
faxmail,
●
e-mail, and
●
SMS
on a Windows2000/2003 platform to form a unified messaging system. Thanks to its modular,
scalable client/server architecture, this solution can be dimensioned to suit the individual communication requirements of your customers. Investment protection for the future is already
guaranteed by open standards, integration in existing EDP and telecommunication environments, universal access to messages via PC and telephone, and secure access via ISDN,
LAN, and intranet/Internet. You can select requirements-based services, user packages, EDP
integrations, and software-only solutions. From small starter packages to networked communication solutions, there is always a HiPath solution tailored to suit the customer’s needs.
8-18
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
HiPath Xpressions (HiPath Xpressions V3.0/HiPath Xpressions V4.0)
HiPath Xpressions is mobile and makes users mobile. This solution lets you configure a separate mailbox for each of your employees. An inbound message received can be signaled not
only on the PC but also, if required, at any workstation-based telephone or mobile telephone.
The message can be retrieved on the office PC, at home or in a hotel. For the home office to
work smoothly, it is also vital that the teleworker has constant access to corporate resources.
This is not a problem with HiPath Xpressions.
Your customers can use the Fax-on-Demand supplementary feature at any time, day or night,
to retrieve information, such as, current prices, product data, market or weather forecasts. This
service allows clever companies to save or even make money.
Unified Messaging
Unified Messaging refers to the integration of voice, fax, e-mail, and SMS services. All personal
messages are available for retrieval in a user-specific mailbox. The Internet-oriented function
lets you access all IMAP4 clients from your PC (for example, Netscape Communicator or Outlook 2000/XP/2003). No need, therefore, to abandon your familiar user interface. You can operate your mailbox very easily over the telephone when on the road.
Unified Messaging is especially attractive to companies that have not yet installed an e-mail
system. It means they can avoid this separate investment without foregoing the benefits of a
powerful and Internet-capable e-mail component.
The services are also easy to integrate in your existing communication environment. Optimized
versions are available for MS Exchange, Lotus Notes, and SAP R/3 (see information on EDP
integrations).
Faxmail and fax applications
All subscribers have a personal, cross-service mailbox with their own DID number for sending
and receiving fax messages. This mailbox is password-protected to prevent unauthorized access.
Fax receipt
Fax messages that are addressed to a subscriber’s fax number are saved in the subscribers
mailbox where they can be retrieved or edited further.
Automatic fax tone recognition
If call forwarding is active at the workstation telephone, HiPath Xpressions uses the typical
function implemented by analog all-in-one telephone/fax machines to check if the call is in fact
a fax and, where applicable, switches to fax message acceptance mode.
Deputy rule
All inbound messages can be automatically forwarded to another station to guarantee that no
messages go unprocessed (for example, during a vacation).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-19
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath Xpressions (HiPath Xpressions V3.0/HiPath Xpressions V4.0)
For internal use only
Fax viewer/editor
Incoming fax messages can be displayed and edited on the PC using a default fax viewer/editor
for TIFF or JPEG format or are integrated with HiPath Xpressions Extension for MS Outlook
2000/XP/2003.
Output on LAN printer
You are not obligated to output inbound fax messages on a fax machine. Instead, you can output them at any time on a LAN printer. The number of fax machines needed in a company can
thus be significantly reduced.
Outputting e-mails as faxes
Inbound e-mails and convertible attachments can be output as faxes on a random fax device.
This means you always have the latest information, even when on the road.
Archive
Incoming fax messages containing important corporate data, for example, are not only sent to
the original recipient. A copy of these messages can also be sent to a separate mailbox (for
example, for central archival by an external application).
Fax transmission
●
Fax coversheet and logo
You can use a subscriber-specific fax coversheet and logo when sending a fax.
●
Fragmented fax transmission
If a fax transmission is interrupted, transmission is resumed from the page on which the
interruption occurred. The resumption of an interrupted transmission can be indicated by
a configurable marker.
●
Transmission from an MS Office application
Fax messages can be generated and sent directly from an MS Office application (for example, MS Word for Windows, MS PowerPoint, etc.).
●
Scheduled transmission
The user can specify when a fax should be sent using the priority levels normal, medium,
and high. The periods are assigned priorities centrally and equally for all users.
Fax on Demand
Fax documents stored in HiPath Xpressions are available for polling as required. Each of the
documents provided is assigned a permanent station number. The document is transmitted
when this station number is dialed from a fax machine. The caller bears for the connection
costs in this type of transmission.
8-20
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
HiPath Xpressions (HiPath Xpressions V3.0/HiPath Xpressions V4.0)
Voicemail
The voicemail application in HiPath Xpressions lets every user receive, save, forward, answer, and comment on voice messages. This interface is provided by the telephone or PC. Fax
and e-mail messages can also be output via voicemail. Faxes can be forwarded to a printer or
a random fax machine. E-mails can be read out (text to speech).
User prompting
Acoustic user prompts guide you through all functions. You can use the Help function to access
detailed additional information. When using a digital telephone with Hicom 300 E/300/300 H or
HiPath 4000, visual on-screen displays are used to indicate the individual steps in addition to
spoken user prompts. You can set the user prompt language at each station for the specified
functions. The languages available are: German, British or American English, French, Canadian French, Italian, Portuguese, Brazilian Portuguese, Spanish, American Spanish, Turkish,
Russian or Dutch. User prompting is available in these languages with a comparable Hicom
PhoneMail or Hicom 300 VMS user interface. Every subscriber can use the administration console to set his or her user interface (if this is available in the system).
For external and internal callers
You can redirect calls to your mailbox when you are absent (meeting, business trip, vacation,
etc.). A caller hears your personal announcement and can leave a message for your after the
signal tone. This also applies if the subscriber’s mailbox limits were reached. If the caller wants
to speak directly to another party instead of leaving a message, he or she can set up a connection to a deputy or attendant console, without having to call again.
For mailbox owners
An announcement is added to the user prompts when you enter the access number in HiPath
Xpressions. You must enter a personal station number and password to output existing messages (voice, fax, e-mail) and to send messages, etc.
Password
All saved messages are password-protected. The user can change this at any time. If you repeatedly enter the wrong password, HiPath Xpressions clears down the connection and, in
the case of external callers, sets up a connection to the attendant console.
Receiving messages
You specify whether the caller should only hear an advisory (advisory function) when you are
absent or whether the caller can to leave a message after an announcement (answering machine function).
Visual and acoustic signaling
New inbound messages are visually signaled on digital telephones with display by the illuminated mailbox LED and by an announcement when you lift the handset. When you press the
mailbox key on digital telephones connected to Hicom 300 E/300/HiPath 4000, a message signals the existence of a message in HiPath Xpressions.
In analog and digital telephones without display, you only hear an acoustic signal. You can retrieve messages by accessing your mailbox in the usual manner.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-21
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath Xpressions (HiPath Xpressions V3.0/HiPath Xpressions V4.0)
For internal use only
Notification service
You can arrange for new messages to be signaled by SMS. Every subscriber is free to configure this on a service-specific basis. Voicemail, faxmail, and e-mail are therefore signaled by a
short message on your mobile telephone. These settings can be modified at any time at the
telephone or via the user-friendly Web Administration client.
Listening to messages
You can play back messages saved on your telephone at any time and anywhere by dialing
your mailbox. You can perform fast-forward or rewind operations within a message or insert a
pause.
HiPath Xpressions makes a distinction between the various services, such as
●
voicemail
●
faxmail
●
e-mail
as well as the following message queues:
●
incoming or undeliverable messages,
●
new messages,
●
messages that have already been played back,
●
messages sent after the HiPath Xpressions connection is ended.
If there is more than one message, you can scroll back and forth until find a particular message.
You can select your voice message in your HiPath Xpressions mailbox on your PC and output
it via the built-in loudspeakers.
Answering/forwarding messages
You can delete, save or edit a message once you have played it back. You can therefore record
your answer to an internal subscriber’s question on his or her mailbox without having to redial
his or her station number or set up a direct connection to the internal or external sender. The
message can also be forwarded to another mailbox owner with a comment. Messages with
comments can also be forwarded with comments.
This function is available on the telephone and PC.
Sending messages
●
to a recipient
You can forward a recorded message to another user’s mailbox. This is possible from every location and around the clock.
8-22
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
●
Applications
HiPath Xpressions (HiPath Xpressions V3.0/HiPath Xpressions V4.0)
to a distribution list
You can create personal distribution lists on your PC to send messages to a specific circle
of recipients. Each distribution list can contain up to 99 station numbers. Central distribution lists can also be configured for all mailbox owners.
Creating messages
A voice message can be recorded and sent not only from the telephone but also from the PC.
Personal announcements/central announcements
●
Personal announcement (greeting)
Every mailbox owner can record his or her personal name announcement; otherwise, the
station number of the station dialed is output by default.
In addition, you can choose between nine personal announcements. The user can assign
these personal announcements to the following call situations depending on the time:
–
alternative announcement (used for internal and external callers)
–
announcement for internal callers
–
announcement for external callers
–
announcement on busy
If you did not activate the personal announcement,
the system announcement is used by default and the caller can then leave his or her message.
●
Central announcement
In addition to the personal greetings, you can create central announcements that are valid
for all users.
Auto Attendant
The Auto Attendant function is provided to improve customer availability. After listening to the
greeting and list of options available, a caller can either select a more qualified contact, set up
a direct telephone connection to the selected contact or choose automatic connection to the
attendant console.
8.10.1
HiPath Xpressions Compact V2.0
HiPath Xpressions Compact is a system for operating voice mailboxes with different capabilities with the AutoAttendant function (menu-driven call processing). The system is designed as
a plug-in card for operation in Hicom 150/HiPath 3000 communication systems. System administration is performed with HiPath 3000 Manager C or HiPath 3000 Manager E.
Version 6.0 features the following individual functions:
●
Depending on the Version 6.0 system type and product variant, up to 8 or 24 ports, that is,
up to 8 or 24 parallel attendant console and answering machine operations.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-23
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath Xpressions (HiPath Xpressions V3.0/HiPath Xpressions V4.0)
For internal use only
●
100 hours voice recording capacity.
●
Two telephone user interfaces; the standard interface corresponds to the interface in version 1.0. The second interface is the Xpressions interface which has the same key layout
as the Xpressions V3.0 interface (same key for same function).
●
The HiPath 3000 multi-customer function is supported (for example, in incubators with a
common telephone system).
●
3/8/20 minutes maximum announcement length per voice mailbox, depending on the mailbox type.
●
Scheduled notification call after receiving a new voice message,
either as a telephone call, as a pager message* or as an SMS* (Short Message Service)
(DTMF suffix-dialing only)
●
Classification of messages, answers and comments as private, urgent, and normal.
●
Date and time stamp for every message.
●
Distribution of messages to all mailboxes (broadcast) or distribution lists.
●
Option for calling back callers who left a message
(CLIP service necessary).
●
Automatic deletion of old voice messages after a preset interval.
●
Alternative greetings depending on time of day, call type or calendar.
●
AutoAttendant (automatic call pickup, greeting and switching, day/night service). This involves: name-based speed dialing possible for call forwarding.
●
Automatic fax tone recognition and forwarding of faxes to a mailbox-specific fax destination.
●
Context-sensitive telephone-based mailbox administration by the user.
●
Playback of professionally recorded greetings over HiPath 3000 Manager.
●
Music on hold with endless loop
(license required for this feature in HiPath 3000 version 4.5 or later).
●
Playback of individual announcements (for example, for internal call distribution (UCD))
(license required for this feature in HiPath 3000 version 4.5 or later).
●
Group mailboxes with up to 20 stations.
●
Information mailboxes with 20-minute announcement. Endless playback and navigation
possible in the announcement text.
8-24
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
>
8.11
Applications
Phone Mail LDN (Long Distance Network)
HiPath Xpressions Compact supports a central voicemail functionality in a HiPath
3000/5000 network. All stations can use the central voicemail server. It cannot be
used as a central announcement device in a network.
Phone Mail LDN (Long Distance Network)
HiPath Phone Mail is the user-friendly starter package for the voice messaging product segment.
The key features of HiPath PhoneMail are
●
receiving, saving, forwarding, answering, and commenting on voice messages, sending
own voice messages to stations
●
auto attendant with DTMF suffix-dialing and fax dial tone recognition
●
automatic call acceptance/announcements before answering
●
automatic info services
8.12
HiPath SimplyPhone for Outlook V3.1 and HiPath SimplyPhone
for Notes V3.1 and V4.0
HiPath SimplyPhone is ideally suited for workstations that use Lotus Notes or Outlook 98 as a
universal communication and organization tool.
Telephone calls can be saved in Lotus Notes documents. In the case of inbound calls, the calling party is recognized in Lotus Notes/Domino address books or global LDAP address books
(MetaDirectory).
Direct calling via menu is possible with entries from Lotus Notes view, personal address books
and Domino directories, journal and e-mail databases. It is also possible to search for a station
in the personal address book, Domino directory and the global LDAP address books (MetaDirectory), and then choose from the stations found.
HiPath SimplyPhone for Lotus Notes 3.1 is a CTI client based on the Microsoft telephone interface TAPI and can be used with various TAPI Service Providers.
HiPath SimplyPhone for Lotus Notes 3.1 enhances the available Microsoft Outlook 2000 or 98
functions with convenient telephone functions, such as, consultation hold, conference, ring no
answer, toggle, call forwarding and the following CTI features:
●
Calling entries from Lotus Notes view, personal address books and Domino directories,
journal and e-mail databases.
●
Caller identification from Lotus Notes personal address books and Domino directories or
global LDAP address books (MetaDirectory).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-25
3000sb8.fm
Applications
Smartset 2000 V3.0 (Level 1/2)
For internal use only
●
Call logging in Lotus Notes documents.
●
Call planning and callback list in Lotus Notes mail/journal database. E-mail notification in
the case of forwarded or transferred calls.
8.13
Smartset 2000 V3.0 (Level 1/2)
Combining the PC and telephone delivers a while new level of quality at the workstation.
To ensure that high customer contact levels are maintained, many companies demand immediate identification and fast inbound call recording.
A clearly laid-out user interface that is quick to install and easy to use is required, especially in
environments with high traffic volume, such as, telemarketing, sales and service companies,
mail order companies with order processing facilities and secretariats.
●
Integration of the PC in the voice and data area.
●
Greater competitiveness through the use of these types of application gives us an edge
over the competition.
●
Smartset 2000’s ease of installation and simple operation increases consumer acceptance
and trust in solutions of this kind.
●
Customer-specific requirements can also be satisfied with flexible solutions and configurations.
●
More efficient deployment of staff by easing the workload of workers at the PC workstation.
●
This system can be used to evaluate incoming ISDN calls directly at the PC and start appropriate applications automatically. This ensures faster staff responses to inbound calls
(for example, automatic indication of customer data sheets).
●
Smartset 2000 supports all current Siemens PABXs and needs no additional drivers.
●
Smartset is Siemens’ oldest and most widely used CTI software application and is constantly updated.
Smartset is a user-friendly PC telephone directory program that runs under Windows 95/98/NT/
Win 2000/XP and provides telephone support (outbound/inbound). All rights to this PC software are reserved by the manufacturer. Smartset can be used to transfer the inbound ISDN
number to the PC and search for and display the relevant entry in the telephone directory. The
user has the freedom to create different telephone directories (for example, company/private).
The telephone directory can also be centrally saved on the PC network. The Outlook telephone
directory can be fully integrated in Smartset 2000, that is, there is no need to either export or
import the data. If the user searches for an entry in Smartset, Smartset searches its own telephone directories as well as the Outlook Contacts folder and displays all entries found. The
user can write an e-mail directly, providing there is an e-mail address available for an entry. If
there is a number of different telephone numbers saved for a name, the required number (for
8-26
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
Smartset 2000 V3.0 (Level 1/2)
example, company, private, cell phone) can be selected with a right-click. Depending on the
incoming ISDN numbers, applications can be started under Windows and customer-specific
data sheets can be displayed and then immediately made available for further processing. It
goes without saying that Smartset displays all telephone directory and Outlook entries in
Smartset for immediate caller identification. Call list and call filter functions offer greater convenience. The function for importing to/exporting from ASCII (CSV) is provided for importing and
exporting telephone directory data.
The most important Smartset functions:
●
Multiple telephone directories with search criteria
●
Dialing from the PC telephone directory
●
Automatic activation of the PC file/application
●
List of inbound calls
●
Management of pending calls
●
Caller identification based on address database and Outlook Contacts
●
Speed search through the direct entry of names or station numbers
●
Twelve different menu languages,
for direct changeover
●
Data connection interface for Office packages
●
Macros are included
●
Direct access to up to three telephone directories and Outlook
●
Unlimited number of repertory keys
●
Additional TAPI interface for connecting other programs included
●
Sending messages to and receiving messages from the Smartset BLF
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-27
3000sb8.fm
Applications
Smartset BLF
8.14
For internal use only
Smartset BLF
Software solution for displaying when telephone users are busy in the customer’s IP networks.
●
Simple and cost-effective solution for Hicom 150 E Office/HiPath 3000 systems in version
1.0 or later for connecting busy lamp fields over IP. Expansion of the product portfolio and
satisfaction of customer requirements as unique selling point.
●
Quick information on whether telephones are busy before routing.
●
Target groups are small call centers, networked systems, and service provider companies.
●
Simple absence information for administration.
Features
●
Programmable busy lamp field for all Hicom 150 Office/HiPath 3000 systems in version 1.0
or later with a PC-video interface.
●
The number of lamps and stations configured can be freely set up to a maximum of 240
busy lamps per client.
●
A customer IP network is required. Several systems can be displayed on a client PC.
●
The busy lamps are displayed on a random PC that is available in the customer’s network.
The only requirement is an IP connection to the server.
●
An optiset E telephone with data adapter or an optiPoint 500 telephone with USB is required for the server connection.
●
The BLF software runs under the PC operating systems Windows 95, 98, NT or optiClient
130, Windows 2000 or XP.
●
There is no minimum configuration requirement for the server PC. This server PC can also
be used for any other applications, such as, Microsoft Windows Office.
●
Together with Smartset 2000, short messages can be sent to and received from the BLF.
8-28
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
8.15
Applications
HiPath Hospitality Service Center Compact V2.0
HiPath Hospitality Service Center Compact V2.0
The HiPath Hospitality Service Center is an intelligent CRM solution that can perfectly simulate
and implement service operations in hotels. HHSC was specially developed for the needs of
the service-oriented hospitality industry. It is a conceptual breakthrough in the integration of
communication services and service control for guests. This innovative solutions helps hotels
to reflect their business strategy in consistent guest services and to increase profitability.
Features
●
Work process optimization through the integration of telephone switches and software applications
●
Intuitive, customized interface for the hospitality industry
●
Service tracking to trace customer wishes from request to satisfaction
●
Reporting functions for effective personnel management
(including a more flexible definition of key performance indicators)
●
Provision of large volumes of information and statistics for Hotel Management
●
Intelligent routing functions to automatically increase capacities during peak hours
●
Facility Monitoring and the emergency module for effective facility management and active
security
●
Service center shared by multiple facilities to maximize savings
8.16
HiPath Hospitality Service Center Business V2.0
See Section 8.16, "HiPath Hospitality Service Center Business V2.0"
8.17
HiPath Hotel Standard V4.1
Communication solution for hotels and residential homes for the elderly
HiPath Hotel Standard is a PC-based hotel solution for small and medium-sized hotels and residential homes for the elderly (serviced apartments with hotel-like character) with up to 250
rooms as standalone or multi-station system. The Windows interface is intuitive and easy to
use. In connection with the communication platform, work routines are accelerated, duplicated
activities are avoided, and perfect service is guaranteed.
The most important functions of HiPath Hotel Standard:
●
Check-in with capture assistant, group check-in
●
Check-out with billing assistant
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-29
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath Hotel Advanced V4.2
For internal use only
●
Relocation function with capture assistant
●
Billing assistant for flexible DTMF control of billing
●
Printout of guest bill with conversion of the total in additional currencies (for example, euro)
●
Generation of interim bills
●
Name entry for caller identification
●
Telephone charge recording and system evaluation
●
Flexible telephone/telephone booth and Cordless assignment
●
Automatic wake-up service with wake-up time recording at the telephone and in the front
office
●
Room status management
●
Management of room category prices and day-specific supplement factors
●
Management of measurement periods for graphic visualization
●
Telephone-based recording of minibar use
●
Service booking
●
Message administration with automatic control of the message waiting lamp
●
Advanced input masks for residential homes for the elderly
●
Interface to health insurance billing systems
●
Automatic/manual telephone charge billing at the end of the month
●
Monthly bill output
●
Prepayment
8.18
HiPath Hotel Advanced V4.2
Communication interface for hotel EDP systems
HiPath Hotel Advanced is an intelligent solution that broadens the range of communication platform features available for the hotel’s front-office area and therefore increases the interaction
between both systems. This reduces staff workloads and increases guest comfort.
HiPath Hotel Advanced is available for all Siemens communication systems.
This solution is also advantageous for F/O-system manufacturers, as it offers a simple, uniform
hotel interface. The protocol description is disclosed and made available to every F/O-solution
supplier.
8-30
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
HiPath Accounting Management V2.0
This standard hotel interface offers the following features:
●
Check-in/check-out with COS activation/deactivation
●
Name entry for caller identification
●
Call charge calculation
●
Wake-up service entry
●
Room status entry
●
Minibar status entry
●
Message receipt (message waiting LED)
●
Do not disturb
●
Administration of virtual station numbers
Advanced options, such as
●
wake-up module
●
voicemail module
●
fax module
●
or special call charge management software
are also integrated.
HiPath Hotel Advanced is intended for hotels that already have a conventional front-office system and want to connect this to a communication system.
8.19
HiPath Accounting Management V2.0
Concept and functions
The need for standardized and simple administration increases as data and voice networks
converge and at the same time grow in complexity.
HiPath Management is therefore a key component in the HiPath architecture. It supports HiPath component administration with User Management, calculates and bills communication
costs based on use with Accounting Management, increases HiPath component availability
and failure tolerance with Fault Management, and offers a wide range of supportive functions
to secure the cost-effective operation of communication systems or networks. Transactions
can be rapidly processed at any time and from any location thanks to this solution’s object-oriented and modular structure and its use of Web browsers and standard interfaces for access,
for example, interfaces for Directory Access. This all leads to short response times and lower
administration costs. Tasks are executed quickly and without difficulty.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-31
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath Accounting Management V2.0
For internal use only
The modular concept guarantees the correct combination of applications and functions for every HiPath network and provides long-terms investment protection for communication infrastructure.
HiPath AM system functions
Collecting Agent
The communication data (CDR Call Detail Records) provided by the individual communication
systems in the network is collected by Collecting Agents (HiPath AM components), filtered, and
submitted to Accounting Management for further processing.
Data storage/archiving
The communication data is organized in a database as monthly or daily files for better performance.
An archive function can be used to export communication and organization data to disks or
streamers for a selected period. You can restore one or more archives for evaluation or research.
User/rights management
Every user can be assigned individual access rights depending his or her tasks. The user IDs
are managed with their various classes of service and passwords by the system.
Master data administration in HiPath AM
Access over administrator workstation
Master data which includes organization charts divided into eight hierarchical levels, extensions, cost centers, PIN/account codes, tariffs, and a wide range of other data can be individually configured, modified, and deleted. Similarly, import and synchronization is possible with
the HDMS/CM-Win or HiPath 4000 Manager/Assistant data.
Web-based access
Authorized users can use Web Access to configure and edit the organization chart without synchronization with HDMS/CM-Win or HiPath 4000 Manager/Assistant. Classes of service are individually configured for each Web Access user. This allows you to make a clear distinction between those organizations that can be seen and those that can be edited.
HiPath AM system backup
All important activities performed on the system are recorded in a logfile.
A alarm message is signaled if no call data is transferred within a set interval.
A Watchdog tool lets you monitor a wide range of different HiPath AM processes. If one of the
monitored processes reports an alarm, you can forward it via e-mail or pager to another person.
Cost and price calculation
Cost/price differentiation
Parallel cost billing is possible for controlling service provider costs and calculating prices for
further internal and external charging.
8-32
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
HiPath User Management V1.0
Transfer/individual calculation
Costs/prices can be obtained from the communication system data record or calculated using
individual tariff tables (optional). These can be entered with eight decimal places so that even
per-second billing prices can be calculated with adequate accuracy.
Export/import of tariff tables
Once defined, tariff tables can be exported and then imported into another installation.
Recalculation
You can recalculate existing connection data for a selectable period with new prices or modified
organizational assignments.
Reports
Report layout/filter
The connection data saved can be evaluated using predefined system reports, as well as userdefined and generated own reports in tabular and graphical form.
Report layout can be freely defined or supplemented.
Sophisticated filter functions (period, day/business hours, call types, extensions, and organization units, PIN/account codes and their groups, trunks, cost centers, limits, other CDR fields
and attributes) permit the selection of required data.
Report output
Outputs are performed at the printer (local, network), file (local, network, e-mail) and on the
screen (preview).
Immediate creation and output, as well as scheduler functions can be initiated.
Web Access
Reporting over the Internet/intranet
Evaluations and reports can be created on the Web with the Web Access application. Classes
of service are individually configured for each Web Access user. You can use these classes of
service to define which reports and which data each user is permitted to view. Interactive and
graphical overview reports can be broken down/zoomed to provide a quick overview and specific evaluations of the required organization units.
8.20
HiPath User Management V1.0
The need for standardized and simple administration increases as data and voice networks
converge and at the same time grow in complexity. The HiPath Management applications
therefore feature the essential components of the HiPath convergence architecture.
HiPath Management applications provide user-friendly and effective support the wide-ranging
management activities available in a HiPath network.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-33
3000sb8.fm
Applications
HiPath Fault Management V3.0
For internal use only
The modular concept, expanded to include additional HiPath Management applications, offers
a combination of applications and functions for every HiPath network and thus provides longterm investment protection for the communication infrastructure.
HiPath Accounting Management calculates and bills communication costs on the basis of
connection data from the various communication systems in the network and assigns them to
causes, irrespective of whether these involve traditional voice or Voice-over-IP connections.
HiPath Fault Management guarantees increased availability and operating security for HiPath
components and offers a wide range of other supporting functions to secure the cost-effective
operation of communication systems or networks. Additional network components can be integrated in the network-wide monitoring concept.
HiPath QoS Management ensures high data throughput, real-time behavior and fair bandwidth assignment in the network. It monitors the network quality needed for communication.
The configuration of the relevant network elements is considerably simplified, network quality
monitoring is offered and the entirety is rounded off by service level management. With HiPath
QoS Management, your network quality is always under control!
HiPath User Management provides a single-entry point for all relevant user data in a HiPath
network and stores the data in central directory.
If user data is input in a corporate directory, it can be automatically transferred to HiPath User
Management over configurable workflows so that the single-entry point is also guaranteed for
this application.
All HiPath systems and applications that need this data can access it via standard interfaces.
The repeated input of identical data can be avoided by centrally storing and administering user
data, performing automatic transfer from a corporate directory and automatic database synchronization for all HiPath systems and applications. This also ensures that data is consistent
throughout the network.
HiPath User Management not only provides a means for user-friendly maintenance of user data. It can just as easily be used to assign communication resources to and withdraw them from
users. Such resources include HiPath telephones and fax machines, Xpressions mailboxes
and CTI clients. HiPath User Management does this by sending a job to the relevant element
manager, monitoring how the job is performed, and using appropriate icons to indicate all resources available to a user.
HiPath User Management is not only an efficient management tool for user data administration,
it can also be used as a HelpDesk application for the HiPath network.
8.21
HiPath Fault Management V3.0
HiPath FM provides ideal support for the primary requirements of failsafe communication.
It does not matter:
8-34
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb8.fm
For internal use only
Applications
HiPath Fault Management V3.0
●
if communication is data- or voice-based,
●
which type of infrastructure is used for communication, that is, line, LAN or wireless,
●
if terminals, systems, servers or complex solutions, such as, call centers and other applications should be monitored,
●
if these are small networks or an international network topology with several hundred standalone systems in different network domains.
HiPath FM signals the first signs of a fault in a clear graphic fault management component with
fault priority and location information. It also display a wide range of additional information that
can be used for immediate fault correction. And all this long before the network stations notice
the effects of interference.
HiPath FM can be used to monitor communication resources even without comprehensive expert know-how using a simple graphical user interface and wide-ranging support functions.
HiPath FM is programmed in Java meaning it runs on almost all conventional operating systems and computer platforms. Internet access with Web browsers guarantee mobility for the
user.
HiPath FM thus plays a very significant role in guaranteeing that the communication network
operates securely and that your company maintains its competitive edge.
HiPath FM can be integrated via Materna GmbH gateways as well as in the umbrella management systems HP OpenView and IBM Tivoli NetView and in the process management system
"Action Request".
System functions
Client/server architecture
The server manages all information and the logged-on clients. It monitors access to the managed objects. The client provides a graphic representation of the information managed in the
server.
Client access
Access to the HiPath FM client is possible both with a Java standalone application and Web
browsers. As a result, the application can be operated from almost every location.
Single Point of Access (SpoA)
Provides access to the other applications of the individual element managers, for example, to
perform configuration changes in the communication systems.
Platform independence
The Java-based HiPath FM software permits operation on a large number of hardware and operating system platforms.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
8-35
3000sb8.fm
Applications
TeleData Office V3.0
For internal use only
System administration
Managed objects
Once the network elements have been automatically detected in a network domain, you can
select which of the elements should be monitored with HiPath FM.
The network elements monitored by HiPath FM are administered in the server as managed objects using selected attributes. Administration covers not only the various network nodes, but
also the connections between these.
User administration
User access to the information saved in the server is protected by login and password. The
graphic user administration unit simplifies user configuration, modification, and deletion.
Rights management
Every user can be assigned individual access rights depending his or her tasks. Six user profiles with permanently defined rights are predefined for added simplicity.
8.22
TeleData Office V3.0
Cost management for your voice and data communication
Teledata Office version 3.0 can record communication data at the technical source (Hicom®/
HG 1500) or read it in via electronic data exchange (mobile telephony) and calculate the associated costs. The resulting costs for fixed-network, Internet, and mobile communication are encrypted on the basis of the user.
To make sure that this does not incur administration expenses, the user administration component in Teledata Office version 3.0 learns all communication addresses itself. The communication addresses recorded in this way now only have to be assigned to a user.
The circle is thereby closed: professional Internet-age software guarantees provider-independent user data recording and transparency, even in the smallest cost center.
Corporate communications controlling
Controlling starts with examinations. Is the telephone bill correct? Where were the costs incurred? The objectives of cost-effective management are therefore transparency and unique
allocation of costs to cause. In addition to ongoing operating costs, the duration and purpose
of communication operations are also important. After all, the time spent by the user on communication also costs money.
Communication infrastructure performance is another cost aspect. Every jump to higher bandwidth needed on account of exhausted network load always results in heavy investment in new
hardware. A detailed inspection of utilization mitigates the migration pressure and saves costs.
8-36
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb9.fm
Capacities
For internal use only
9
Capacities
PARAMETER
System
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3800
Agent IDs in system
150
150
150
150
Agents active simultaneously in system
150
150
150
150
Agents active simultaneously on a
telephone
1
1
1
1
Total number in system
-
Agents
Unlimited
Toll restriction:
Number of allowed lists
6
6
6
6
Number of denied lists
6
6
6
6
Allowed list, short
(10 entries with 25 digits each)
5
5
5
5
Allowed list, long (100 entries with 25
digits each)
1
1
1
1
Toll restriction: Denied list, short
(10 entries with 25 digits each)
5
5
5
5
Denied list, long
(50 entries with 25 digits each)
1
1
1
1
Total trunks (B channels) in system
60
60
180
180
MSI (analog): Maximum number in
system
(configuration-dependent)
16
60
120
120
S0 interfaces: Maximum number in
system
10
26
90
90
S2M boards: Maximum number in system
-
1
6
6
TIEL boards: Maximum number in system (four E&M lines per board)
-
-
23
23
Trunks:
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
9-1
3000sb9.fm
Capacities
For internal use only
PARAMETER
System
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3800
Number of telephones per group
8
32
32
32
Total groups per system
8
32
32
32
All calls: Active simultaneously
20
50
150
150
External: Number of CFW keys per
telephone
1
1
1
1
Call waiting:
Call forwarding:
External: Number of digits
25-digit + trunk access code
Announcement before answering:
Number of callers for whom an announcement can be played simultaneously
30
30
30
30
Number of stations at which the announcement can be played simultaneously
30
30
30
30
Total number in system
1
1
1
1
Number of Hold keys per optiClient Attendant
4
4
4
4
Total per group
6
6
6
6
Groups in the system
6
6
6
6
Overflow: Number of calls in queue
30
30
30
30
Total number in system
15
15
15
15
Matrix size - day and night number of trunks
30
30
30
30
Allowed and denied lists
15
15
15
15
5
5
5
5
Announcement devices:
optiClient Attendant:
Classes of service:
Telephone lock:
Number of digits in a PIN
CSTA:
9-2
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb9.fm
Capacities
For internal use only
PARAMETER
System
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3800
Number of applications that can be
connected per system (server)
4
4
4
4
Number of simultaneous tasks
16
16
50
50
Number of TDS codes
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
Number of callback destinations
6
6
6
6
Length of PIN
5
5
5
5
50
150
300
300
20
150
800
800
1
6
6
6
EVM modules per system
1
1
-
Number of access channels
2
2
-
Number of voicemail cabinets
24
24
-
Recording capacity
2h
2h
-
2
2
-
1 min
1 min
-
Yes
Yes
-
4
4
-
2 min
2 min
-
Number of recorded announcements
for UCD
(without start/stop)
2
2
-
Active languages during operation
1
1
-
DID numbers:
Number of digits
Remote administration:
Call detail recording:
Number of entries in the buffer
Group call:
Group call: Number of groups
Hotline/hotline after a timeout (code blue):
Number of destinations
Integrated voicemail module EVM:
Number of personal greetings
Maximum length of personal greetings
Auto attendant function
Number of auto attendant mailboxes
Maximum length of auto attendant
mailboxes
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
9-3
3000sb9.fm
Capacities
For internal use only
PARAMETER
System
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3800
Loadable languages
3
3
-
Available languages
16
16
-
Number of participants per conference
5
5
5
5
Total number in system
3
6
6
6
Maximum number of trunks in a conference
4
4
4
4
Total entries in system
300
2000
2000
2000
Number of entries per telephone
10
10
10
10
1000
1000
Conference:
Station speed dialing (ISD):
Number of digits per entry
25-digit + trunk access code
System speed dialing (SSD):
Total entries in system
Number of digits per entry
Length of names
1000
1000
25-digit + trunk access code
16
16
16
16
32
32
32
32
LCR:
Number of digits dialed
Number of digits checked
25-digit + trunk access code
No. of dial plans
(each with max. 10 fields)
514
514
514
514
No. of outdial rules per trunk group
254
254
254
254
Number of routes in a path table
16
16
16
16
Number of path tables.
254
254
254
254
Number of time zones per day
8
8
8
8
Number of digits per outdial rule
40
40
40
40
4
32
32
32
6
6
6
6
Trunk queuing (not S0):
Number of simultaneous entries
Multiple subscriber numbers:
Number of digits
9-4
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb9.fm
Capacities
For internal use only
PARAMETER
System
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3800
3
3
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Number of messages received on an
optiPoint 500 or optiset E telephone
with display
5+1
5+1
5+1
5+1
Number of messages received on an
optiPoint 500 or optiset E telephone
without a display
1+1
1+1
1+1
1+1
Total text messages in system
10
10
10
10
Text messages: Total messages sent
in system
15
50
50
50
Length of the text in a customer-defined message
24
24
24
24
Length of the text generated by an optiset E memory telephone
24
24
24
24
Mailbox: Total messages active simultaneously in system (text messages
and advisory messages)
30
100
100
100
Internal stations and subscriber
groups: Length in letters
16
16
16
16
System speed-dialing entries: Length
in letters
16
16
16
16
Trunk groups: Length in letters
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
DTMF DID:
Number of simultaneous DID actions
MUSAP keys:
Total per telephone
Messages:
Total advisory messages in system
Name display:
Park slots:
Total number in system
Account codes:
Number of verifiable digits
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
9-5
3000sb9.fm
Capacities
For internal use only
PARAMETER
System
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3800
1000
1000
1000
1000
8
16
16
16
1
1
1
1
Number of entries per trunk
4
32
32
32
Number of entries per station
3
3
3
3
Total number in system
Trunk groups:
Total number in system
Trunk group overflow:
Total per trunk group
Callback:
Call forwarding (permanently configured in Call Management):
on RNA / on Busy: Total per telephone
1
1
1
1
Number of CFW destinations per station
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
Number of active calls per bus
2
2
2
2
Number of telephones per bus
8
8
8
8
20
150
800
800
-
60
60
60
Cyclical: Total number in system
20
150
800
800
Sensors:
4
4
4
4
Total languages active simultaneously
in system
4
4
4
4
Total number in system
4
4
4
4
10
50
500*
500*
Group ringing:
Number of extensions in call ringing
group
Internal S0 bus:
Hunt groups:
Linear: Total number in system
UCD: Total number in system
Languages:
Team/Top
Total Team/Top configurations
9-6
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb9.fm
Capacities
For internal use only
PARAMETER
System
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3800
Max. number of stations (members) in
a Team/Top configuration
8
10
10
10
Max. number of telephones in a Team/
Top configuration
8
10
10
10
Max. number of MULAPs per telephone
10
10
10
10
Length of names
16
16
16
16
Stations per group
8
20
20
20
Number of groups for group call, hunt
groups, announcement zones: Total
number in system
20
150
800
800
For MULAP: Total number in system
10
50
500
500
Total station numbers in system (incl.
group numbers)
60
650
650
650
For analog, ISDN, phone and data
adapter: Total number of station numbers in system
20
100
250
250
For groups/hunt groups: Total number
of station numbers in system
20
150
800
800
for extensions: Total number of station
numbers in system
40
500
500
500
Length of station numbers
6
6
6
6
Length of station numbers (default setting)
2
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
Number of attempts to enter an invalid
password before deactivation
5
5
5
5
Length of password (in digits)
5
5
5
5
Subscriber groups:
Station numbers:
Internal directory:
Number of simultaneous accesses
Door opener:
UCD:
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
9-7
3000sb9.fm
Capacities
For internal use only
PARAMETER
System
HiPath 3350
HiPath 3300
HiPath 3550
HiPath 3500
HiPath 3750
HiPath 3700
HiPath 3800
Number of priority levels per call type
10
10
10
10
Announcements: Number of announcements per group
7
7
7
7
Groups: Total number in system
10
60
60
60
Overflow: Number of waiting calls per
group
3
3
3
3
Queue: Number of calls in a queue
72
72
72
72
1
1
1
1
Number of trunk group codes
10
10
10
10
Length of a trunk group code
6
6
6
6
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
Relocation function:
Simultaneous relocation actions in
system
Networking:
Expanded redial:
Number of entries on an optiPoint 500
or optiset E telephone with a display
Last number redial (LNR):
Number of entries on an optiPoint 500
or optiset E without a display
Number of digits stored
25-digit + trunk access code
Destination keys:
Number of destinations in system
300
2000
2000
2000
300
2000
2000
2000
500
500
Destination key/station speed dialing:
Number of destinations in system
Number of digits
25-digit + trunk access code
Call destination lists:
Number of call destination keys
9-8
70
376
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb9.fm
Capacities
Overview of Additional Hardware
For internal use only
9.1
Overview of Additional Hardware
Table 9-1
System-Specific Maximum Configuration for UP0/E Workpoint Clients, Key
Modules, and Adapters
Workpoint Clients, Add-On Devices, Adapters
SYSTEM
HiPath
38001
HiPath
3750
HiPath
3700
HiPath HiPath HiPath HiPath
3550
3500
3350
3300
optiPoint 500 telephones
●
Number per system
384
250/3842
723
484
245
246
●
Number per box (the value in
brackets applies to operation using a PSUI)
192
144
(120)
–
–
–
–
248
89
89
optiPoint acoustic adapters
Number per system
No limit
optiPoint analog adapters
Number per system
116
1167
248
optiPoint recorder adapters
Number per system
No limit
optiPoint ISDN adapters
Number per system
116
1167
488
488
89
89
116
1167
488
488
249
249
100
100
100
100
30
30
12
12
6
6
–
–
optiPoint phone adapters
Number per system
optiPoint key modules
Number per system
optiPoint BLF:
Number per system
optiset E telephones
●
Number per system
384
250/3842
723
484
245
246
●
Number per box (the value in
brackets applies to operation using a PSUI)
192
144
(120)
–
–
–
–
116
1167
248
248
89
89
optiset E analog adapters
Number per system
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
9-9
3000sb9.fm
Capacities
Overview of Additional Hardware
Table 9-1
For internal use only
System-Specific Maximum Configuration for UP0/E Workpoint Clients, Key
Modules, and Adapters
Workpoint Clients, Add-On Devices, Adapters
SYSTEM
HiPath
38001
HiPath
3750
HiPath
3700
HiPath HiPath HiPath HiPath
3550
3500
3350
3300
optiset E control adapters
Number per system
No limit
optiset E data adapters
Number per system
50
50
48
48
16
16
optiset E speech adapters
Number per system
No limit
optiset E privacy modules
Number per system
No limit
optiset E ISDN adapters
Number per system
116
1167
488
488
89
89
116
1167
488
488
249
249
100
100
100
100
30
30
12
12
6
6
–
–
optiset E phone adapters
Number per system
optiset E key modules
Number per system
optiset E BLFs
Number per system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Testing is not required on stations and lines up to the maximum configuration. Testing using the project planning tool is
mandatory for configurations which include UCD/ACD, more than one SLCN, or groups of more than 10 stations http://
intranet.mch4.siemens.de/syseng/perfeng/tools/hpt/index.htm).
Depending on system configuration and performance, the specified capacity limits may not always be reached. To ensure
that the dynamic capacity limit of HiPath 3750 or HiPath 3700 is not exceeded, the configuration can be tested using the
project planning tool (intranet: http://intranet.mch4.siemens.de/syseng/perfeng/tools/hpt/index.htm). Configurations with
under 250 stations and 90 trunks do not have to be checked. Testing using the project planning tool is mandatory for configurations which include UCD/ACD, more than one SLC16/SLC16N, or groups of more than 10 stations.
8xUP0/E at the central board + 5xSLU8 + 1xSLMO24.
8xUP0/E at the central board + 5xSLU8R.
8xUP0/E at the central board + 2xSLU8.
8xUP0/E at the central board + 2xSLU8R.
The total number of UP0/E stations and stations connected using adapters is limited to 384.
An EPSU2 external power supply must be used if the total number of UP0/E stations, analog stations, and stations connected using adapters is greater than 72.
A UPSC-D/UPSC-DR must be used if the total number of UP0/E stations and stations connected using adapters is greater
than 24.
9-10
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
For internal use only
A
Identifying System Power Requirement
>
The following values are for orientation only, and can vary depending on the traffic
flow.
This supplement specifies the power requirement of the boards and components of the HiPath
3000 systems. In addition, information is provided on the power requirement of the different
workpoint clients, key modules and adapters.
With this information,
●
the individual system power requirement can be identified.
●
every system configuration can be checked to see whether the nominal output of the power
supply unit is sufficient or whether an additional power supply may be needed.
Subject
HiPath 3800 Boards Power Requirement, page A-2
HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 Boards Power Requirement, page A-4
HiPath 3550 Boards Power Requirement, page A-6
HiPath 3350 Boards Power Requirement, page A-8
HiPath 3500 Boards Power Requirement, page A-10
HiPath 3300 Boards Power Requirement, page A-11
Workpoint Clients, Key Modules and Adapter Power Requirements, page A-12
Check Whether the Output of a Power Supply Unit is Sufficient, page A-14
Identifying the Primary System Power Requirement, page A-17
>
To ensure that a system’s dynamic capacity limit is not exceeded, the configuration
can be tested using the project planning tool (Intranet: http://intranet.mch4.siemens.de/syseng/perfeng/tools/hpt/index.htm).
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
A-1
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
HiPath 3800 Boards Power Requirement
A.1
For internal use only
HiPath 3800 Boards Power Requirement
Table A-1
Nominal Output of the HiPath 3800 Power Supply Unit
Power supply unit
Part number
Max. Nominal Output in W
5V
LUNA2
1
–48 V
1401
S30122-K7686-L1
S30122-K7686-M1
The total max. nominal output at the 5-V and at the –48-V output is 140 W. The 5-V nominal output can vary between 30
and 60 W and the –48-V nominal output can vary between 80 and 110 W. In other words, if 30 W are withdrawn at the 5V output, a maximum of 110 W is available at the –48-V output.
>
Table A-2
You must check whether the total power requirement of the boards used and the
connected workpoint clients of a system cabinet exceeds the maximum possible
LUNA2 output. Section A.8 contains a sample calculation.
HiPath 3800 Board Power Requirement
Board or Component
Part number
Net Power Requirement in
W
5V
–48 V
CBSAP
S30810-Q2314-X
10.0
–
DBSAP
S30807-Q6722-X
1.5
–
DIU2U
S30810-Q2216-X
5.1
–
DIUN2
S30810-Q2196-X
5.0
–
IVMN8
S30122-H7688-X100
10.0
–
IVMNL
S30122-H7688-X
10.0
–
PDMX
S30807-Q5697-X200
3.0
–
REALS
S30807-Q6629-X
1.5
–
SLCN
S30810-Q2193-X300
5.0
–
SLMA
S30810-Q2191-C300
1.6
12.0
SLMA8
S30810-Q2191-C100
0.6
4.0
SLMO2
S30810-Q2168-X10
1.0
1.2
SLMO8
S30810-Q2168-X100
0.4
0.4
STMD3
S30810-Q2217-X10
4.0
–
S30810-Q2217-X110
4.0
1.5
S30810-Q2316-X100
16.3
–
STMI2
A-2
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
HiPath 3800 Boards Power Requirement
For internal use only
Table A-2
HiPath 3800 Board Power Requirement
Board or Component
Part number
Net Power Requirement in
W
5V
–48 V
TM2LP
S30810-Q2159-Xxxx
1.8
–
TMC16
S30810-Q2485-X
1.3
–
TMDID
S30810-Q2452-X
2.3
6.6
TMEW2
S30810-Q2292-X100
1.3
3.1
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
A-3
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 Boards Power Requirement
A.2
For internal use only
HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 Boards Power Requirement
Table A-3
Nominal output of the power supply unit HiPath 3750and HiPath 3700
Power supply unit
UPSM
>
Table A-4
Part number
Max. Nominal Output in W
S30122-K5950-A100
S30122-K5950-S100
S30122-K5959-S121 (for RSA
only)
5V
–48 V
60.0
166.0
You must check whether the total power requirement of the boards used and the
connected workpoint clients of a system box exceeds the maximum possible UPSM
output. Section A.8 contains a sample calculation.
HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 Boards Power Requirement
Board or Component
Part number
Net Power Requirement in
W
5V
–48 V
BS3/1
S30807-H5482-X
–
2.0
BS3/3
S30807-H5485-X
–
3.0
CBCPR (including subboards)
S30810-Q2936-X
8.5
–
GEE8
S30817-Q664-xxxx
1.0
–
HXGM3
S30810-Q2942-X
12.0
–
IVML8
S30122-X7380-X100
3.0
0.7
IVML24
S30122-X7380-X
5.0
1.0
PDM1
S30807-Q5692-X100
–
5.0
REAL
S30807-Q5913-X
0.5
–
SLA8N
S30810-Q2929-X200
1.5
1.5
SLA16N
S30810-Q2929-X100
3.0
3.0
SLA24N
S30810-Q2929-X
4.5
4.5
SLC16
S30810-Q2922-X
8.0
–
SLC16N
S30810-Q2193-X100
5.0
–
SLMO8
S30810-Q2901-X100
0.7
–
SLMO24
S30810-Q2901-X
1.5
–
A-4
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 Boards Power Requirement
For internal use only
Table A-4
HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 Boards Power Requirement
Board or Component
Part number
Net Power Requirement in
W
5V
–48 V
STMD8
S30810-Q2558-X200
2.0
–
TIEL
S30810-Q2520-X
1.0
–
TMAMF
S30810-Q2587-A200
1.81
16.91
TMCAS
S30810-Q2938-X
TMDID8
S30810-Q2507-X
1.41
23.81
TMGL8
S30810-Q2703-X
1.61
2.11
TML8W
S30817-Q626-Axxx/Bxxx
1.0
–
TMST1
S30810-Q2920-X
3.0
–
TS2
S30810-Q2915-X
3.0
–
1
Not Available
Identified at a traffic flow of 0.8 Erlang
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
A-5
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
HiPath 3550 Boards Power Requirement
A.3
For internal use only
HiPath 3550 Boards Power Requirement
Table A-5
Nominal Output of the HiPath 3550 Power Supply Units
Power supply unit
Part number
Max. Nominal Output in W
5V
–48 V
UPSC-D
S30122-K5660-M300
40.0
53.0
UPSC-D with EPSU2
S30122-K5660-M300 with
S30122-K7221-X2
40.0
140.0
>
Table A-6
You must check whether the total power requirement of the boards used and the
connected workpoint clients exceeds the maximum possible output of the UPSC-D
with or without EPSU2. Section A.8 contains a sample calculation.
HiPath 3550 Board Power Requirement
Board or Component
Part number
Net Power Requirement in
W
5V
–48 V
BS3/1
S30807-H5482-X
–
2.0
BS3/3
S30807-H5485-X
–
3.0
CBCC (including submodules)
S30810-Q2935-A301
7.0
0.5
GEE12
S30817-Q951-Axxx
0.5
–
GEE16
S30817-Q951-Axxx
0.5
–
GEE50
S30817-Q951-Axxx
0.5
–
HXGS3 (including ventilator S30810-Q2943-X
kit)
10.0
2.8
HXGS3 (excluding ventilator S30810-Q2943-X
kit)
10.0
–
IVMS8
S30122-Q7379-X
2.6
0.3
PDM1
S30807-Q5692-X100
–
5.0
SLA8N
S30810-Q2929-X200
0.2
0.5
SLA16N
S30810-Q2929-X100
3.0
3.0
SLA24N
S30810-Q2929-X
4.5
4.5
SLC16
S30810-Q2922-X
8.0
–
SLC16N
S30810-Q2193-X100
5.0
–
A-6
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
HiPath 3550 Boards Power Requirement
For internal use only
Table A-6
HiPath 3550 Board Power Requirement
Board or Component
Part number
Net Power Requirement in
W
5V
–48 V
SLMO24
S30810-Q2901-X
1.5
–
SLU8
S30817-Q922-A301
0.8
–
STLS2
S30817-Q924-B313
0.6
–
STLS4
S30817-Q924-A313
1.0
–
STRB
S30817-Q932-A
0.5
–
TLA2
S30817-Q923-Bxxx
0.1
–
TLA4
S30817-Q923-Axxx
0.2
–
TLA8
S30817-Q926-Axxx
0.4
–
TMAMF
S30810-Q2587-A400
1.81
16.9
TMCAS
S30810-Q2938-X
TMGL4
S30810-Q2918-X
4.7
0.1
TMQ4
S30810-Q2917-X
3.8
–
TST1
S30810-Q2919-X
0.8
–
TS2
S30810-Q2913-X300
0.9
–
V24/1
S30807-Q6916-X100
0.3
–
4SLA
S30810-Q2923-X200
0.7
0.7
8SLA
S30810-Q2923-X100
1.3
1.3
16SLA
S30810-Q2923-X
2.5
2.5
1
Not Available
Identified at a traffic flow of 0.8 Erlang
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
A-7
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
HiPath 3350 Boards Power Requirement
A.4
For internal use only
HiPath 3350 Boards Power Requirement
Table A-7
Nominal Output of the HiPath 3350 Power Supply Units
Power supply unit
Part number
Max. Nominal Output in W
5V
–48 V
PSUP
S30122-K5658-M
15.0
19.2
UPSC-D
S30122-K5660-M300
20.01
53.0
UPSC-D with EPSU2
S30122-K5660-M300 with
S30122-K7221-X2
40.0
140.0
1
Nominal output = 40 W. Due to build-up of heat, not more than 20 W may be withdrawn.
>
Table A-8
You must check whether the total power requirement of the boards used and the
connected workpoint clients exceeds the maximum possible output of the PSUP or
the UPSC-D with or without EPSU2. Section A.8 contains a sample calculation.
HiPath 3350 Board Power Requirement
Board or Component
Part number
Net Power Requirement in
W
5V
–48 V
BS3/1
S30807-H5482-X
–
2.0
BS3/3
S30807-H5485-X
–
3.0
CBCC (including submodules)
S30810-Q2935-A301
7.0
0.5
GEE12
S30817-Q951-Axxx
0.5
–
GEE16
S30817-Q951-Axxx
0.5
–
GEE50
S30817-Q951-Axxx
0.5
–
HXGS3 (including ventilator S30810-Q2943-X
kit)
10.0
2.8
IVMP8
S30122-Q7379-X100
2.6
0.3
PDM1
S30807-Q5692-X100
–
5.0
SLU8
S30817-Q922-A301
0.8
–
STLS2
S30817-Q924-B313
0.6
–
STLS4
S30817-Q924-A313
1.0
–
STRB
S30817-Q932-A
0.5
–
TLA2
S30817-Q923-Bxxx
0.1
–
A-8
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
HiPath 3350 Boards Power Requirement
For internal use only
Table A-8
HiPath 3350 Board Power Requirement
Board or Component
Part number
Net Power Requirement in
W
5V
–48 V
TLA4
S30817-Q923-Axxx
0.2
–
TLA8
S30817-Q926-Axxx
0.4
–
TMGL4
S30810-Q2918-X
4.71
0.11
TMQ4
S30810-Q2917-X
3.8
–
V24/1
S30807-Q6916-X100
0.3
–
4SLA
S30810-Q2923-X200
0.7
0.7
8SLA
S30810-Q2923-X100
1.3
1.3
16SLA
S30810-Q2923-X
2.5
2.5
1
Identified at a traffic flow of 0.8 Erlang
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
A-9
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
HiPath 3500 Boards Power Requirement
A.5
For internal use only
HiPath 3500 Boards Power Requirement
Table A-9
Nominal Output of the HiPath 3500 Power Supply Units
Power supply unit
Part number
Max. Nominal Output in W
5V
–48 V
UPSC-DR
S30122-K7373-M900
40.0
53.0
UPSC-DR with EPSU2-R1
S30122-K7373-M900 with
S30122-K7221-X900
40.0
140.0
1
Installed in expansion box EBR S30777-U711-E901
>
You must check whether the total power requirement of the boards used and the
connected workpoint clients exceeds the maximum possible output of the UPSC-DR
with or without EPSU2-R. Section A.8 contains a sample calculation.
Table A-10
HiPath 3500 Board Power Requirement
Board or Component
Part number
Net Power Requirement in
W
5V
–48 V
BS3/1
S30807-H5482-X
–
2.0
BS3/3
S30807-H5485-X
–
3.0
CBRC (including submodules)
S30810-K2935-Z301
7.0
0.5
HXGR3
S30810-K2943-Z
10.0
–
IVMS8R
S30122-K7379-Z
2.6
0.3
HiPath 3500 ventilator
–
–
1.4
PDM1
S30807-Q5692-X100
–
5.0
SLU8R
S30817-K922-Z301
0.8
–
STLS4R
S30817-K924-Z313
1.0
–
STRBR
S30817-Q932-Z
0.5
–
TLA4R
S30817-Q923-Zxxx
0.2
–
TMGL4R
S30810-K2918-Z
5.71
0.1
TST1
S30810-K2919-Z
0.8
–
TS2R
S30810-K2913-Z300
0.9
–
8SLAR
S30810-K2925-Z
1.3
1.3
1
Identified at a traffic flow of 0.8 Erlang
A-10
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
HiPath 3300 Boards Power Requirement
For internal use only
A.6
HiPath 3300 Boards Power Requirement
Table A-11
Nominal Output of the HiPath 3300 Power Supply Units
Power supply unit
Part number
Max. Nominal Output in W
5V
–48 V
53.0
140.0
UPSC-DR
S30122-K7373-M900
20.01
UPSC-DR with EPSU2-R2
S30122-K7373-M900 with
S30122-K7221-X900
40.0
1
2
Nominal output = 40 W. Due to build-up of heat, not more than 20 W may be withdrawn.
Installed in expansion box EBR S30777-U711-E901
>
You must check whether the total power requirement of the boards used and the
connected workpoint clients exceeds the maximum possible output of the UPSC-DR
with or without EPSU2-R. A sample calculation is shown in Section A.8.
Table A-12
HiPath 3300 Board Power Requirement
Board or Component
Part number
Net Power Requirement in
W
5V
–48 V
BS3/1
S30807-H5482-X
–
2.0
BS3/3
S30807-H5485-X
–
3.0
CBRC (including submodules)
S30810-K2935-Z301
7.0
0.5
HXGR3
S30810-K2943-Z
10.0
–
IVMP8R
S30122-K7379-Z100
2.6
0.3
HiPath 3300 ventilator
–
–
1.4
PDM1
S30807-Q5692-X100
–
5.0
SLU8R
S30817-K922-Z301
0.8
–
STLS4R
S30817-K924-Z313
1.0
–
STRBR
S30817-Q932-Z
0.5
–
TLA4R
S30817-Q923-Zxxx
0.2
–
TMGL4R
S30810-K2918-Z
5.71
0.1
8SLAR
S30810-K2925-Z
1.3
1.3
1
Identified at a traffic flow of 0.8 Erlang
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
A-11
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
Workpoint Clients, Key Modules and Adapter Power Requirements
A.7
For internal use only
Workpoint Clients, Key Modules and Adapter Power
Requirements
An average power requirement is specified, which is identified at a traffic flow of 0.15 Erlang.
Table A-13
Workpoint Clients, Key Modules and Adapter Power Requirements
Workpoint Client
optiPoint 410 entry
Net Power Requirement in W
(from –48 V input)
0.01
optiPoint 410 economy
optiPoint 410 standard
optiPoint 410 advance
optiPoint 410
optiPoint 420
optiPoint 420 economy
optiPoint 420 economy plus
optiPoint 420 standard
optiPoint 420 advance
optiPoint SLK module
optiPoint 410 display module
optiPoint 500
optiPoint 500 entry
0.3
optiPoint 500 economy (not for U.S.)
0.7
optiPoint 500 basic
0.7
optiPoint 500 standard
0.7
optiPoint 500 advance
0.72
optiPoint key module
0.05
optiPoint BLF
0.02
optiPoint analog adapter
0.003
optiPoint ISDN adapter
0.7
optiPoint phone adapter
0.18
optiPoint acoustic adapter
0.25
optiPoint recorder adapter
0.3
optiPoint 600 office
A-12
0.02
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb11.fm
For internal use only
Table A-13
Identifying System Power Requirement
Workpoint Clients, Key Modules and Adapter Power Requirements
Workpoint Clients, Key Modules and Adapter Power Requirements
Workpoint Client
Net Power Requirement in W
(from –48 V input)
optiset E entry
0.36
optiset E basic
0.36
optiset E standard
0.41
optiset E advance plus/comfort
0.43
optiset E advance conference/conference
0.85
optiset E memory
0.56
optiset E key Module
0.06
Hicom Attendant BLF
0.02
optiset E acoustic adapter
0.02
optiset E analog adapter
0.03
optiset E contact adapter
0.7
optiset E control adapters
0.34
optiset E data adapter
0.76
optiset E headset adapter
0.03
optiset E headset plus adapter
0.23
optiset E ISDN adapter
0.05
optiset E phone adapter
0.06
Analog telephone (40 mA for short trunk) in active status
0.3
optiset E
1
2
3
Power over LAN (in accordance with Cisco and the pre802.3af standard) or power supply is provided via a local power
supply unit.
Power is provided by a local power supply.
A local power supply provides power to the connected analog telephone.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
A-13
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
Check Whether the Output of a Power Supply Unit is Sufficient
A.8
For internal use only
Check Whether the Output of a Power Supply Unit is Sufficient
Apart from the secondary power requirements, the power output must also be checked to ensure that the maximum possible output of the system’s power supply unit is sufficient. For this,
the power requirement on the 5 V output format and on the –48 V output format must be examined separately.
A separate calculation must be performed for every HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 system box
(UPSM).
7
Caution
To guarantee smooth system operation, the nominal output of the power supply unit
at the 5 V output and at the –48 V output must be greater than the respective secondary power requirement.
Procedure
Proceed as follows to identify the secondary power requirement of a system:
1.
Determine secondary power requirement at the 5 V output
5 V power requirement of the boards/components used
=
2.
secondary power requirement at the 5 V output
Determine secondary power requirement at the –48 V output
–48 V power requirement of the boards/components used
+
power requirement of connected workpoint clients (analog and digital telephones),
key modules and adapters
=
secondary power requirement at the –48 V output
Using the specified values, check whether the total power requirement exceeds the maximum
possible output of the power supply unit at the 5 V output or at the –48 V output. If this is the
case, you have the following options:
●
HiPath 3800
The number of LUNA2 power supply units can be increased.
●
HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 with UPSM
For multiple box systems, the distribution of boards on the system boxes can be optimized.
Please observe the configuration notes in the service manual.
A-14
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb11.fm
For internal use only
Identifying System Power Requirement
Check Whether the Output of a Power Supply Unit is Sufficient
●
HiPath 3550 with USPSC-D
The maximum nominal output at the –48 V output can be increased from 53 W to 140 W
by using the EPSU2 external power supply unit.
●
HiPath 3350 with USPSC-D
Due to build-up of heat, the 5 V output format can only be loaded with a maximum of 20 W.
A maximum nominal output of 40 W is possible by using the EPSU2 external power supply
unit. In addition, the maximum nominal output of the –48 V output increases from 53 W to
140 W.
●
HiPath 3500 with UPSC-DR
The maximum nominal output of the –48 V output can be increased from 53 W to 140 W
by using the EPSU2-R external power supply unit.
●
HiPath 3300 with USPSC-DR
Due to build-up of heat, the 5 V output format can only be loaded with a maximum of 20 W.
A maximum nominal output of 40 W is possible by using the EPSU2-R external power supply unit. In addition, the maximum nominal output of the –48 V output increases from 53 W
to 140 W.
Sample calculation for a HiPath 3550
1.
Determine secondary power requirement at the 5 V output
power requirements of the boards/
components used =
=
secondary power requirement at the
5 V output =
7.00 W
10.00 W
1 x CBCC
1 x HXGS3 (including ventilator
kit)
0.90 W
1 x TS2
2.40 W
3 x SLU8
1.30 W
1 x 8SLA
5.00 W
1 x SLC16N
0.00 W
12 x BS3/1
26.60 W
The maximum nominal output of UPSC-D at the –5 V output amounts to 40 W and is
enough to cover the specified power requirement.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
A-15
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
Check Whether the Output of a Power Supply Unit is Sufficient
2.
For internal use only
Determine secondary power requirement at the –48 V output
power requirements of the boards/
components used =
+
=
power requirement of connected workpoint clients, key modules and adapters =
secondary power requirement at the
48 V output =
0.50 W
1 x CBCC
2.80 W
1 x HXGS3 (including ventilator
kit)
0.00 W
1 x TS2
0.00 W
3 x SLU8
1.30 W
1 x 8SLA
0.00 W
1 x SLC16N
24.00 W
12 x BS3/1
0.56 W
1 x optiset E memory
4.32 W
6 x optiPoint 500 advance
0.85 W
1 x optiset E advance conference/conference
8.40 W
12 x optiPoint 500 basic
2.40 W
8 x optiPoint 500 entry
0.00 W
2 x Hicom Attendant BLF
0.00 W
2 x optiPoint BLF
0.40 W
8 x optiPoint key module
0.50 W
2 x optiPoint acoustic adapter
1.80 W
6 x analog telephones
47.83 W
The maximum nominal output of UPSC-D at the –48 V output amounts to 53 W and is
enough to cover the specified power requirement.
A-16
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sb11.fm
For internal use only
A.9
Identifying System Power Requirement
Identifying the Primary System Power Requirement
Identifying the Primary System Power Requirement
Procedure
Proceed as follows to identify the primary power requirement of a system:
1.
Determine overall secondary power requirement
power requirements of the boards/components used
2.
+
power requirement of connected workpoint clients (analog and digital telephones),
key modules and adapters
=
overall secondary power requirement
Identifying primary power requirement
overall secondary power requirement
+
requirements of power supply units (UPSM = 30 W, PSUP/UPSC-D/UPSC-DR =
12 W each)
+
requirements of EPSU2/EPSU2R (10 W each)
=
the result should be multiplied by the factor 1.2 to allow for the degree of efficiency of
the power supply.
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
A-17
3000sb11.fm
Identifying System Power Requirement
Identifying the Primary System Power Requirement
For internal use only
Sample calculation for a HiPath 3550
1.
Determine overall secondary power requirement
power requirements of the boards/
components used =
+
=
2.
power requirement of connected workpoint clients, key modules and adapters =
overall secondary power requirement
=
7.50 W
12.80 W
1 x CBCC
1 x HXGS3 (including ventilator
kit)
0.90 W
1 x TS2
2.40 W
3 x SLU8
2.60 W
1 x 8SLA
5.00 W
1 x SLC16N
24.00 W
12 x BS3/1
0.56 W
1 x optiset E memory
4.32 W
6 x optiPoint 500 advance
0.85 W
1 x optiset E advance conference/conference
8.40 W
12 x optiPoint 500 basic
2.40 W
8 x optiPoint 500 entry
0.00 W
2 x Hicom Attendant BLF
0.00 W
2 x optiPoint BLF
0.40 W
8 x optiPoint key module
0.50 W
2 x optiPoint acoustic adapter
1.80 W
6 x analog workpoint clients
74.43 W
Identifying primary power requirement
+
overall secondary power requirement
=
74.43 W
UPSC-D requirement =
12.00 W
Allow for the degree of efficiency of the
power supply unit:
86.43 W
x 1.2 = 103.7 W
The primary power requirement of HiPath 3550 with the expansion mentioned
amounts to approximately 103.7 W.
A-18
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sbIX.fm
Index
For internal use only
Index
Z
A
Access protection 4-57
Access security 5-34
Administration of Plus Products via PPP 4-91
Administration options 5-2
Administration via LAN 4-89
Administration via PPP 4-90
Alive Monitoring 4-59
AllServe see HiPath 5000 RSM
AMHOST 5-38
Analog modem 5-30
APS Transfer 5-8
APS transfer 5-8
Archive file (.arc) 5-43
Authentication 4-44
Automatic callback 4-52
Automatic time-dependent class-of-service
changeover 1-5
B
B channel modem 5-30
Backing up system components 5-11
Backup Manager 5-7, 5-11
Bandwidth
management 4-47
Bandwidth control 4-2
Bandwidth requirement 4-2
Additional services 3-12
Voice 3-11
Bandwidth requirements
administration 3-12
Base stations 2-111
battery cabinet BSG 48/38 2-17, 2-34, 2-76
Board slots
HiPath 3300 2-97
HiPath 3350 2-57
HiPath 3500 2-86
HiPath 3550 2-44
HiPath 3700 2-69
HiPath 3750 2-27
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
Boards
central boards
HiPath 3300 2-99
HiPath 3350 2-59
HiPath 3500 2-88
HiPath 3550 2-46
HiPath 3700 2-74
HiPath 3750 2-32
peripheral boards
HiPath 3300 2-102
HiPath 3350 2-62
HiPath 3500 2-91
HiPath 3550 2-49
HiPath 3700 2-80
HiPath 3750 2-38
power requirement D-1
Bridging times
LUNA2 2-17
UPSC-D 2-48, 2-61
UPSC-DR 2-90, 2-101
UPSM 2-34, 2-76
BSG 48/38 2-17, 2-34, 2-76
Busy Lamp Field 4-22
C
CA 4-44
Call charge allocation 4-53
Callback 4-52, 4-53
Capacities 9-1
Capacity limits for UP0/E workpoint clients,
key modules, and adapters 9-9
Capacity limits HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 2-3
CAPI see VCAPI
CBCC 2-46, 2-59
CBCPR 2-32, 2-74
CBRC 2-88, 2-99
CDB backup 5-6
CDRC via IP 4-78
Central attendant console 4-21
central board
Z-1
3000sbIX.fm
Index
HiPath 3300 2-99
HiPath 3350 2-59
HiPath 3500 2-88
HiPath 3550 2-46
HiPath 3700 2-74
HiPath 3750 2-32
Central License Server (CLS) 1-14
Certificates 4-45
Certification Authority 4-44
Certification Authority see CA
CHAP 4-52, 4-54
Charger (HiPath cordless)
Gigaset 3000L 7-69
Gigaset 3000L Micro 7-69
CLI 4-59
see also command line
CMA 2-107
CMS 2-107
CO call privileges 4-22
Codecs 4-26
Command line
see also CLI
Command line interface see CLI
Compliance 2-124
CE 2-124
US and Canadian standards 2-124
Compression 4-26
data 4-37
IP header 4-37
CorNet N 4-23
CSTA interface 1-9
CSTA via IP 4-80
Customer database backup 5-6
Customer License Agent (CLA) 1-14, 5-24
Customer License Manager (CLM) 1-14, 524
D
DeskSharing 1-10
Determining system information 5-10
Diagnostics options 5-12
Digital modem 5-30
Direct Station Select 4-22
DISA internal 4-21
Z-2
For internal use only
Double key assignment 7-30
DSA 4-44
DSL 4-54, 4-55, 4-63, 4-94
DTMF 4-26
E
Echo (Voice over IP) 4-25
Echo suppression 4-27
ECR 2-85, 2-96, 2-106
Emergency number 1-10
Emergency prefix 1-10
Encoding, Voice over IP 4-25
Enhanced B Channels (feature) 4-40
Environmental conditions 2-125
EPSU2 2-55
EPSU2 external power supply 2-55
EPSU2-R 2-95
EPSU2-R external power supply 2-95
Error Correction 5-27
Error messages
HiPath 3000 5-26
HiPath 5000 5-26
ESP 4-45
Event Viewer for HiPath 5000 5-21
error messages 5-26
Eventlog for HiPath 3000 5-20
error messages 5-26
Eventlog for HiPath 5000 5-21
error messages 5-26
Expansion cabinet rack ECR 2-85, 2-96, 2106
Extended connection 2-113
F
Fax
DID number 4-50
fax activation 4-50
forwarding 4-50
TAPI client 4-50
VCAPI
faxing 4-50
Fax over IP 4-30
Fax over VCAPI 4-32
Feature Server 3-3
trace files 5-19
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sbIX.fm
Index
For internal use only
Features 6-4
FEC procedure 4-31
Firewall 4-52, 4-58
Firewall functions 4-52
G
G.711 4-25, 4-26
G.723.1 4-25, 4-26
G.729 4-25
G.729A 4-26
G.729AB 4-26
Gigaset 3000 Comfort 7-61
Gigaset 3000 Micro 7-63
Gigaset 4000 Comfort 7-65
Gigaset 4000 Micro 7-67
H
H.225.0 4-16
H.225.0 Q.931 4-16
H.245 4-16
H.323 4-16
H.323 Client 4-46
H.323 clients 4-46
Handset (HiPath cordless)
Gigaset 3000 Comfort 7-61
Gigaset 3000 Micro 7-63
Gigaset 4000 Comfort 7-65
Gigaset 4000 Micro 7-67
HDLC links for HiPath 3700 2-70
HDLC links for HiPath 3750 2-28
HG 1500
as Internet gateway 4-34
management tools 4-59
protocols 4-16
hicom.pds 5-7
HiPath 3000 Manager E 4-60
HiPath 3150 2-67
HiPath 3250 2-67
HiPath 3300 2-97
HiPath 3350 2-57
HiPath 3500 2-86
HiPath 3550 2-43
HiPath 3700 2-68
HiPath 3750 2-26
HiPath 5000
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
Feature Server 3-3
HiPath Manager PCM Trace Monitor 5-19
Presence Manager 3-5
RAM requirements 3-6
software structure 3-3
State viewer 5-22
HiPath 5000 RSM 4-21
HiPath Attendant B 7-86
HiPath ComScendo Service 1-2, 3-1
State viewer 5-22
HiPath cordless 7-61
HiPath Cordless Office 2-111
Base stations 2-111
cross-system networking 2-113
extended connection 2-113
multi-SLC 2-113
single-cell BS 2-111, 2-112
system configuration 2-112
tech. Base station data 2-117
HiPath Fault Management 5-23
HiPath Feature Access 4-33
HiPath Inventory Manager 5-10
analysis 5-25
HiPath Manager PCM Trace Monitor 5-19
HiPath Ready 8-3
HiPath Software Manager
analysis 5-25
APS transfer 5-9
backing up customer data 5-7
backing up system components 5-11
determining system information 5-10
HTTP management applications 4-60
I
IMODC 5-30
Insecure mode 4-42
Integrated modem 5-30
Interface-to-interface ranges 2-122
Internet 4-51
Internet Access 4-54
Internet access 4-54
Internet Gateway 4-34
IP Accounting 4-38
IP address filter 4-36
Z-3
3000sbIX.fm
Index
IP Address Mapping 4-56
IP Control Protocol 4-37
IP firewall see firewall
IP header, compression 4-37
IP mobility 1-9
IP mobility expansion 1-10
IP networking 4-20, 4-76
IP trunking 4-65
IP trunking see IP networking
IPCP 4-37
ISDN Message Decoder 5-18
J
Jitter buffer 4-27
K
Keep Alive 4-59
Key assignment 7-30
Key programming 7-30
L
LAN connection 4-1, 4-11
LAN connection via LIM 4-11
LAN network 4-1
LAN2 4-63, 4-94
LAN-LAN and teleworking 4-52
LAN-LAN connection 4-52
Least cost routing 4-22
License Management System 1-14
Licensing 1-14
analysis 5-24
License Management System 1-14
Local power supply 7-45
LOG area 5-40, 5-43
Loss of packets 3-14
LUNA2
bridging times 2-17
calculating the number required 2-18
M
MAC address filter 4-37
Management information bases (MIB) 4-82
Management tools 4-59
Manager E see HiPath 3000 Manager E
Mandatory message 4-31
Z-4
For internal use only
MIB 4-82, 4-84
Migration 1-23
MMC
replace 5-8
Modem via IP 4-33
Multi-gateway administration 4-61
Multilink 4-37, 4-52, 4-54
Multi-SLC 2-113
Music on Hold 4-22
N
Name resolution 4-75
NAT 4-36
Network Address Translation see NAT
Networking see IP networking
Numbering plan 2-123
Numbering scheme 4-50
O
Operating conditions 2-125
optiClient Attendant 7-88
optiClient S V2.0 7-2
optiPoint 410
add-on device configurations 7-28
optiPoint 410 advance 7-12
optiPoint 410 display module 7-27
optiPoint 410 economy 7-8
optiPoint 410 entry 7-6
optiPoint 410 standard 7-10
optiPoint SLK module 7-26
using optiPoint 500 adapters 7-28
optiPoint 410 advance S 7-22
optiPoint 420
add-on device configurations 7-28
optiPoint 410 display module 7-27
optiPoint 420 advance 7-20
optiPoint 420 economy 7-14
optiPoint 420 economy plus 7-16
optiPoint 420 standard 7-18
optiPoint SLK module 7-26
using optiPoint 500 adapters 7-28
optiPoint 420 advance S 7-22
optiPoint 500
adapter
acoustic adapter 7-41
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sbIX.fm
Index
For internal use only
analog adapter 7-40
configurations 7-43
ISDN adapter 7-42
option bays (adapter slots) 7-39
phone adapter 7-43
recorder adapter 7-42
BLF 7-37
key module 7-36
key programming 7-30
telephones
advance 7-34
basic 7-33
economy 7-33
entry 7-31
standard 7-34
optiPoint accessories, part numbers 7-45
optiPoint Attendant 7-97
optiPoint BLF 7-37
optiPoint key module 7-36
Order of Installation 6-7
P
PAP 4-52, 4-54
Password 5-34
Payload Encryption 1-13
Payload encryption 1-12
Payload resources 4-13
Payload switching 4-46
PBX routing 4-76
PCM segments for HiPath 3700 2-70
PCM segments for HiPath 3750 2-28
PDS file 5-7
Permit firewall 4-58
PKI Servers 4-47
Power requirement (boards, workpoint clients, adapter) D-1
PPP 4-35
Multilink 4-52, 4-54
PPP connections 4-52
PPPoE 4-35, 4-54, 4-56
PPTP 4-35, 4-54
Presence Manager 3-5
trace files 5-19
Privacy and data security 1-28
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
Privacy Release key 1-8
ProCenter applications 1-9
Programming the function keys 7-30
Project planning tool 2-4, 9-10
PSTN partner 4-92
PSUP 2-60
Q
QoS 4-26, 4-61
Quality assurance procedures 3-14
Quality of Service 4-26, 4-61
Quality of Service QoS 4-74
R
Ranges
CorNet N/CorNet-NQ 2-122
trunk connection 2-122
RAS 4-16
Redundancy messages 4-31
Redundancy procedure 4-31
Remote administration 5-31
Remote control 4-57
remote service 5-29
Ringer signaling, varying 1-6
Router call number 4-90
Routing 4-52, 4-75
RSA 4-44
RTCP 4-16
RTP 4-16
S
SAFETY International 2-124
Second LAN 4-94
Security 4-57, 5-34
Security associations 4-44
Security associations see security associations
Security Policy 4-43
Service call via code 5-31
Shift key 7-30
Short-hold 4-37
Signaling encryption 1-12
Signaling resources 4-13
single-cell base station 2-111, 2-112
Single-PC solution (HiPath 5000) 3-7
Z-5
3000sbIX.fm
Index
SIP features 1-12
SIP networking 1-11
SIP protocol 1-11
SIP stations 1-12
Smartset 4-48
SNMP 4-59, 4-82, 4-84, 5-23
messages 4-83
traps 4-83
Solution portal 8-3
SRTP 1-13
SSL 4-42
Static traffic capacity
HiPath 3300 2-98
HiPath 3350 2-58
HiPath 3500 2-87
HiPath 3550 2-45
HiPath 3700 2-73
HiPath 3750 2-31
HiPath 3800 2-13
Station diagnosis 5-16
Station number verification 4-57
Station status 5-16
system administration, options 5-2
System capacities 9-1
System Client 4-46
System power requirement D-1
System software upgrade 5-8
System Speed Dialing 4-22
T
TAPI 4-49
TAPI 120 V2.0 6-1
TAPI 170 V2.0 6-1
TAPI clients 4-49
TCP 4-17
T-DSL 4-55
Technical base station data 2-117
Technical specifications 2-119
technical specifications 2-124
Telematics 4-48
Telephones
interface to interface ranges 2-122
Teleworking 1-9, 4-52
Terminal test 5-20
Z-6
For internal use only
Time-division multiplex channels for HiPath
3700 2-70
Time-division multiplex channels for HiPath
3750 2-28
Toll restriction 4-22
Trace options
Customer License Agent (CLA) 5-24
Customer License Manager (CLM) 5-24
HiPath 3000 5-18
HiPath Inventory Manager 5-25
HiPath Manager PCM Trace Monitor 5-19
HiPath Software Manager 5-25
Traffic capacity (in erlangs)
HiPath 3300 2-98
HiPath 3350 2-58
HiPath 3500 2-87
HiPath 3550 2-45
HiPath 3700 2-73
HiPath 3750 2-31
HiPath 3800 2-13
Traffic statistics (Voice over IP) 4-25
Traps 4-83
Trunk diagnosis 5-15
Trunk status 5-15
Trunking see IP networking
Tunnel 4-44
U
UDP 4-17, 4-30, 4-31
Updating HG1500 5-9
Updating system software 5-9
Upgrade Manager 5-9
Upgrading the system software 5-8
UPSC-D 2-47, 2-60
bridging times 2-48, 2-61
UPSC-DR 2-89, 2-100
bridging times 2-90, 2-101
UPSM 2-33, 2-75
bridging times 2-34, 2-76
User groups and their access rights 5-36
V
VAD 4-27
VCAPI 4-39, 4-48
and Smartset 4-48
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
3000sbIX.fm
For internal use only
Index
and TAPI 4-49
file transfer 4-51
Internet access 4-51
VCAPI and Fax 4-50
VCAPI and File Transfer 4-51
Virtual Ports 4-21
Virtual Private Networks see VPN
Voice Activity Detection 4-27
Voice coding 4-25
Voice over IP 4-24
bandwidth requirement 4-2
encoding 4-25
environment requirements 4-27
H.323 clients 4-46
VPN 4-41
VPN tunnel see tunnel
W
WBM 4-59
Web Based Management 4-59
Web-based management (WBM) 3-3
Web-Based Management see WBM
Whisper 1-7
Workpoint client power requirement D-1
X
X.509 4-44
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description
Z-7
3000sbIX.fm
Index
Z-8
For internal use only
P31003-H3560-X100-1-7618, 09/05
HiPath 3000/5000 V6.0, System Description